Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 345 - - - Course Descriptions Course (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Spring ACCOUNTING I: Financial 201 – Accounting ACCTG use of economic data in an emphasis on the with fundamentals of accounting, A study of the financing business organizations, include: forms of covered Topics process. the decision-making statements is the over to analyze financial ability The statement analysis. and financial options, of cash flows; cash values and present future ing; financial statements and additional disclosures; inventories; cost and flow assumptions; inventories; receivables; investments; and short-term (3 credits) Fall intangible assets. methods; plant assets; depreciation; special valuation II Accounting 305 – Intermediate ACCTG 304 or consent of instructor ACCTG Prerequisite: earnings; long-term debt; contributed capital, retained include long-term investments; Topics treasury of stockholder equity; other elements liabilities and contingencies, dividends; current (3 credits) Spring stock and EPS. Systems Information 307 – Accounting ACCTG 202, CIS 101, CIS 102 ACCTG Prerequisites: and inventory- sys payroll, payables, receivables, ledger, Study and use of computerized general design, implementation and control system of include the examination of a variety Topics tems. (3 credits) Fall issues faced by contemporary business organizations. I: Individual Tax Income 308 – Federal ACCTG 202 ACCTG Prerequisite: as they apply system revenue and the Federal tax laws to and survey of the Federal Introduction - cred deductions, exclusions, income, include calculation of gross Topics to individual taxpayers. and computations. its, and Corporations II: Partnerships Tax Income 309 – Federal ACCTG 308 ACCTG Prerequisite: in business tax involved concepts and skills of the first semester to the special problems Applies corpo and specially taxed corporate, include capital gains taxation, partnership, Topics returns. Students complete complex tax in the library. tax research to “hands-on” Introduction rations. returns. - resourc (plant and equipment/natural property include inventory, Topics all goal of this course. of cash flows. statement investments, stockholder equity, liabilities, es/intangibles), (3 credits) II: Managerial 202 – Accounting ACCTG 201 ACCTG Prerequisite: of accounting principles 201(101), with an emphasis on the application of ACCTG Continuation as accounting for manufacturing accounting as well in managerial areas to specific problem (3 credits) Fall analysis. and cost-volume-profit operations, Accounting 204 – Cost ACCTG 202 or consent of instructor ACCTG Prerequisite: and cost- and control, cost accumulation, costs for planning involving Emphasizes basic concepts as an introduction as well costs, and standard process job order, Covers based decision analysis. (3 credits) Fall costs. and relevant analysis to cost-volume-profit I Accounting 304 – Intermediate ACCTG 201 ACCTG Prerequisite: of financial and procedures principles, technical A deeper study of financial accounting principles, - information process practice; and professional include accounting principles Topics accounting. and report income measurement recognition: and expense revenue ing and the accounting cycle;

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 347 - - (3 credits) (3 credits) American Studies American Special Offering (3 credits) Alternate Years (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) AMST 331 – Culture and Gender 331 – Culture AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills articulated human as these are in different A cross-cultural of gender expectations analysis and the social practices that organize views of human nature on the various Focuses societies. and in the assignment of temperament, relationships in adult male/female differences resulting and power. status, functions, activities, in America and Home 333: House AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills the communities and shelters it creates. beliefs and customs through expresses culture American symbols of the American become the archetypal house and the suburb itself have suburban The about the their own beliefs/values between Students gain insight into the relationship Dream. arises through House” “Dream how the American shelters and communities they inhabit, and of time. across other cultures synthesis of ideas from America 334 – Urban AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills New Unlike and environment. culture between the relationship seeks to explore America Urban than to a rather of environment, to a specific type our attention England, this course directs had a love- have Americans Jefferson, of Thomas Since at least the days of the country. region an develops It this ambiguous attitude. explores America Urban with cities. hate relationship and aes- planning and thinking, it represents as a made thing, is: how, understanding what a city to this unique reacted have individuals and groups to look at ways it proceeds Then thetic values. of environment. type of the semester. over the course as texts for consideration us constantly that surround Special Offering Culture in American 315 – Television AMST Concentration American Studies Core in the a course requirement Fulfills the history histo explore course will American impact of television on of television and the This ry as well as its presence and significance in American life and culture. The development of tele development of The life and culture. ryin American and significance as its presence as well will be considered. audiences by various its content and its reception vision as a mass medium, in American of the television itself as a significant object will also be some consideration There life. Culture in American and Moviegoing 318 – Movies AMST Concentration Core in the American Studies a course requirement Fulfills and in life historically of moviegoing in American the process examination of movies and An being States has been and is currently the United the way course will consider This the present. will be of genres on film. A variety as those outside the country, as well to Americans portrayed, and the significance is portrayed our culture to understand the way endeavor as we considered history in American and its impact on contemporaryof this portrayal life and culture. Special Offering Mind American 327 – The AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills the impact of influential ideas and schools of thought on American will explore course This be exam- may as best-sellers as well thinkers writings by American Individual and society. culture Both life. beliefs for American ideas and of key to assess the historic continuity ined in order be considered. ideas themselves and their social impacts will - - - (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring AMST 310 – Varieties of Religious Experience of Religious 310 – Varieties AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills particular in which of ways States and the variety within the United diversity Examines religious Emphasizes spiritual of their adherents. and personality orientations affect the behavior religious on ethnic analyzing the influence of religion as case studies for accounts and autobiographies as on political and social behavior. and personal identities as well AMST 100 – Introduction to the American Experience to the American 100 – Introduction AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills both past and present forms, various experience in its will consider the American course This on individual members diversity understanding the impact of the American toward with an eye will consider It itself. life impact on American as the community’s as well of the community aspects of the and unifying both the diversifying taking into account experience, the American Studies content, theory to the American and course will also offer an introduction This culture. with particular emphasis on the interdisciplinary of the field. (3 credits) nature methodology, Spring Fall, AMERICAN STUDIES Culture 314 – Popular AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills focus will be The Culture. Popular the content and study of American course will explore This and discussion will consider the popular but some reading primarily on contemporary culture, will consider We as well. of the future of the past and speculate on the popular culture culture to under forms in an attempt popular culture of various consumption and reception production, as a in the lives of individuals and society stand the impact and significance of popular culture artifacts will be using the popular culture we academic texts, addition to traditional In whole. ACCTG 405 – Auditing ACCTG 305 ACCTG Prerequisite: auditing accepted include generally Topics practice. theoryExamines auditing and real-world and proce reporting as audit objectives, as well sampling, statistical internal control, standards, Accounting 406 – Advanced ACCTG 305 ACCTG Prerequisite: account of the concepts of non-profit of accounting for partnerships; introduction Coverage in Accounting Topics 430 – Special ACCTG of instructor Consent Prerequisite: experience This by students in consultation with their instructor. chosen Selected topics in areas in accounting. level of course work or research an advanced is intended to provide Coop 469 Accounting ACCTG Senior standing in accounting and consent of instructor Prerequisites: basis in selected posi- on a part-time to students who work academic credit Designed to grant of posi- a wide variety from select Students may usually without financial remuneration. tions, organizations, non-profit consulting firms, accounting firms, at local businesses, tions offered By arrangement and government agencies. Course Descriptions Course dures. and other forms; fiduciary situations; business segments; governmental, schools, including ing, dissolutions. and corporate debt restructuring; troubled installment sales; consignments; (3 credits) Fall Special Offering

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 346 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 349 - - - Anthropology Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering (3 credits) ANTH 205 - Religious Diversity in Global Perspectives Diversity ANTH 205 - Religious in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration. Fulfills Core course empha- and ritual. The myth, belief, of religious is a cross-cultural course exploration This on interdisciplinary sources. but also draws and perspectives, research sizes anthropological of diverse interpretations in society, of religion topics include the origins and functions Specific and specialists, of religious ritual, the roles and the symbolic meanings of myth the supernatural, within particular cul belief and practice Assignments examine religious experience. religious Fall in the global context. (3 Credits) to other cultures as in comparison contexts as well tural ANTH 212 – Studies in Anthropology in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: Emphasizes programs. in conjunction with pre-approved study abroad methods: offered Field methodologies for collecting data. ANTHROPOLOGY Anthropology to Cultural – Introduction ANTH 100 Anthropology in the a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core Concentration Design Core Graphic in the a course requirement Fulfills in the and practices structures values, of beliefs, diversity examines the Anthropology Cultural the principal course introduces in the contemporary of human social life world. This range vast and cross-cultural employ to study culture anthropologists methods and ethics that concepts, Specific exercises. research films and practical case studies, by engaging ethnographic diversity lan- ethnicity, gender, kinship, adaptation, political organization, include economic topics may (3 credits) and issues in applied anthropology. art religion guage, Americans North ANTH 200 – Native in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: is areas each of the ten subculture from One group peoples. A survey American North of native Cheyenne the Coast, of the Northwest include Kwakiuti may Topics ethnographically. considered contemporary course introduces The of the Eastern Woodlands. of the Plains and the Iroquois (3 credits) migration. and urban to the reservation system related social problems and Society Culture ANTH 220 – Self, in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: of individual adjust and the problems in the formation of personality of culture Study of the role of soci- Students will become familiar with how a range in turn affect their environments. tures their material transformations both through with their environments eties comes into relation which peoples envision through and the ideological and symbolic frameworks of ecosystems sustain- knowledge, will include indigenous environmental Topics interactions. human-nature gender relations, governance regimes, environmental able development, interspecies relations, Alternate Fall movement. (3 credits) and the global environmental (3 credits) Fall ments to the demands of culture. Anthropology ANTH 222 – Environmental in the Anthropology a course requirement + SociologyFulfills Concentration Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: and cul shape human cultures which non-human environments the principles through Explores Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring AMST 355 – Class and Culture AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills the investigates and Culture Class studies, as analytical as well and the arts, literature Using complements other It States. the United across impact of social class on the lives of Americans and gender with race class interacts social that one’s recognizing diversity, studies of American members of the other social one perceives expectations and the way one’s and these both modify of social distribution influences our knowledge demographic the way also explores It classes. classes other than our own. Cultures 360 – Southwestern AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills a study of selected works of through culture and region between to the relationship Introduction Mexico lived in the New authors who have American English, Hispanic, and Native American, area. Studies in American 430 – Topics AMST and themes; topics or themes developed and topics, for experimenting with new ideas, Forum majors in conjunction with faculty. studied by interested AMST 335 – New England 335 – New AMST Concentration American Studies Core in the a course requirement Fulfills from England life of New varieties examining the region England History of the New and culture in England tradition of New as the continuities as well to modern Boston, colonial Plymouth and milling. seafaring, religion, education, 350 – Experience of Race AMST Concentration in the American Studies Core a course requirement Fulfills and Americans and inner worlds of Native identities, study of the experiences, Comparative 20th century on 19th and literary of expressions Focuses States. in the United Americans African groups. these two Course Descriptions Course in America 340 – Ethnic Cultures AMST Concentration Core in the American Studies a course requirement Fulfills in the United development and impact of the ethnic cultures course will examine the This consider how the current of the course as we will be an historical component There States. of the course will be focused but the majority developed, in the U.S. of ethnic cultures array ethnic” on as the collective impact of “the as well in America on contemporary cultures ethnic in general. culture and American Americans Culture American 345 – Education in AMST Concentration Core in the American Studies a course requirement Fulfills States and the impact it has the development of education in the United will explore course This public will include the American considered Topics culture. and American had on Americans educational institu- – roots and other grass to it, higher education, and responses school system incarna- consider both past and present will tions such as the Chautauqua movement. Course but the impact of schools and schooling on the individual and tions of education in American, Special Offering (3 credits) will be the focus. the society

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 348 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 351 - (3 credits) Anthropology (3 credits) Alternate Years (3 credits) Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring, Alternate Years Spring, (3 credits) ticular cultures. Readings will address issues such as identifying local needs, promoting culturally culturally promoting local needs, as identifying issues such will address Readings ticular cultures. people. the rights of marginalized and protecting to change, responses appropriate ANTH 300 – Reading Ethnographies – Reading ANTH 300 Anthropology in the a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core 100 ANTH Prerequisite: anthropology. and social of cultural the distinctive characteristic been has always Ethnography of ethnog- types different to learn about ethnographies class will be on reading focus of this The course which seminar style is a It for ethnography. the writing process as explore as well raphy, of researcher, the role data collection, ethics, writing, research, questions concerning will raise class field. The contributions to the professional and community effects on the researched and writing research, experiences based on reading, analytical will include relevant Alternate Fall Anthropology ANTH 310 – Applied in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: Students will and intervention course focuses on the advocacy This of anthropology. components an in-depth and solutions for par skills through enhance their assessment problems of analysis Alternate Spring of Latin America ANTH 351 - Cultures in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Fulfills Concentration. Prerequisite: Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: in Latin practice work on and ethnographic students to anthropological introduces course This of to the array a solid background of topics and aims to provide a wide range covers It America. in their scholarly engagement with the upon drawn have analytical perspectives anthropologists of the historical overview and historical diversity includes a broad the cultural of Course region. within specific coun- transformations as contemporary as well case studies of cultural region, tries. Cultures ANTH 356 – World in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: in which diverse people designed to develop understanding of the ways Survey of world cultures expertise and student will depend on faculty Focus the world view their own worlds. around interest. Anthropology ANTH 370 – Medical in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core SOC 300. ANTH 100; recommended Prerequisite: shapes the meaning of health and illness in everyday that culture examines the ways course This anthropology cultural subfield of vast This Anthropology. life by engaging the study of Medical mind-body construction of health and illness, of the cultural encompasses the investigations among other and the political-economy of health care, of healing, the social relations interaction, to explore approaches and applied theoretical course material merges The specific topics. more diagnosis, as they shape medical traditions biomedical and non-western of both Western research instruction in the qualitative Assignments incorporate and the experience of suffering. treatment anthropology. methods used in this subfield of cultural Change and Development ANTH 380 – Culture in the Anthropology a course requirement + SociologyFulfills Concentration Core ANTH 100 Prerequisites: course will examine how anthropologists This in all cultures. on change that is inherent Focuses of evolution, dif- processes for example, by theorizing, change, cultures explained the ways have - - Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) ANTH 299 – Special Topics in Anthropology Topics ANTH 299 – Special ANTH 100 Prerequisite: by student demand, inter Initiated anthropology. the subfields of cultural Examines topics from ANTH 240 – Ethnology in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: surveys course This perspective. a comparative from human cultures Ethnology is a study of of societies across and similarities in a variety differences cultural by examining global diversity (e.g. cross-cultural of society comparisons of specific dimensions systematic the world. Through in plays culture of the role students will gain an understanding gender roles) family structure, and social organization. behavior shaping human thought, ANTH 270 – Global Health in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core minor in the Public Health a course requirement Fulfills ANTH 100 Prerequisite: examines illnesses that affect human populations health subfield of Global Health public The social science the subfield and emphasizes course introduces This national boundaries. across and political-economic that influence global health perspectives on the social, cultural, forces such as malaria and tuberculosis topics include longstanding health problems Specific problems. (3 Credits) infectious diseases and climate change. developing issues such as emerging as well Spring ANTH 230 – Political Anthropology – Political ANTH 230 Anthropology in the a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core 100 ANTH Prerequisite: with perspective, overview an anthropological and politics through An of questions of power have world. Anthropologists the non –Western and violence in on inequality special attention politically; in this course, themselves organize cultures with how different long been concerned and political in power of how differences an investigation classical topics towards build from we course the world. The in the daily lives of people throughout inequalities manifest themselves with the close detail to studying power approaches theoretical of range material blends a broad (3 credits) Spring case studies. of ethnographic Lens Anthropological ANTH 260 – The in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core ANTH 100 Prerequisite: unique as a social sci- anthropology What makes culture? investigate do anthropologists How an overview in cultural aim of this course is to provide of perspectives and trends ence? The to some of the major theories that inspire Students will be introduced and social anthropology. distinctive among anthropology makes and discover what analysis and inform anthropological our central in organization, While the course is historical and chronological the social sciences. the field, the kinds of questions they have defined have concern will be with how anthropologists Spring (3 credits) Fall, those questions. to answer and the methods used to attempt asked, Course Descriptions Course Sport of Anthropology ANTH 244 - The ANTH 100 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: in the Anthropology a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core of the course students the first third of sport. to anthropology In is an introduction course This will learn about history of sport and see how each of five subfields of anthro of the anthropology - of case stud pology examines sport. the course students will examine a variety During of the rest sports but also outside and culture American not only about North books and films, ies through . Fall and Asia. (3 credits) South America including Europe, our borders, or timelines of offering. est of instructor,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 350 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 353 - Aquaculture and Aquarium Science Aquarium and Aquaculture the communication and design skills acquired in this course will be applicable to a wide variety wide variety will be applicable to a in this course acquired and design skills the communication (3 credits) Spring and educational organizations. environmental of not-for-profit (Bahamas) Methods Collection 314 – Field AQS the New through off-campus offered as a ten day organized course is program credit three This trip and collecting a field identification organizes Aquarium the Each Spring, England Aquarium. will be timed to coincide with the RWU the trip this course, For Sal bank in the Bahamas. to Cay 15 students can to Up the students. will accompany Faulty and one of the RWU Break, Spring fish and inver reef collect and identify as the professionals Aquarium sign up to work alongside Reef R/V Coral the abroad and up to 5 dives/day trip includes accommodations The tebrates. Students will increase Giant Ocean Tank. the Aquarium’s and a dive in II, meals and beverages, and participate about conservation learn in effortsBahamas, in the skills, their fish identification (3 credits) conservationSpring studies. on-going reef and Lab of Hatchery Management 346 – Principles AQS aquatic young facilities that nurture industry on hatcheries – production aquaculture relies The dedicated include facilities survival Hatcheries their is assured. to the point where organisms aquatic species including: shellfish, tropical saltwater or fresh any of almost to the production course is intended to support an education in This and seaweed. abalone, marine fish, trout, of all aspects of hatchery. the operation experience in and give students practical aquaculture shellfish or but will focus on either of this course will depend on the instructor, content The facilities that currently main production the two as these are marine ornamental production course will be very This hands-on and include important aspects of at the university. operated animal husbandry Spring (4 credits) and production. Management 352 – Public Aquarium AQS public aquarium will instruct course of the management of a large students in all aspects This as organisms life support for display system includes how to maintain a healthy This facility. financial considerations, interns and volunteers, as an overviewwell of the management of staff, and all aspects of operating marketing permitting, regulatory requirements, structure, corporate - examination of the opera will be accomplished through This organization. not-for-profit a large of the on tours and will rely England Aquarium of the New tions and management structure is antici- It departmental by the key heads at the facility. a series of seminars offered and facility of not-for-profit applicable to a wide variety in this course can be pated that the skills acquired (3 credits) Spring and educational organizations. environmental Internship England Aquarium 420 – New AQS to the NEAq of higher; Acceptance of 2.8 GPA in good standing; Overall Junior-level Prerequisites: internship program been accepted for a semester long for this course is limited to students who have Registration offer at NEAq Internships in Boston, Ma. (NEAq) England Aquarium internship at the New veterinary services from ranging and animal husbandrycollege students experience in areas to will include: 1) an active research development. Each Internship communications and program of a under the direction in a laboratory 15-20 hours per week setting component that requires and 2) an animal husbandry (NEAq) experience England Aquarium scientist at the New research that will familiarize students with the with responsibilities at the NEAq of 15-20 hours per week duties of this public aquarium. The in running a large and maintenance required daily operation treatment cleaning tanks and equipment, and providing include feeding animals, experience may and Summer Fall Spring, (8 credits) for diseased animals. Lab Science and/or in Aquarium Topics 430 - AQS of Instructor Consent Prerequisites: Special Offering (1-4 credits) level topics of importance in aquarium science. Advanced- - - Fall (4 credits) (4 credits) Spring Special Offering (3 credits) AQUACULTURE Husbandryand Lab Animal of Aquatic 260 – Principles AQS AND AQUARIUM of marine ornamentals in the trade encountered A survey of the captive fish and invertebrates focusing on the com- and Maintenance Care their use. and the conservation issues surrounding SCIENCE in tech- challenges and advancements culture potential, captive breeding, propagation patibility, will cover important aspects of species acquisition, collection nology will be examined. Course laboratory will focus The as special husbandry as well organisms. needs of selected and transfer, animals in captivity. to holding aquatic animal health issues as they relate ANTH 430 – Special Topics – Special ANTH 430 Anthropology in the a course requirement + Sociology Concentration Fulfills Core 100 ANTH Prerequisites: by student needs and the availability determined Topics in anthropology. Study of special topics instruction. of appropriate fusion, and domination, and addressing the long-term positive and negative implications. and negative implications. the long-term positive domination, and addressing fusion, and Fall Alternate (3 credits) – Senior Seminar ANTH 460/SOC 460 as SOC 460 Cross-Listed ANTH 454 (C- or higher) Prerequisite: Students and sociology. is designed to foster a deeper understanding of anthropology course This conference at a student-research suitable for presentation research to produce will be required will Topics journals. research or sociology student-level anthropology publication in either and/or be determined by the expertise (3 credits) of the instructor and student interest. Spring Course Descriptions Course Methods ANTH 454 – Qualitative to Anthropology or higher ) and SOC 260; ( C- or higher); Open ANTH 260 ( C- Prerequisites: + Sociology or consent of instructor majors; senior standing to an introduction Provides methods. overview and sociological research An of anthropological instruc- Includes the concepts and principles of social research. design beginning with research and reliability, validity measurement sampling, questions, of research tion in the development tech- on ethnographic with an emphasis and data collection and analysis testing, hypothesis (3 credits) Fall for this class. as part Students will engage in fieldwork of the requirements niques. Support Design and Life and Lab System 262 – Aquarium AQS - organi and commercial education, research many need from and broad-based strong is a There systems. of seawater design, construction and operation zations for information on the planning, - in a practi to result an understanding of biology or engineering alone is not likely Unfortunately, not understand the mechanical and hydraulic do design. Biologists generally cal, working system This the biological considerations. appreciated aspects of design, while engineers do not typically experience that will enable and practical the technical knowledge course is intended to provide portion Lecture will focus on design of scales. on a variety students to design successful systems as part of the need to pro and toxicity quality laboratory on water while will concentrate issues, vide life support systems. to seawater Exhibit Development of Museum Principles 306 – AQS students to the basic aspects of successful exhibit design and methods course will introduce This public in an aquarium or museum setting. educational information to the general for conveying to commonly used materials and techniques; the incor course will include an introduction The and design; and the distillation of educational concepts into interesting of good graphic poration England Aquarium, at the New course will be led by the design team This informative materials. is anticipated that It of exhibits for actual use in a public setting. the creation and will involve

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 352 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 355 - Architecture drawings. There will be a concentration on the design of space in section and an ongoing study section and an ongoing the design of space in on will be a concentration There drawings. in-depth visit through of the sites they the potential Students explore of light. of the quality on three- is an emphasis urban context. There to design in an introduced are inquiries and drawings of computer skills and the start visual communication dimensional of the integration the studio work. Students will augment lectures based faculty A series of theme into the studio. Minimum pass- portfolio a digital semester. middle and end of the at the to present required are Fall (5 credits) is required. of “C” ing grade Studio IV Design Core 214 – Architectural ARCH or higher 136 MATH ARCH 213, Prerequisite: the concepts and and explores design process the students’ studio continues to develop This emphasis determine building form. Particular to significantly the capacity that have strategies the and materials through structure of design to program, will be placed on the relationship of human scale and its will be paid to an understanding attention Special study of dwellings. an understanding of enable students to develop impact upon design. Short sequential exercises (includ- columnar Bearing wall, implications. and their structural materials the use of different will be fol shorter problems will be studied. These ing free-plan) building systems and modular of locations as the cata- sites in a variety urban by a longer assignment that uses different lowed affected by regional the fundamental human need for shelter is into how for an investigation lyst basic to address asked Students are and particular precedents climatic conditions. and cultural development The and cooling. for heating issues by considering passive strategies environmental computer and three-dimensionalof graphic, also contin- communication skills development are into the semester and a digital portfolio will be required. will be integrated lectures ued. Faculty Fall (5 credits) required. of “C” Minimum passing grade and Assemblies I Materials 231 – Construction ARCH standing Sophomore Prerequisite: student shall is an introductory course overview The This to the "art of making buildings." roof, surveybuilding construction materials and methods used in floor, for foundation, wall, for traditional, in the design process and their employment & interior finish systems enclosure - expres emphasis on architectural with and sustainable building environments nontraditional that influence them constraints found in buildings and design systems major physical sion. The masonrywill be examined in the context of wood and course also dedicates construction. The concepts as the locus a substantial portion of building envelope of its time to the examination 214 course engages ARCH The realms. technical and architectural between of design resolution materials and assemblies in stu- Studio IV as a means to integrate Design Core Architectural (3 credits) Spring design thinking. dents’ in Design Applications to Computer 287 – Introduction ARCH Standing Sophomore Prerequisite: - and their application in architec and hardware, – software to computer systems introduction An by mod- Emphasis is placed on learning how the computers can assist in the design process ture. and three-dimensional to drafting Introduction visualizing and analyzing building designs. eling, Fall (3 credits) modeling. Studio V Design Core 313 – Architectural ARCH ARCH 214 Prerequisite: as space-generator, of building form, structure focus of this studio is upon the integration The studio design. The themes in architectural construction materials & assemblies and sustainability design education: (1) of architectural areas of four broad also engages the continued refinement development of a theory (3) urban base; (2) development of design methods and studio skills; for the understanding of construction tech- issues; and (4) development of a fuller appreciation of “C” design. Minimum passing grade nology and its function as a medium for architectural Summer Fall, (5 credits) required. - - Fall, Spring Fall, ARCH 101 – Foundations of Architecture 101 – Foundations ARCH the means used and endeavor, of the architectural to the nature introduction A classroom-based - architec space, of public and private of issues and explorations Lectures architecture. to make to a in relation face in society architects composition, and the multiple responsibilities tural dis- will form the basis for classroom and the public realm the site, of users and clients, diversity (3 credits) assignments. and graphic cussion, and written Studio I Design Core 113 – Architectural ARCH exer design utilizing iterative and to the fundamentals of architecture introduction A rigorous ARCHITECTURE 100—Exploring Architecture ARCH - completed their junior year and high school stu limited to high school students who have Enrollment permission at the time of application. year with their sophomore dents who have completed for and basic design methodology concepts, issues, to architectural introduction A four week study of college as a possible area in understanding architecture high school students interested instruction studio critique emphasizing is via workshops and individualized Course and career. is based on grade The and portfolios. lectures field trips, design exercises, drawing, freehand Summer (3 credits) of a major project. emphasis on the quality performance with special overall AQS 450 – Research in Aquaculture/ Aquarium Science Aquarium in Aquaculture/ 450 – Research AQS of instructor Consent Prerequisites: are projects Research aquarium science. and/or in aquaculture research Original independent (1-3 credits) for credit be repeated May advisor. research with a faculty chosen in consultation on demand Offered Studio II Design Core 114 – Architectural ARCH ARCH 113 Prerequisite: principles and visual com- focus on elemental design continues the first semester’s course This of design into the tangible world realm the abstract munication, but initiates a departure from and their supporting examine the language of projects lectures form. The of built architectural principles: spatial design exploring fundamental architectural exercises through architecture spatial articu- systems, and enclosure and movement, simple structural circulation organizations, building pro all and understanding, clarity ensure and solar orientation. To lation, site response Studio III Design Core 213 – Architectural ARCH ARCH 114 Prerequisite: the design methodology through of a rational on the exploration III concentrates Studio Core and com- a series of short exercises Through synthesis and transformation. of analysis, process to develop a conceptual basis for their work, with encouraged students are projects, prehensive along with the principles of organization, climate and the environment, an emphasis on site, form. as determinants of architectural and structure, circulation including spatial hierarchy, their and will present multiple viable solutions for each project Students will quickly generate crafted and models to carefully quick conceptual sketches of formats from work in a variety Course Descriptions Course and three-dimensional in two presented nine design topics developed and around cises grouped and model making skills. drafting drawing, the mastering freehand reinforces media. Repetition geometric composition, group: project formal principles underlying each introduce Lectures and color, diagramming, space definition, analytical elements, scale and proportion, architectural design but the course emphasis is on abstract The solar orientation to study light and shadow. of “C” average Minimum passing grade space. ends with the design of a scaled and inhabited Spring Fall, 113-114. (5 credits) in ARCH required flat to sloped. to urban and from rural sites vary and project from simple but evocative, are grams Summer Spring, 113-114. (5 credits) in ARCH required of “C” average Minimum passing grade

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 354 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 357 - - - Architecture Annually (3 credits) he course is subdivided into three equal offerings: acoustical principles and practical appli- acoustical principles and practical equal offerings: he course is subdivided into three articular emphasis is given to systems integration. First is the recognition that buildings is the recognition First articular integration. emphasis is given to systems P T cations in buildings that affects site selection and evaluation of buildings and their orientation and evaluation cations in buildings that affects site selection The all done in conjunction with case studies. on a site and shaping of space for sound control, and artificial lighting parts or day lighting with an emphasis second and third deal with natural out design procedures introduced, are design. Basic principles through on the their integration modeling and computer case studies and the use of physical lined, calculating methods reviewed, lighting students will gain a sufficient basic understanding of acoustical, day The investigated. partconfident in making these concerns an inherent and artificial to feel lighting design in order (3 credits) Spring of their design process. Equipment for Buildings 333 – Building Systems: ARCH standing Junior Prerequisite: disposal, sewage supply, water a basic study of the mechanical, sanitary, course provides This used and electrical equipment and systems protection fire air conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooling and ventilating heating, student learns the basics of active and passive The in buildings. fire storm drainage, plumbing, ventilation, psychometrics, life safety load calculations, systems, con- codes and management with discussion of energy and electrical, energy systems, protection servation and construction as M & E construction budgeting as well documents. plumb mechanical, electrical, structural, space planning, consist of seven component systems; Second is the and furniture). and fitments (fixtures enclosure, protection); ing (including fire

ARCH 329 – HistoryARCH Architecture of Landscape instructor 121-122 or permission of AAH Prerequisite: ARCH 529 Co-Listed with and to relationship survey is a History of man’s of the development of Landscape Architecture the beginnings course will survey from land. This shaping of the and gardens the landscape although the primary until contemporaryof civilization be on the Italian emphasis will times, course The and the English garden. Louis XIV, in the age of of France the gardens Renaissance, as study the as well and Japan, such as China, India cultures, will also include contributing States. particularly in the United century, of parks in the 19th growth and Assemblies II Materials 331 – Construction ARCH ARCH 231 Prerequisite: the aware students with and Assemblies I provides Materials continuation of Construction This and assemblies for components necessaryness and understanding for the selection of materials, and non-traditional traditional course explores The the design and construction of buildings. materials selection with particular methods and on steel, con- emphasis building techniques, function, historical influences, to fabrication and assembly methods, relation and glass in crete, as as well energy embodied of materials’ Issues expression. and architectural sustainability, course also dedicates a substantial portion The also considered. and disassembly are recyclability concepts as the locus of design resolution of its time to the examination of building envelope Detailing issue includes optimization of the design realms. technical and architectural between Design Studio 313 Architectural course engages with ARCH The thermal performance. building’s design thinking. in the student’s materials and assemblies issues V as a means to integrate Core (3 credits) Fall and Lighting 332 – Acoustics ARCH standing Junior Prerequisite: the acoustical, day in architecture, form generators of the many three addresses course This technologies that soft and hard the also addresses It lighting and artificial lighting environment. analytical calculations and of thumb”, using “rules support of these environments the creation of these subjects. and conceptual understanding an introduction course provides The modeling. a particular of the subjects with emphasis on energy is embedded in the nature Sustainability and artificial the affect on contemporary systems; conservation, of natural practice, integration these disciplines. and consultants in careers of architectural roles and the emerging - Annually Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) Annually Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) ARCH 328 – Renaissance Architecture 328 – Renaissance ARCH AAH 121-122 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: c. 1400 to 1580 within the context of the from of Italy of the architecture A detailed exploration as well during the civilization of the Renaissance, and ideals that emerged values institutions, influenced buildings, architecture aspects of Renaissance various of how and why as analysis course will focus upon accounting for the The theories up to the 20th century. and designs, and goals that embodied the spirit of the ages to be examined. Architectural evolving motivations and Renaissance-inspired theorists, in surviving by Renaissance as reflected treatises theory, content, but also as the primary shall be analyzed not only for their architectural documents of humanism and the revival and applications of Renaissance the changing attitudes that reflect Classical antiquity. ARCH 324 – Evolution of Urban Form of Urban 324 – Evolution ARCH AAH 121-122 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: with ARCH 524 Cross-Listed neolithic villages to cities of the form, from Examines and analyzes the evolution of urban and their formal, the forms they have, taken cities have why Addresses modern era. emerging - to archi and dynamics relative Students consider urban structure and spatial elements. physical, and urban open spaces. building types, expression, tectural ARCH 322 – Theory Architecture ARCH of 325 AAH 121-122, ARCH Prerequisite: and theoretical of historical, is to familiarize students with a variety intention of this course The - contemporary structured that have methodological issues and criticism of archi understanding period, the post-war students to the polemics and debates of the class introduces The tecture. - the theoreti post-modernism, architecture, modern of non-Western developments and influence the development of the and post-structuralism, structuralism around centered cal investigations and and contemporary theory theoretical in the 1970s and 1980s, schools of architectural various (3 credits) Spring critical positions. Course Descriptions Course and Environment 321 – Site ARCH standing Sophomore Prerequisite: in be encountered that may an overview course presents inventory of all the factors/systems This of how description with a general student will be presented The conditions. of site analysis any environment. of the site the quality or improve to maintain and procedures operates each factor and cultural natural the preservation of both based upon system a value course promotes This and of cultural at all levels a concept of sustainability and meaning flow from Value ecology. (3 credits) interaction. Fall environmental Enlightenment to the Avant-Garde I: The Architecture 325 – HistoryARCH of Modern AAH 121-122 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: to and landscapes in relation cities, examines buildings, on modern architecture course This begins with the origins It and technological and social change. politics, culture, the visual arts, 19th-century of key continues with an exploration Europe, in Western of modern architecture and concludes with the crys highlights the 20th-century- It avant-gardes and theorists. architects course seeks to explain the world. The and around in the West tallization of modern architecture but also as an intellectual, philosophical, and cul the modern not only as a visual phenomenon, idea. (3 credits) tural ARCH 327 – HistoryARCH Architecture of American AAH 121-122 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: course The 1800 to the 1960s. thought from and architectural Architecture Examines American as emphasis will be placed upon architecture Special themes. a series of key around is organized at large. culture within, and a manifestation of American a force

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 356 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 359 - Architecture Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring ARCH 435 – Design of Structures II 435 – Design ARCH 434 ARCH Prerequisites: and structural members, structural materials, of structural and quantitative analysis A qualitative struc- steel and concrete principles of wood, the fundamental design Emphasizes assemblies. studies of significant studied. Case will be systems load resisting and lateral Foundation tures. including the skills, develop design and analytical will be assigned to structures architectural systems with other system of the structural integration The software. analysis use of structural Advanced will be addressed. system to the enclosure its relationship within the building and (3 credits) be introduced. will shell, and high-rise systems such as tensile, technologies, structural Spring Fall, Theory and Practice 461 – Landscape Architecture: ARCH Elective Architecture standing ARCH 321, and junior ARCH 313, Prerequisites: Co-Listed with ARCH 561 - as a dis of landscape architecture and design processes underpinnings the theoretical Introduces and working with inventorying, of interpreting, Modes cipline and as a contemporary practice. materials used in landscape constructionthe landscape and the will be examined. Class lectures, scales. will look at landscape design at multiple design exercises and simple case study research - component of sustainable development prac of landscape design as an integral role central The tices will also be examined will of architecture practice current The on-site observations. for students’ background retical an and tours of their work. Through be illuminated by visits with local practitioners likewise urban form in the and which can influence architectural of issues, of the range appreciation objectively on their more will be able to reflect it is hoped that students setting, study abroad Summer Spring, Fall, May be offered (3 credits) processes. and creative environment own culture, programs. as part of Study Abroad Enduring 20th Century Legacy The 478 – DutchARCH Architecture: Elective Architecture junior standing ARCH 325, Prerequisite: of the 20th century for the study of modern Dutch a unique grounding architecture provides of the last century Dutch be architecture may development and buildings. ideas, architecture’s and social environment seen as a laboratory for the examination of a contemporary society’s and examine the thematic evolution of 20th century will explore - architec Topics advancement. A lecture- writings and buildings. by significant architects’ as expressed ideals in Holland tural the idea that themes of the past centuryseminar format promotes in continue to be advanced (3 credits) Fall contemporary theory Dutch architectural and practice. ARCH 475 – Frank Lloyd Wright: A Life’s Work A Life’s Wright: Lloyd – Frank 475 ARCH Elective Architecture standing Junior Prerequisite: buildings and Wright’s most famous architect. in-depth of America’s An and evaluation review described, examined and discussed. Wright’s are career, developed over a 70-year philosophy, and his contribu- and evaluated, is explored influence in the evolution of modern architecture possible and will be included where guest lecturers trips and related assessed. Field tions are appropriate. in Context 477 – Architecture ARCH Elective Architecture standing Junior Prerequisite: the architecture students examine of study and documentation techniques, variety a Through manifestations of a people and as important cultural setting and urbanism of the Study Abroad historical or theo provide and local faculty by University and lectures Readings their history. - - Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering (3 credits) ARCH 434 – Design of Structures I ARCH ARCH 335 Prerequisites: Basic systems. of basic structural to the design and analysis approach A numeric and graphical material properties, equilibrium, geometric properties of areas, principles of mechanics: forces, and configuration selection The will be presented. relationships strain stress support conditions, requiring will be emphasized. Projects types for common building systems of efficient structural will be assigned. (3 credits) of simple funicular structures the design and analysis ARCH 430 – Special Topics in Architecture Topics 430 – Special ARCH Elective Architecture Standing Junior Prerequisite: in the areas significant aspects and themes in Architecture, content course dealing with Variable - profes and systems, technical and behavior; environmental of architecture, of history/theory sional practices. ARCH 416 – Advanced Topical Design Studio: Urban Topical 416 – Advanced ARCH 321, 322, 325 ARCH 313, Prerequisite: component of the as a critical of Architecture design studio examines the role advanced This engaged within this stu- As such, the projects and of the public realm. built environment larger also studio This global communities. and/or dio focus on issues and concerns impacting local Design, Historic as Urban to allied disciplines such in relation of architecture the role explores formal and to the various and in relation Planning and Landscape Architecture, Preservation, course is Cross-Listed of the urban fabric. This informal constituencies that influence the shape required. of “C” passing grade Minimum Urban Design Studio: Topical 516 Graduate with Arch Summer Spring, Fall, (5 credits) need to consider these systems as early in the design process as possible. Design considerations considerations Design possible. as in the design process as early these systems need to consider delivery mechanisms, devices, distribution equipment, of origin, generating such as points of these is embedded in the nature studied. Sustainability usage are energy and systems control Where conservation a particularsubjects with practices. and efficient design on energy emphasis design examined and technical are techniques and diagramming sizing of thumb” possible “rules and design the architect’s efficiency, energy the point of view of, from explored are development technolo soft and hard (on studies case lectures, Classroom criteria. consultant’s engineering the and Order Form 335 – Structure, ARCH and PHYS 109 or 201 or higher, 136 MATH Prerequisites: of a combination through form and behavior of structural the fundamental concepts Introduces will be studied in nature and their taxonomy forms Basic structural and studio exercises. lectures paths and hands-on Load experiments. readings, using visual presentations, history, and through introduction An will be investigated. systems common structural through and basic load tracing in covered as a continuation of topics will also be covered representation to vector based force develop The will be utilized for assignments. studio projects addition the students’ In Physics. Design Studio Architectural 413 – Advanced ARCH 335 231, 321, 322, 325, ARCH 313, Prerequisite: to fulfill studios in order a number of thematically focused directed select from Students may for the Bachelor of Science and BS Design Studio requirement Architectural the Advanced Students completing a Bachelor of Science are programs. degree of Architecture + Masters Design Topical Studio or an Advanced Design Architectural either an Advanced to take required Summer Spring, Fall, (5 credits) Studio. Course Descriptions Course a general provide assignments and to to expand on the reading used gies) and a field trip are and overview introduction of the subject. (3 credits) Fall vocabulary structural (3 credits) ment of a strong will also be stressed. Fall

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 358 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 361 Architecture and tectonics will be explored through a variety of abstract conditions from urban to rural and urban to rural conditions from of abstract a variety through will be explored and tectonics Summer (5 credits) sites. level to sloping Design Studio II: Architectural Core 512 – Graduate ARCH I Design Studio Architectural Core 511 Graduate ARCH Prerequisite: cli- notions of site, complex more I by introducing Studio builds on Graduate studio course This user to and tectonic responses complex programmatic more integrating while also mate and culture structure circulation, spatial hierarchy, complicated notions of building organization, More needs. of sites will serve as the catalyst plan and in section. A variety in will be explored and enclosure affected are fundamental need for shelter and material expression of how the for an investigation urban site is explored The particular and climatic conditions. traditions and cultural by regional that programs and to the varied to the public realm relationship a focus on the buildings through lec- Faculty on in the sectional development of the building. elaborated are animate it in plan and (5 credits) Fall semester and a digital portfolio into the will be required. will be integrated tures Design Studio Project 513 – Comprehensive ARCH 435 ARCH 331, 332, 333, studios, of one ARCH 413 Completion Prerequisite: in small and/or students working individually for advanced the opportunity studio will provide This - education together to focus on an architec architectural to bring all components of their groups, designated site problem, Students will fully assess an architectural design problem/project. tural the problem/ criteria. Advancing design to establish appropriate in order precedents and relevant to stages students will respond conceptual, schematic and design development through project will They and life-safety issues. accessibility systems, and environmental structural programmatic, materials and assemblies selection and building site response, from their design resolution advance Each individual or spaces. to sustainable design criteria to the detailed development key attention for and outline specifications, documentation, drawings construction contract will prepare group the assessment to evaluate a project Students will prepare components of the design project. key and related program to the architectural design response of their problem/project appropriateness Summer Spring, Fall, (5 credits) issues. and environmental cultural Design Studio Architectural 515 – Graduate ARCH 434 ARCH 331, 332, 333, ARCH 416, of ARCH 413, Completion Prerequisite: Architectural studios in fulfilling the Graduate a number of directed select from Students may at this level are Offerings degree. of Architecture for the Master Design Studio requirement design, con- sustainable urban design, housing, enriched by studios focusing on topics such as Fall, (5 credits) historic preservation and others. interior architecture, temporary technologies, Summer Spring, Urban Design Studio: Topical 516 – Graduate ARCH or permission of instructor program in Architecture in the MS Enrollment Prerequisite: component of the as a critical of Architecture design studio examines the role graduate This engaged within this As such, the projects and of the public realm. built environment larger studio also This global communities. on issues and concerns impacting local and/or studio take Design, Historic as Urban to allied disciplines such in relation of architecture the role explores formal and to the various and in relation Planning and Landscape Architecture, Preservation, of offering informal constituencies that influence the shape of the urban fabric. As the graduate criteria, assignments and the quality grading however, shared; are and reviews 416 lectures Arch level coursework and achievement expectations. graduate will reflect of design / research Spring Fall, (5 credits) Design Seminar 521 – Sustainable ARCH permission of the instructor standing or Senior standing w/ Graduate Prerequisite: Topics development and land use. concepts of sustainable building, seminar covers core This sustain- building legislation on local and national levels; researching in green will include trends and technologies; case studies of high performance buildings systems materials, able products, (3 credits) Summer Special Offering (3 credits) ARCH 501 – Elements and Principles of Architectural Design of Architectural 501 – Elements and Principles ARCH Studio I Design Core ARCH 511 Graduate Co-requisite: is and introduction Design Studio I. It Core 511 Graduate is a companion to ARCH course This principles of its composition. Design and the basic to the essential elements of architecture and case study diagramming lectures, through and conceptual thinking skills will be developed assignments will further skills development These precedents. of importantanalysis architectural work being conducted within the companion studio course. ARCH 490 – Cultures in Contact (A Study Abroad Seminar) (A Study Abroad in Contact 490 – Cultures ARCH for your college or school which is appropriate see advisor or Dean of the in several programs; (Offered major) standing Junior Prerequisite: is designed as a companion course to those off-campus in Contact study programs Cultures Students learn how to focus their University. Williams of majors at Roger by a variety offered and expand their understanding of the coun- to deepen observations in order of another culture as critically upon their own cultures to reflect try studying and in which they are and culture well. Design Studio I Architectural Core 511 – Graduate ARCH Design and Principles of Architectural ARCH 501 Elements Co-requisite: design and the basic skills needed to to architectural course is an intensive introduction This tech- design intentions using 2d and 3d representational analyze and communicate architectural and three-dimensional principles of two course will introduce The composition within niques. issues of Compositional space and tectonics. issues of shelter, the context of basic architectural color and light will be developed through movement, hierarchy, proportion, organization, scale, shelter of site, Issues explorations. architectural assignments and fully rendered sketch lectures, ARCH 488 – Computer Applications for Professional Practice for Professional Applications 488 – Computer ARCH program Core completion of the Architecture ARCH 287 and Prerequisites: specifically Integrated new modes of contemporary practice, to explore course is structured The as it pertains Modeling) Information (Building of B.I.M. the role and Design/Delivery, Project course will explore This practice. to design and decision-making in contemporary architectural and on buildings systems analytical tools to get immediate feedback and related the use of B.I.M. - will focus on developing profi We alternatives that can inform the design process. sustainability while at the same time looking at how this tool and related software ciency in the use of B.I.M. and utilized within is generated that information changing the way computer technologies are - how informa with other disciplines explore Projects Collaborative environment. the practice parties among the various is shared material usage, tion, including cost, scheduling and building Spring Fall, (3 credits) in the design and construction process. involved ARCH 487 – DigitalARCH Modeling Elective Architecture Program Core completion of the Architecture ARCH 287 and Prerequisites: as various computer models the development and use of architectural course will emphasize This Students design realization. through sketches conceptual from process, phases within the design and significant architectural applications using lighting and rendering will learn modeling, (3 credits) will be investigated. Fall of programs A variety design works as references. ARCH 484 – Construction Estimating and Scheduling Estimating 484 – Construction ARCH Elective Architecture 231, ARCH 331 ARCH Prerequisites: Conceptual, fundamentals of construction to the and scheduling. estimating introduction An with basic CPM scheduling will be studied along and unit price estimates foot, systems square (3 credits) theorySpring schedules. to include bar charts and network Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 360 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 363 -

Architecture Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Form of Urban 524 – Evolution ARCH AAH 121-122 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: with ARCH 324 Cross-Listed villages to cities of the Neolithic Examines and analyzes the evolution of urban form, from and their formal, the forms they have, taken cities have why Addresses modern era. emerging - to archi and dynamics relative Students consider urban structure and spatial elements. physical, 324 Arch offering of As the graduate and urban open spaces. building types, expression, tectural research of independent criteria, assignments and quality grading however, shared; are lectures level coursework and achievement expectations. graduate will reflect ARCH 535 – Introduction to Proactive Simulation Proactive to 535 – Introduction ARCH permission of the instructor w/ standing or Senior standing Graduate Prerequisite: methods and to building performance simulation (BPS) elective course is an introduction The course The of BPS within the design process. integration is concerned with the proactive It tools. other tools that complement each software to the workings of several the students will introduce Integrated course also brings and lighting simulation. The flow, bulk air of energy, in the area data Delivery of project role methods to bear and critically examines the concepts and Project students to think strate course prepares The design methodologies. management into emerging to examine critically mod- an ability as developing as a well modeling gically when approaching on-site data acquisition and introducing by also in reality course is grounded The eling outputs. (3 credits) Spring techniques. evaluation building post-occupancy Design in Sustainable Topics 536 – Special ARCH Elective Architecture permission of the instructor w/ or Senior standing standing in Architecture Graduate Prerequisite: content course dealing with significant aspects a variable Design is in Sustainable Topics Special Special Offering (3 or 4 credits) Design in Architecture. of Sustainable Design in Urban Topics 537 – Special ARCH Elective Architecture permission of the instructor or Senior standing w/ in Architecture, standing Graduate Prerequisite: content course dealing a significant aspect and Design is a variable in Urban Topics Special or Development, Planning Community Ecology, Design such as Urban themes in Urban Special Offering (3 or 4 credits) Landscape Architecture. in Digital Media Topics 538 – Special ARCH Elective Architecture permission of the instructor or Senior standing w/ in Architecture, standing Graduate Prerequisite: or content course dealing with a significant aspect is a variable in Digital Media Topics Special (3 or 4 credits) or practice. design, theory, to architectural as it relates theme in Digital Media Special Offering Practice 542 – Professional ARCH Senior standing Prerequisite: and regulations codes, management; business and practice students to architectural Introduces professional and emphasizes the architect’s of the construction contract; administration laws; design and for project arrangements the traditional addresses Also and legal responsibilities. the design and construc- with the client between in relationships construction, and difference an to develop each subject in order and assignments address discussions, Lectures, tion phases. of the design professional. responsibilities legal and general understanding of the moral, Field trips to fabrication facilities and construction sites cast light on production processes. processes. facilities and construction trips to fabrication on production sites cast light Field also specifier are façade consultant and and architect between the interaction dynamics of The investigated. - - - Annually Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) ARCH 529 – HistoryARCH of Landscape Architecture of instructor or dean permission AAH 121-122 and Senior Standing w/ Prerequisite: with ARCH 329 Cross-Listed to and relationship is a surveyHistory of the development of man’s of Landscape Architecture the beginnings course will survey from shaping of the land. This the landscape and gardens primary although the of civilization until contemporary emphasis will be on the Italian times, course The and the English garden. in the age of Louis XIV, of France the gardens Renaissance, as study the as well and Japan, such as China, India will also include contributing cultures, offering of As the graduate States. particularly in the United of parks in the 19th century, growth of independent criteria, assignments and quality grading however, shared; are lectures 329, Arch expectations. level coursework and achievement graduate will reflect research ARCH 524 – Evolution of Urban Form of Urban 524 – Evolution ARCH of instructor AAH 121-122 or permission Prerequisite: with ARCH 324 Cross-Listed villages to cities of the Neolithic form, from Examines and analyzes the evolution of urban and their formal, the forms they have, taken cities have why Addresses modern era. emerging - to archi and dynamics relative Students consider urban structure and spatial elements. physical, 324 offering of Arch As the graduate and urban open spaces. building types, expression, tectural of independent research criteria, assignments and quality grading however, shared; are lectures expectations. level coursework and achievement graduate will reflect and architectural design; integration of architecture and MEP systems; the U.S. Green Building Building Green the U.S. MEP systems; and of architecture integration design; and architectural (LEED); the program Design building rating and Environmental in Energy Leadership Council’s indoor air qual and land use; in context and transportation building ‘green’ between relationship Research Design 522 – Environmental ARCH Senior standing Prerequisite: meth- and research approaches theoretical diverse introduces Design Research Environmental criteria. Readings sustainability social and energy with for assessing inhabited environments ods, and cross-cultural sociology, anthropology, psychology, environmental include contributions from of uses by diverse inhabitants range to a broad in relations of buildings studies to examine a variety design generates for fieldwork that as preparation assessment literature the energy as from as well to the useful recommendations course provides construction. or new This criteria for renovations (3 credits) Spring service organizations. and local community of public facilities administrators Building Envelope 533 – Detailing the High-Performance ARCH permission or Senior Standing w/ or M.Arch Arch. programs standing in M.Sc.in Graduate Prerequisite: of the instructor or Dean course examines the issues associated with designing high-performance building enclo The Course Descriptions Course building assess- existing design analysis; tools for sustainable ventilation; and natural daylight ity, sustainable design. (3 credits) costs and benefits of balancing the ment and improvement; Fall in Architecture Topics 530 – Special ARCH Elective Architecture of the or Senior standing with permission Program, Arch. M. in B.S./ standing Graduate Prerequisite: instructor in the areas significant aspects and themes in Architecture, content course dealing with Variable - and profes technical systems, and behavior; environmental of architecture, of history/theory Special Offering (3 or 4 credits) sional practices. building enve of advanced both at a conceptual level and at a detailed level. Concepts sures and methods for examined. Tools are with other building systems integrated lopes that are materials and for optimizing façade con- for choosing of an assembly, assessing the life cycle internal comfort, are to achieve satisfying thermal, light, and acoustic performance figurations using computational tools. evaluated of assembly that minimize heat loss are studied. Modes

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 362 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 365 - Architecture Annually Fall (3 credits) ARCH 586 – Processing 586 – Processing ARCH permission or Senior Standing w/ or M.Arch programs Arch. in M.Sc.in standing Graduate Prerequisite: (ARCH 287) or its equivalent of the instructor and introductory experience CAD Computational in Architecture. Design and Associative Modeling Algorithmic explores course The Design. or Parametric methodologies, Geometry Algorithm-based using Generative is explored of mul the behavior to understand variables using parametric into form generation Investigations tiple architectural systems, such as assembly logics, material characteristics and manufacturing material characteristics such as assembly logics, systems, tiple architectural and systems into larger then proliferated are in the definition of simple components constraints math- numbers, modeling employs Algorithmic Generative objects, of drawing Instead assemblies. of formal Hundreds form with infinite results. ematics and calculations as base data to generate (3 credits) can be made by adjusting basic geometrical parameters. variations in Design Applications Computer 587 – Advanced ARCH Elective Architecture Dean standing or permission of instructor and ARCH 287 and Graduate Prerequisites: with computer aided design using high-end three-dimensionalAdvanced interactive software, as they relate techniques, dynamic and rendering particular emphasis on animation, modeling, (3 credits) Fall processes. design and production to architectural historicism, “Islamic architecture” and a synthesis of all these. In the 21st century the globalization In of all these. and a synthesis architecture” “Islamic historicism, sustainability and environmental of cultural and notions buildings and cities, in new is reflected soci- – both influences and frameworks seminar examines the The the forefront. come to have the milieu within and their work, and architects architectures, – that form the etal and personal and task of interpreting assists in the difficult seminar conceived. The places are which urban changing design in rapidly and building urban development and emerging current understanding Given that the 21st century be the century and China this discourse might well societies. of India Fall (3 credits) worldwide. to architecture relevance is of great of Modernism Origins 576ARCH – Theoretical Elective Architecture Senior standing ARCH 325, Prerequisites: - ground theorists who laid the philosophical to some of the key students course introduces This Morris, Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Durand, among them Laugier, work for modern architecture, of and evaluation texts of original theoretical emphasizes close readings It and Loos. Wagner, as they thematically the concerns of modern thinkers analyzes It subsequent critical assessments. - archi the artist individualist, – rationalism, as romantic time across and then transform emerge the questions of ornament and ideal, organicism, the craft as an agent of social reform, tecture their influence on the contem- pivotal ideas, the theorists’ and discussions explore Lectures style. to the intellectual, social, and political and their relation practice, porary world of architectural Alternate Spring (3 credits) of the day. predicaments Skyscraper 577 American ARCH – The program Senior standing in the B.S./M.Arch. Prerequisite: beginning with mid-19th in historical perspective, skyscraper the American explores course The century and urbanization and ending with the late 20th-century developments in technology stages in the development export Key abroad. as an American phenomenon of the skyscraper and the change, economic examined in light of technological innovations, are of the skyscraper serves the skyscraper of cities, up with the culture bound As a modern building type workplace. engagement with the experience of which to assess architecture’s as a compelling lens through and film. photography, the fine arts, light of literature, modernity—in - - Annually (3 credits) ARCH 575 – Contemporary Asian Architecture & Urbanism Asian Architecture 575 – Contemporary ARCH Elective Architecture / M.Arch Program Senior Standing in the B.S. Prerequisites: the Middle-east in Asia, from has gone through architecture to Indonesia Twentieth-Century to issues of regionalism, half, modernism and nationalism, and in the latter stages; from several ARCH 574 – Regionalism in Architecture – Regionalism 574 ARCH Elective Architecture Senior standing Prerequisite: in the regional that result to examine the processes the necessary framework theoretical Provides context and as substantive knowledge of architectural as well particularization of architecture and significance of the value of the world. Addresses regions in various practice architectural and critically distinguishes local conditions contribute to the formation of architecture, the way (3 credits) Spring identity. regional tried to express have architects ways the various between dominant urban designers and architects, key theoreticians, Western and non-Western, in differ and non-Western, Western theoreticians, key dominant urban designers and architects, period to during the Colonial the times of its emergence ent parts of the world as manifested from to modernity, approaches of and theoretical perceptions upon varied Elaborates time. the present (3 credits) Fall architecture. to global responses bringing students up to date on present ARCH 573 – Modernism in the Non-Western World: A Comparative Perspective A Comparative World: in the Non-Western 573ARCH – Modernism Elective Architecture Senior standing ARCH 325 or AAH 323, Prerequisite: outside i.e., world, an in-depth in the non-Western examination of modern architecture Provides critically how mod- major thrust of the course is to investigate The States and Europe. the United world. Discusses of pre the works articulated in the non-Western ernism has disseminated and/or ARCH 572 –Urban Design Theory from the Industrial Revolution to the Present Revolution the Industrial Design Theory from 572 –Urban ARCH Elective Architecture Senior standing Prerequisite: We city. of of the traditional transformation about the radical brought Revolution Industrial The the wide and look at City, about the rise of the Industrial that brought will examine the changes will then otherwise- to it –utopian and of reactions array movement. We including the modern will con- we Finally critique. and the post-modern consider the legacy of the modern movement caused the and have the contemporary that continue to shape city sider the dynamic processes Cities”. of “Global the growth and fostered regions of our metropolitan restructuring recent more of the and the degradation public realm, the decline of the Challenges such as urban sprawl, City”, “The Informational in the light of “The will be considered Edge City”, environment natural will be examined Design Urban of Theories and “Landscape Urbanism”. Urbanism” “Sustainable of a particular historical, social, political but also as products as formal operations, not purely will be given to the identification of those urban ideas attention and economic context. Special of any place them at the core change, in the face of tremendous whose persistence, or values Fall within it. (3 credits) of architecture and the role of the form of the city consideration future ARCH 561 – Landscape Architecture: Theory and Practice Architecture: 561 – Landscape ARCH Elective Architecture 461 with Arch Cross-Listed 321, and senior standing ARCH Prerequisites: as a dis- architecture of landscape processes and design underpinnings the theoretical Introduces with and working inventorying, of interpreting, Modes as a contemporarycipline and practice. materials used in landscape constructionthe landscape and the will be examined. Class lectures, scales. will look at landscape design at multiple design exercises and simple case study research - prac component of sustainable development as an integral of landscape design role central The however, shared; are 461 lectures offering of Arch As the graduate tices will also be examined. level graduate will reflect of independent research and the quality criteria, assignments grading expectations. coursework and achievement Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 364 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 367 - - Architecture (3 credits) Summer (3 credits) Summer advisors. Preceded with assigned readings prior to class start and followed by a final paper, the the prior to class start paper, by a final and followed with assigned readings Preceded advisors. methods and viewpoints, ideas, long seminar in which as an intensive two-week course unfolds the prepares it course, core discussed. As common are of concentration of inquiry areas across - graduate-levelstudent for situating their investi while also inquiry of concentration, area in the course balances time The interdisciplinary and framework. collaborative a broader gation within and an advisor in the faculty and time with in all concentrations students and faculty spent with area. concentration student’s ARCH 606 – Field Research Seminar Research 606 – Field ARCH permission w/ or Senior Standing or M.Arch Arch. programs standing in M.Sc.in Graduate Prerequisite: of the instructor or abroad) nationally regionally, students in the field (locally, takes Seminar Research Field The As a common existing state of the art visit and document projects. to meet with professionals, acquainted it helps the student to become in Architecture, of Science course in the Master core - of concentra in the area and actors design methods, technologies, buildings, with precedents, of concentration. the area the interdisciplinarytion, while also acknowledging context around are while others of concentration areas several common across are Some site and office visits research. a document synthesizing their Students prepare of concentration. unique to one area - pres online course with limited on-site has a hybrid the course students can take Non-resident ence and independent field research. ARCH 613 – Graduate Thesis Design Studio Thesis 613 – Graduate ARCH 641 515, ARCH 513, Prerequisite: the propo in the design studio from focused on the development of a thesis project 613 is Arch and its subsequent documentation seminar, sition put forward and developed in the research than simply the stu- thesis is more document. The of a thesis project the production through building competence at integrating that demonstrates is a final project It final project- dent’s yet into the design of a building, social, formal and urbanistic concerns and materials, systems (5 credits) should be. about what architecture a speculative proposition this to make goes beyond Spring Fall, Workshop 616 – Collaborative ARCH permission or Senior Standing w/ or M.Arch programs Arch. in M.Sc.in standing Graduate Prerequisite: of the instructor on a design collaboratively work of concentration diverse areas students from this course, In of a in the reality etc) rooted architectural, with multiple dimensions (ecological, urban, problem of concen- area in her/his the guidance of a faculty Under (local, domestic or abroad). community the particular point of view of her/ effort from each student contributes to the collaborative tration, Seminar (ARCH Research workshop uses data collected in the Field The of concentration. his area - integra that capitalizes on the synergistic design proposal a coherent workshop produces 606). The Students of concentration. found in each area viewpoints and methodologies tion of the various mul learn to work in multidisciplinary and learn leadership skills in complex, reality-based, teams and design effort and to research the, Each student contributes to tidimensional design problems. Summer documentation. (4 credits) final report and graphic of the workshop’s the preparation Thesis Research Graduate 633 – Independent ARCH Seminar Research ARCH 641 Graduate Arch., standing in M.Sc.in Graduate Prerequisites: to do students who do not desires of Science in Architecture for Master course is tailored This thesis under the guidance of a studio-based in doing a written interested design thesis but are over at least a research Students engage in thorough of concentration. an advisor in their area thesis should clearly The document synthesizing their research. a written semester and prepare Student can also work with a second advisor in the same or of concentration. to the area relate Dual-degree the scope of their inquiry. to broaden of concentration another discipline or area to their design-based students must complete this course concurrently in Arch. M.Arch./MSc. - - - - (3 credits) Spring ARCH 589 – 4D ARCH with permis- or Senior Standing or M.Arch Arch. programs standing in M.Sc.in Graduate Prerequisite: its equivalent. introductory (ARCH 287) or sion of the instructor and experience CAD in a time- principles and toolsets using Animation Digital course explores Cinematography The Animation Trail, Motion Path, Motion to Turntable, addition In based 3-D modeling software. Trax, (Graphing, animation editing tools non-linear and advanced Keyframe, & Sweeps, Snapshot center on 4-D (fourth investigations Project explored. are Expressions) Dope Sheet, Blends & dimension), or time-based to control variables using parametric space (the spatialisation of time) of a scripted nar logics in the definition of multiple architectural and understand the behavior ARCH 588 – DigitalARCH Manufacturing Elective Architecture or Dean or permission of instructor standing 287 and Graduate ARCH Prerequisites: CAD-CAM Rapid Manufacturing), Advanced Aided – Computer Design Aided (Computer tech- as Digital explored Manufacturing are Engineering techniques and Reverse Prototyping Spring (3 credits) processes. design and production to architectural in relationship niques, Paradigms 593 – Sustainable ARCH Elective Architecture Senior standing Prerequisites: course that primar elective seminar/lecture architectural is a graduate Paradigms Sustainable Ecology 594 – Urban ARCH permission of the instructor or Senior standing w/ standing Graduate Prerequisite: of and examines the interdependencies Ecology focuses on issues of sustainable urbanism Urban that pertain variables ecological, economic and technological to the planning and social, cultural, how several course holistically explores The spaces. design of sustainable communities in urban and ecologically livable more nested scales of design interventions produce synergistically can methodologies to eval and develops research course investigates The viable urban environments. Colloquium 601 – Graduate ARCH in Architecture standing in M.Sc. Graduate Prerequisite: The students. Architecture of Science in course for all Master colloquium is a required The in diverse concentration interests its peoples and their research the program, course introduces intellectual inquiry of broad . The students within an environment is aimed at orienting It areas. with agendas/interests potential research agenda and explore student begins to chart a research Course Descriptions Course to a filmic short analyzed and applied authored Cinematic techniques are or storyboard. rative, / Chroma Capture) (Motion MoCap CG, Direction (Choreography), including Titles, to DVD, is experience with Modeling Advanced sequencing. Credits Sound and Production, Post key, assumed. economic and technological social, cultural, of ecological, ily focuses on the interdependencies views them in a holistic It environments. issues pertaining to architectural/urban/landscaped con- on emerging and focuses on sustainability manner and examines existing values/paradigms while appro and resources nature with and update our relationship reevaluate ditions to rethink, quality a better means for attaining renewable sustainable technologies and priating innovative design applied to both integrated are how sustainable principles course explores The of life. build- including and construction, as to the assessment of existing built environments, as well cases, through primary to demonstrate, Its goal is and technical building systems. ing envelope social and (global, regional macro from issues can be part of planning efforts, how sustainability at home (local; as part scale of community, in urban and suburban contexts) to micro cultural methodologies to evaluate and develop research course will also investigate or work place). The criteria. (3 credits) sustainability using Fall environments local/regional criteria to help including global contexts using sustainability environments uate local / regional existing urban / restructure and retrofit field redevelopment / grey the designer tackle brown (3 credits) Spring standards. to sustainability according environments

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 366 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 369 - Annually Art and Architectural HistoryArchitectural and Art (3 credits) (3 credits) Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Annually (3 credits) AAH 323 – Art and Architecture in the Islamic World in the Islamic and Architecture AAH 323 – Art Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: in very root taken diverse having arts and architecture of Islamic nature the syncretic Explores Sub-Saharan Spain, Africa, spanning the Middle East, North areas and geographic cultural the will investigate and readings East Asia. Lectures and Far subcontinent, Indian the Africa, and will discuss the impor and secular architecture, on religious regulations impact of Islamic development of a specific artistic and ornamentation. The tance of concepts such as decoration - shall be inves arabesque” and “the calligraphy giving rise to an emphasis on geometry, approach, art and politics in the 1930s, and the post-World War II cultural shift from Europe to America. to America. Europe shift from II cultural War and the post-World art politics in the 1930s, and to work by reference will be addressed phenomenon as an international Aspects of modernism and Asia. America, the USA, South and Russia, Europe central of Europe, the urban centers from (3 credits) Fall of Africa and Architecture Arts AAH 313 – Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: architecture textiles, sculpture, A survey including painting, of the arts of Sub-Saharan Africa, will is placed on these arts emphasis of ritual. We in the context Special and performance arts. and influenced Art shaped the study of African which have and ideologies discuss perceptions of the continent. understanding our present Art AAH 319 – History Renaissance of Italian Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: - and architec sculpture in painting, style Renaissance the Italian major artists who created The of the Renaissance include the formation Topics context. in their cultural considered are ture of the the development and forms based on Classical Antiquity, the significance of subjects style, and the interconnectedness Raphael and Michelangelo, da Vinci, by Leonardo High Renaissance (3 credits) artSpring forms. of Renaissance in the Classical World and Architecture AAH 321 – Art Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: ideas and values, in-depth artsClassical of institutions, the of context the An within investigation special topics in ancient Analyzes and Rome. Greece in the civilizations of Ancient that emerged with the intent theory of antiquity, such as the art and practice and architectural architecture Topics patrons. and societies, cultures, of specific of accounting for the goals and aspirations outside the other and with other cultures with each how Classical societies interacted investigate and of examination include mainland Greece areas civilization. Geographical of Western sphere the time frame Europe; and Western Africa, North Italy, Minor, Asia islands, the Mediterranean 500 AD. BC to circa 750 circa spans from AAH 322 – Art and Architecture in the Medieval World in the Medieval and Architecture AAH 322 – Art Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: in-depth of the artsAn of the Middle Ages within the context of the institutions, investigation and Western Christian, Byzantine, in the civilization of the Early and ideas that emerged values, such as art- art and architec and architecture special topics in Medieval Analyzes era. Medieval of accounting for the goals and with the intent theorytural of the Middle Ages, and practice cultures how medieval investigate Topics and patrons. societies, of specific cultures, aspirations civilization. of Western outside the sphere and with other cultures with each other, interacted and North Asia Minor, and Eastern Europe, of examination include Western areas Geographical 1500 AD. 300 to circa circa spans from the time frame Africa; Fall, Spring Fall, Annually (3 credits) AAH 312 – History of Modern Art AAH 312 – History of Modern Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: A survey examines the major movements of the historical 1863-1963 that of modern art from themes include the construction of Major and photography. sculpture, in painting, avant-garde to the city, responses to abstraction, approaches expression, the notion of the primitive, gender, AAH 311 – History Art of American Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: States to show in the United arts” and the “minor sculpture, Survey of the history of painting, to been related of living and how they have ways American how these arts expressed have (3 credits) Spring ideas. American AAH 305 – Theory and Methods of Art and Architectural History and Architectural of Art AAH 305 – Theory and Methods AAH 121-122 Prerequisite: with AAH 505 Cross-Listed in the history of analysis understanding of the modes of will deepen the students’ course This iconography, connoisseurship, including bases, and their philosophical the arts and architecture issues of gender of perception, the psychology theories of the evolution of art, psychoanalysis, and writing will be of readings discussion and theories of art criticism. Critical and ethnicity, stressed. AAH 122 – History of Art and Architecture II AAH 122 – History and Architecture of Art Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills AAH 121 Prerequisite: the of Africa, A continuation of History the visual cultures I, this course introduces of Art and ending with our the Renaissance the Middle East and Asia beginning with Europe, Americas, of discussion, the works of art issues and monuments as the focus key Using own modern day. Emphasis is placed on the and architecture. film, sculpture photography, include painting, covered Fall, (3 credits) as the artistic as well and social contexts of the object, process. political, religious Summer Spring, ART AND ARCHITECTURAL I AAH 121 – History and Architecture of Art Concentration History in the Art and Architectural Core a course requirement Fulfills the HISTORY including Africa, worlds, of the ancient and medieval to the visual cultures introduction An focus the discussion, issues and monuments the Middle East and Asia. Key Europe, Americas, to examined in relation are and architecture, sculpture and works of art, including painting, Summer Spring, Fall, (3 credits) and social contexts. their political, religious ARCH 641 – Graduate Thesis Research Seminar Research Thesis 641 – Graduate ARCH studios ARCH 413 of two Completion Prerequisite: stu- and and faculty discussions, readings, through which investigates seminar research A graduate thesis of the development of an independent be at the core issues which should dent presentations, of Architecture for full engagement with the profession critical and which are proposal, project Ethical Concepts; Philosophical and Theoretical, learning:-Ideas/Values: and the pursuit of lifelong definition and Project Programming, -Use/Habitation: Context; and Cultural Physical -Site: The -Creativity/ and Properties; of Concepts Integration Technology: Planning; -Materials/ Project (3 credits) Communication. and Verbal Visual Design Thinking, Communication: M.Arch. thesis (ARCH 613). Dual degree students should refer to the directives on requirements on requirements to the directives should refer Dual students 613). degree thesis (ARCH M.Arch. (3 credits) Spring coordinator. program MSc in Arch. thesis with the the written to complete Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 368 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 371 - - - - Annually Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) Annually Art and Architectural HistoryArchitectural and Art Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Annually (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) ers within the framework of the seminar’s presentations, scholars whose up-to-date scholars presentations, understand- seminar’s of the ers within the framework in brief taped inter will be presented globalized world in today’s ings of the arts architecture and importance Selected themes of universal and illustrated for each session will be discussed views. of the world. tie together the arts will yet and architecture cultures, of specific by consideration lead to study of the local and the global contexts will of the connection between Awareness but will also foster far distant past and far distant places, the from drawn monuments and topics context of the arts of the international of artists and the global connections investigation and - stories of art the traditional and archi evaluate students will critically the way, Along architects. and habits of mind. with their geopolitical and periodical boundaries tecture AAH 520 – Themes in World Arts and Architecture Arts in World Themes AAH 520 – the world as they explore around from of cultures production the creative seminar embraces This to is committed course The and performance. ritual, power time, materiality, concepts of space, - a reconfigura requires as a global phenomenon which the examination of art and architecture is global in scope seminar, The to the study of their history. approaches tion of our traditional and course content, serves of leading scholars and think as a vessel for participation a group by Art in Contemporary AAH 521 – Issues with AAH 421 Cross-listed This for the past 50 years. reality formed our cultural have and Post-Modernism Modernism of these ideas in the arts meaning and development of the late the origins, course will investigate and the power artist in the community, will examine the role We 20th and early 21st centuries. of arts in the contemporary world, and the changing nature recep process poetics of the creative part artists' an integral of to galleries and studios are Visits tion within a multi-cultural society. the course. Spaces AAH 522 – Sacred Eliade Mircea “That the profane.” from manifests itself as something wholly different which is sacred into sacred history been transformed the world, common places have and around Throughout - as extraordi a place do people treat significance? Why on sacred does a place take How ones. seminar examines the arts and architecture significance sustained? This nary? is sacred How of that which is immate the embodiment the material statement of intangible things, which are the which and devotion as human actions through ritual, pilgrimage, rial. Students investigate - the manifesta and becomes something else through is transformed object, seemingly ordinary, something extraordinary. tion of the sacred, AAH 523 – Nature and Art AAH 523 – Nature and ques- to investigate the opportunity students will have interdisciplinary seminar where An concepts of construct. The of it, becomes a cultural our perception through tion how nature, some of Ethics are Biophilia and Environmental Body Perception, Landscape, History, Natural world will be aspects of the natural Various issues that will be discussed in this seminar. the core been have periods, and time cultures different from to how artistsanalyzed in relation or trends, might still continue to do so today. by them and how we used and inspired AAH 530 – Special Topics in Art + Architectural History + Architectural in Art Topics AAH 530 – Special or Senior Standing with permission of the instructor standing, Graduate Prerequisite: + periods and individuals in Art content course dealing with significant themes, Variable academ- format, with graduate seminar in a graduate course is offered The History. Architectural may course The and student pursuits. as supportic and scholarly expectations as well for faculty than once depending on topical content. more be taken of gender and ethnicity, and theories of art and architectural criticism. Focusing on primary Focusing criticism. art and theories of and architectural ethnicity, of gender and in summary covered of the specific methodologies in each the undergraduate fashion in readings to actual works of art of methodologies and architecture apply an array students will then course, their explanatorycritically analyzing lacunae. success or Annually (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall Annually Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) AAH 500 – The Study and Practice of Art and Architectural History and Architectural of Art Study and Practice AAH 500 – The begins with this seminar As an entry history, art study of into the advanced and architectural how traces of the field. It a survey discipline and the “founders” of the historical origins of the of range to the then introduced Students are this disciplinary time. has changed over tradition and associated fields in the history of art museums, and activities in the academy, professional an active part discussion-based sessions and complete a Students take weekly in architecture. critic, arts educator, of curator, them with the roles series of assignments intended to familiarize and visits speakers Visiting consultant, and arts structures historic administrator. editor, writer, of arts part institutions form a large of the course. to a wide variety AAH 505 – Art and Architectural History Seminar Theory and Architectural and Methods AAH 505 – Art with AAH 305 Cross-listed students is designed to deepen the students’ Master’s seminar for all first year required This in the historyunderstanding of the modes of analysis and their of the arts and architecture of seminal texts and analysis of the seminar combines reading structure The philosophical bases. under discus- by the major theorists and critics working in the given method/theory produced the origins of connoisseurship, discussion will probe assignments and student-led sion. Specific issues of perception, the psychology theories of the evolution of art, psychoanalysis, iconography, AAH 450 – Senior Thesis and Dean faculty program consent of AAH Senior standing, Prerequisite: History majors; designed to study an issue and Architectural Art Optional course for senior-level suitable for historical research a work of to produce required or topic in depth. Students are determined by the Topics History. and Architectural journals in Art publication in student-level expertise of the students. of the instructor and the anticipated interests tigated through examples from architecture, fiber arts, metal work, glass, ceramics, stucco and ceramics, metal work, glass, arts, fiber architecture, examples from tigated through painting. miniature and stone carving, History and Architectural in Art Topics AAH 430 – Special AAH 121-122 and one 300 level AAH course Prerequisite: significant aspects and themes in the development of Art content course dealing with Variable and of creativity the nature such as art and historiography, institutions History, and Architectural architecture identity, and the artist’s the making of the art object, self-representation originality, and sym- nature, representing rituals and public space, of the body, representations and worship, bols of authority. Course Descriptions Course History Architectural and in Art Topics AAH 330 – Concentration History Art and Architectural in the Core a course requirement Fulfills 121-122 AAH Prerequisite: parts in different of of arts and architecture course dealing with the interactions content Variable periods. time the world at various Art in Contemporary AAH 421 – Issues in the Art and Architectural course requirement and a Arts Studies major requirement Visual Fulfills minor and/or Concentration History Core one 300 level AAH 121-122 and AAH course Prerequisite: with AAH 521 Cross-listed Movements conceptual and thematic concerns in art major since the 1960s. A course addressing Installation, Appropriation, Minimalism, Conceptualism, include: covered and approaches and racial from range explored themes The and Performance. Photography, Video, Abstraction, content art. to outsider Course to the environment, to public space, to globalization, sexual identity, that con- essays critical the 1960s to the present, of works of art in the form from will be presented Satisfies Feinstein studios. museums and openings, textualize the work and field trips to galleries, (3 credits) Spring History. and Architectural and Art Studies, Arts Service Learning in Visual

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 370 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 373 - Biology Spring (3 credits) (4 credits) Spring Fall (4 credits) ogy includes organelle function, metabolic processes and human organ systems highlighted as an highlighted systems and human organ metabolic processes function, ogy includes organelle the concepts laboratory reinforces The cell types. of different workings example of the integrated use and instrumental microscope techniques in biological chemistry, of the class and includes analysis. will provide comments on draft chapters of the thesis, suggest advice regarding the research and research the suggest advice regarding the thesis, chapters of on draft comments will provide - data, to other docu and visual readings (from as suggesting as well resources writing process, for the thesis. directions and research www resources) mentation and BIOLOGY BIO 103 – Biology I and Lab in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills requirement science Curriculum the Core fulfill may be used to BIO 103/104, begins with a survey for science-based this course Designed as a foundation of basic disciplines, physiol of cellular exploration An chemistry and function of cells. applies to the structure as it BIO 104 – Biology II and Lab in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills science requirement Curriculum the Core 226 may be used to fulfill or BIO 104/NATSC BIO 103/104 to continue in the biology of C- or higher in order Students must complete BIO 104 with a grade or marine biology program. population, and the of life, highlights the mechanisms of evolution, the diversity course This these concepts and develop techni- reinforce Laboratory and field exercises principles of ecology. cal and analytical skills. BIO 105 – Life Science for Elementary Education and Lab elementary is designed as a foundation in the biological sciences for future course school This understanding of major teachers to gain a better of this course is for future goal The teachers. comfortable in be more with and proficient so that they will biological principles and processes teaching life science in the elementary As such, this course focuses on science con- classroom. will be discussed. though the teaching of biology in the classroom tent and not science pedagogy, living systems, and material through the flow of energy will include basic cell biology, Topics of life, of evolution, the diversity basic human development, mechanisms genetics and heredity, the concepts of the class and provides laboratory reinforces The and the principles of ecology. Fall (4 credits) of science. students with a hands-on, to the process introdution inquiry-based BIO 200 – Genetics in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills or consent of instructor BIO 104, and CHEM 191, BIO 103, Prerequisites: and evolution. Examples selected mutation, variation, of inheritance, concepts Fundamental population topics in Mendelian, various both the plant and animal kingdoms best illustrate from Spring Fall, (4 credits) and molecular genetics. Biology to Marine BIO 204 – Introduction physiology, cell biology, biology is the application of basic biological principles (e.g., Marine and their environments. etc.) to marine organisms ecology, behavior, biodiversity, biomechanics, adaptations, on the physiological with emphasis marine ecosystems course will introduce This will be examined of diversity Patterns species. of resident strategies and behavioral body types to in relation will be considered and biological interactions and geographically, taxonomically Spring including our own. (3 credits) species, different many Annually (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) AAH 560 – The Newport Seminar Newport AAH 560 – The of history course will examine the of the material culture arts the study The through of American than one way. in more can be written other, any like history, Newport’s Island. Rhode Newport, this In arts of the development of the fine in America. is a microcosm On the one hand, Newport its zenith in the Gilded Age. reaches the aesthetic development of Newport version of the history, story is shaped by many history omits much. Newport’s of Newport’s this interpretation However, history by looking not of Newport “thick” will examine the We elites. – and not all of them are develop an understanding will arts We but also at commonplace objects as well. only at high style - the colonial period to the pres from of time, of the making of a specific place over a long span American spectrum of the arts. in a broad an interest will take we our history, creating ent. In as at painting, and landscapes as well look at architecture will arts We flourished in Newport. works of art of a is not only to recognize as exemplars Our goal and furniture. art glass, sculpture, also to understand who made the objects and why. but specific style AAH 531 – Topics in Art and Architecture of the Classical World Architecture and in Art Topics AAH 531 – World of the Medieval Architecture and in Art Topics AAH 532 – and Architecture Art and Baroque in Renaissance Topics AAH 533 – Architecture and Art in Modern Topics AAH 534 – of the Americas and Architecture in Art AAH 535 – Topics of Africa and Architecture in Art AAH 536 – Topics of Asia and Architecture in Art AAH 537 – Topics World of the Islamic and Architecture in Art AAH 538 – Topics Methods AAH 605 – Research Students engage in seminar. research for the Thesis and is preparation introduces course This it specifically, More of discipline-relateda review and the logistics of research. methodologies and as faculty As well of thesis research. aims to assist students in the planning and organization to progress in an aspect of their research will present speakers invited student presentations, addition to complementing the In research. of advanced familiarize students with the processes this seminar assists students with the identification of their own interests methodology courses, choosing a thesis topic. as they move towards Course Descriptions Course History Internship and Architectural AAH 569 – Art professional to practice in which students with a supervised environment practical Provides arts or private institution. museum or gallery, nonprofit skills at a governmental office or agency, - to the student's profes is designed to be academically significant and related internship The for seeking Each student is responsible historian. sional development as an art and architectural and our students work with faculty process, facilitate the search To and finding an internship. internship is formalized An alumni and other professionals. partners, of community network direction and student, under the host organization between a work plan and agreement through documenta- and weekly communication regular through monitored Experiences are of faculty. internship is evaluated The tion. Student completes 320 hours of service agency. at cooperating the intern and supervisor by and a formal presentation interim and final reports from through Summer the student. (non-credit, pass/fail) – Thesis AAH 650 students apply the skills Here thesis. students working independently on their Masters For to its completion. and writing of the thesis through the early research learned in AAH 605 from meetings on a one-to-one seminar is comprised of intensive and regular This (by appointment) supervisor The and writing. of research basis with the thesis supervisor to discuss the progress

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 372 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 375 - - Biology Alternate Spring Winter Intersession Winter (3 credits) (3 credits) concerns in society. bioethical and resolve of action to understand course an appropriate Fall Alternate (3 credits) of Ecology Concepts BIO 240 – Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills Concentration Science Core Environmental in the a course requirement Fulfills 204; or consent of instructor and BIO 104 or NATSC 103, BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: conservation, popu- and natural environment, of pollution in the on effects and controls Focuses (3 credits) Spring as the science major. the non-science as well For lation controls. Biostatistics to 250 – Introduction BIO/MATH 250 with MATH Cross-listed Marine Biology for the Biology, Majors Science the statistics requirement and Environmental Fulfills standing or consent of instructor BIO 104 and sophomore 136, MATH Prerequisites: introductory course is a team-taught to biological prob course in statistics with applications The lems. Students will learn statistical concepts and the technical details behind those concepts as concepts and the technical details behind Students will learn statistical lems. under a mix of theoretical class is This as when and how to apply particularwell procedures. Particular software. application using statistical and problem standing of statistical principles tendency and of dispersion and variability, of the central Measures topics include the following: multiple and polynomial regression. and linear, of Variance Analysis testing, hypothesis Fall (3 credits) and Lab BIO 302 – Ichthyology in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core of instructor 204; or consent and BIO 104 or NATSC 103, BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: his- and natural physiology, examination of the evolution, morphology, a comparative Provides an and marine). Correspondingly, estuarine, diverse habitats (freshwater, tory of fishes from functional adaptations of fishes that allow and underlying theme of the course is the behavioral students with material provides While course these animals to survive environments. in different particular emphasis is placed that exists among fishes, diversity an application of the tremendous understand the students will first the course, completing Upon on species inhabiting local areas. imposed on fishes and the the challenges and second, recognize ecology and evolution of fishes, laboratory ses- Moreover, environment. adapted to their specific have means by which groups and field trips to local environments. studies of selected examples sions include comparative Alternate Spring (4 credits) BIO 304 – Herpetology in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills or consent of instructor 204; 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: origin, evolution, survey and amphibians with emphasis on structure, of reptiles A phylogenetic speciation behavior, population biology, physiology, environmental of life history, reproduction is supplemented by field study of local fauna and distribution. A series of lectures/discussions and preserved specimens. BIO 310 – Tropical Ecology BIO 310 – Tropical sandy shores, reefs, of coral including exploration region of life in a tropical Examines diversity in-depth include special area also investigations May habitats. and freshwater swamps, mangrove of student interest. BiologyBIO 312 – Conservation in the Biology Concentrations a course requirement Science Core and Environmental Fulfills BIO 104; or consent of instructor Prerequisite: an overview course provides of contemporaryThis conservation biology as an interdisciplinary to the preservation and as they relate human-environment relationships field that investigates gene their populations’ inclusive of species, local to global scales, from of biodiversity restoration - (4 credits) Spring Fall Fall (4 credits) (4 credits) BIO 215 – Human Anatomy and Physiology I and Lab and Physiology Anatomy BIO 215 – Human 104, or consent of instructor BIO 103 and BIO Prerequisites: course is the first of a two-semester and physiology. anatomy course sequence in human This and functioning of the study the anatomy and will explore semester we Over the course of this Laboratory muscular and nervous of the human body. systems digestive, skeletal, integumentary, in humans and processes of physiological and investigation dissections, work includes vertebrate other vertebrates. II and Lab and Physiology Anatomy BIO 216 – Human of instructor BIO 215 or consent Prerequisite: a two-semester course is the second of and physiology. anatomy course sequence in human This and functioning of the study the anatomy and will explore semester we Over the course of this of the systems urinary and reproductive respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, sensory organs, of physiological and investigation Laboratory work includes vertebrate dissections, human body. in humans and other vertebrates. processes BIO 210 – Botany and Lab Botany BIO 210 – Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills of instructor or consent 103, 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO Prerequisites: all In of plants. and functional development evolutionary, systematic, Survey investigating course and its environment. of the plant kingdom focus is on the interrelationship categories the Spring (4 credits) Course Descriptions Course Zoology and Lab Vertebrate BIO 220 – Marine in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core or consent of instructor 103, BIO 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC Prerequisites: history and natural adaptations, behavior, survey of the evolution, physiology, Comparative emphasizes animals found locally in Course and mammals. birds, of marine fish, reptiles, Bay. Narragansett and Environment Health BIO 231 – Bioethics: Life, for the Bioethics Certificate a course requirement Fulfills concentration. minor or core in the Biology a course requirement This course does not fulfill major, BIO 103 or CORE 101 or consent of instructor Prerequisites: - environmen in biological research, advances ethical, legal and social implications of recent The politicians, scientists, discussions between tal issues and technological applications generate interdisciplinary the world. Bioethics is a comprehensive and citizens throughout clergy lawyers, Students will discuss the legal and ethical practice. course about biomedical and environmental face when working in biotechnol that biologists/biotechnologists conflicts what arise in society in basic/ practices and ethical research health human and animal health, environmental ogy, will be able to reach scenarios students case” critical thinking and “real Through applied science. BIO 230 – Microbiology and Lab BIO 230 – Microbiology in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 103; or consent of instructor BIO 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC Prerequisites: Survey Study of culti- emphasis on bacteria and the medical aspects of microbiology. of microorganisms, activities of bacteria. (4 credits) vation, methods of identification, and ecological Fall BIO 225 – Evolution in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills or consent of instructor 103, BIO 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC Prerequisites: to the major principles and in addition of sources a variety Examines evidence for evolution from (3 credits) Fall as science majors. as well Open to non-science students mechanisms involved.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 374 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 377 - - - Biology Alternate Spring Alternate Spring (4 credits) (4 credits) (4 credits) Spring BIO 350 – Marine Mammalogy BIO 350 – Marine in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core 103 or consent of instructor and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103, Prerequisites: polar sirenians, pinnipeds, the cetaceans, A survey of the biology of marine mammal groups, - physi history, evolution, natural to be discussed include systematics, Topics bears and sea otters. issues in marine mammal conservation. current and anatomy, reproduction, behavior, ology, (3 credits) Spring BIO 332 – Fisheries Science BIO 332 – Fisheries in the Biology a course requirement Biology and Marine Fulfills Concentration Core 204; or consent of instructor and BIO 104 or NATSC 103, BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: and population dynamics of aquat ecology, A multidisciplinary course that examines the biology, ic fishery resources. This information is further integrated with the study of human socioeco is further with the study of human information integrated This ic fishery resources. nomics in an effort to better understand the management and conservationnomics in an effort of exploited fisher to better in the class include: fish life history covered and population dynamics; characteristics Topics ies. fishing gear technology and its impact on stock assessment and identification; socioeconomics; and conservation. for management and strategies and ecosystems; communities, populations, Alternate Years Fall, (3 credits) Zoology Lab and BIO 335 – Invertebrate in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core of instructor 204; or consent and BIO 104 or NATSC 103, BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: field trips to local Includes and ecology of invertebrates. Emphasizes classification, life history, coast. and the Northeastern Island fauna of Rhode to acquaint students with the inshore areas Spring (4 credits) BIO 340 – Biotechnology and Lab in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills BIO 200 or BIO 325 or CHEM 301 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: in cloning specific set of skills involved the core Students acquire course. Laboratory-intensive of their size molecules; analysis and RNA include the purification of DNA Techniques genes. construction by PCR; of recombinant enzymatic amplification of DNA by gel electrophoresis; sequencing. and DNA hybridization molecules; detection of specific genes by Southern DNA and medicine are forensics, of evolutionary of these techniques to the areas biology, Application illustrated. and Lab BIO 345 – Aquaculture in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core 204 or consent of instructor NATSC Prerequisite: of aquaculture-the and economic considerations commercial basic environmental Introduces to the on topics relevant research include directed Laboratories of aquatic organisms. production local industry facilities. aquaculture and field trips to regional BIO 331/COMSC 331 – Bioinformatics and Lab 331 – Bioinformatics BIO 331/COMSC 331 as COMSC Cross-Listed Biotechnology and Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Certificate Core Fulfills consent of instructor 200 and COMSC 110 or BIO Prerequisite: with a of molecular and evolutionary fundamental concepts the course reviews biology, The web-based In exercises analysis. themselves to computer of questions that lend types focus on the commonly used databases with the content and format of the most students will become familiar basic algorithms used Some of the and learn to query engines. them with the associated search to used that are along with the programs data will be presented, sequence and order to compare computer- A weekly them graphically. and to present statistically patterns the inferred evaluate from sequence information to write simple scripts to extract students lab will train programming within these data. specific patterns for databases and to search - - - (4 credits) (4 credits) Alternate Fall (4 credits) Alternate Spring (4 credits) Spring (4 credits) pools, and ecosystems. Topics to be analyzed include: causes of biodiversity loss; ecosystem ser loss; ecosystem include: causes of biodiversity to be analyzed Topics and ecosystems. pools, and Lab Physiology BIO 315 – Animal in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills 204; or consent of instructor and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103, Prerequisites: to function in allows them work, and how their physiology course examines how animals This with physiological physiology classical comparative combines It their particular environment. loco circulation, metabolism, respiration, bases of energy physiological looking at the ecology, Biology Lab and BIO 325 – Cell and the Biotechnology in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Certificate Core Fulfills BIO 200 or consent of the instructor Prerequisites: experiments and the key examines the logic and mechanisms of gene regulation course This molecular The the cell cycle. control genes how oncogenes and tumor suppressor that revealed of the extracel and organization dynamics, cell adhesion, cytoskeleton basis for cell signaling, BIO 330 – Neurobiology in the Biology a course requirement Concentration Core Fulfills CHEM 301, Recommended: BIO 200 and BIO 325 213, MATH Prerequisite: survey examines four major topics: i) the molecu- This of the fundamental ideas of neuroscience and synapses; ii) development and evolution biochemistry of neurons and physiology lar biology, in the visual iii) information processing in vertebrates; of the major sensory and motor pathways Students will carry out a number of experiments using and iv) artificial networks. system; neural (3 credits) either computer simulations or live material (earthworms). Spring Course Descriptions Course of conservationdesign and management and management; genetics ecology, vices; population aspects of conservation of issues; and examples ecology; sociocultural restoration landscapes; Fall Alternate (3 credits) conservation success. of environments, animals in a variety both vertebrate and invertebrate in motion, and integration the laboratory, In and polar climates. the deep ocean, deserts, like habitats including extreme and live subjects (invertebrate based on data collected from concepts students test physiological vertebrate). Alternate Fall the laboratory students carry out experiments with mouse cells in In reviewed. lular matrix, are and immunoblotting flow cytometry, culture, to learn the techniques of mammalian cell order technology and its application to the diagnosis of disease is Microarray immunofluorescence. also examined. BIO 320 – Marine Ecology and Lab BIO 320 – Marine in the Biology a course requirement Biology and Marine Fulfills Concentration Core Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills or consent of and 192 CHEM 191 204, 103 and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: instructor study of the marine habitat, using the field as a laboratory advanced in conjunction Senior-level, studied are of an ecological nature Problems discussions and lectures. with scheduled classroom by faculty. and guidance provided BiologyBIO 323 – Developmental and Lab in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills BIO 200; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: aspects of development emphasiz- to the molecular and cellular introduction Comprehensive regulation. and growth morphogenesis, reproduction, ing cellular differentiations,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 376 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 379 Biology Alternate Spring Alternate Fall (3 credits) (4 credits) Alternate Spring (4 credits) Alternate Spring BIO 375/NATSC 375 – Soil Ecology 375 BIO 375/NATSC 375 as NATSC Cross-Listed Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills Concentration Science Core Environmental in the a course requirement Fulfills consent of instructor 320 or 360; or 104, and one of BIO 240, BIO Prerequisites: course servesThis as an in-depth for life with a focus on soils as unique habitats of exploration - organ of terrestrial and interactions diversity that affect the abundance, understanding variables and biochemical cycles properties, influence on soli physicochemical isms and, in turn, their agricultural human societies (e.g. of and sustainability the well-being that impact other variables microbial include soil food webs, to be covered Topics availability) clean water production, soils and between relationships cycling, formation, carbon and nitrogen soil aggregate ecology, During laboratory the effects of human activities on soil biodiversity. and ecology, aboveground and projects, conduct research biology of soil organisms, the basic students will explore sessions, in the field. soils and soil organisms learn methods for sampling BIO 380 – Parasitology and Lab BIO 380 – Parasitology in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills of instructor 204; or consent 104 or NATSC BIO 103 and BIO Prerequisites: life including morphology, of man and domestic animals study of parasites Comprehensive social, and political, Examines cultural, and laboratory control, diagnosis. pathogenesis, cycles, diseases. in parasitic economic factors involved BIO 390/CHEM 390 – Biochemistry I and Lab listed as CHEM 390 Cross- in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills BIO 103 and CHEM 301 and 302 Prerequisites: - with emphasis on mecha of living matter Study of the metabolism of the chemical constituents chemical entities in biological systems. of these the synthesis and degradation nisms regulating (4 credits) Spring Nutrition BIO 392 – Animal in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core BIO 103 or consent of instructor Prerequisites: and discussions will the student to the science of nutrition. Lectures will introduce course This include to be covered Topics production. in animal health and nutrition plays focus on the role overview of nutrients and their digestion, meta- and physiology; digestive anatomy comparative for domestic animals; feedstuffs and feed formu- bolic utilization, and balance; feeding standards in animal husbandry. lation; and other topics of nutritional concern Laboratory Nutrition BIO 393 – Animal with BIO 392 must be taken concurrently BIO 103 or consent of instructor, Prerequisites: for those Nutrition laboratory course is designed as a supplement to BIO 392 – Animal This laboratory course The in-depth a more Nutrition. in Animal experience students who require the student will maintain trial, where feed research traditional will undertake a semester-long and in the context of comparing feeds, animal production evaluate animals on selected feeds, the feeds being evaluated. to characterize protocols feed analysis conduct a series of traditional (1 credit) BIO/CHEM 395 – Biochemistry II CHEM/BIO 390 Prerequisite: down) of biomolecules A study of enzyme functions and metabolism (biosynthesis and breaking Emphasis will be placed on how the different energy. used to obtain or store and how they are (3 credits) regulated. Spring and how they are interrelated are metabolic pathways - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Fall (4 credits) Alternate Spring (4 credits) Fall (4 credits) BIO 370 – Virology and Lab BIO 370 – Virology in the Biology a course requirement Concentration Core Fulfills 204; and BIO 200 or consent of instructor BIO 103 BIO 104 or NATSC Prerequisites: Selected human, animal, insect, and plant viruses to the basic biology of viruses. introduction An ecology and evolution- immunology, cell biology, genetics, will be studied using principles from will be and biological control gene therapy use of viruses biology, in molecular The ary biology. as techniques used in as well discussed. Laboratory life cycles work includes the study of viral the detection and isolation of viruses. BIO 362/PSYCH 362 – Animal Behavior 362 – Animal BIO 362/PSYCH 362 as PSYCH Cross-Listed in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills 103; or consent of instructor and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103, 100, PSYCH Prerequisites: mechanisms The species face. Emphasizes common challenges that various course. Proseminar - and the endocrine sys neurobiology filters, including sensory receptors, for behavior, responsible genetics and evolution are as behavior as well development of behavior, discussed. The tem are and adaptations for survival,- examined. Students then focus on communication and social organi (3 credits) search. of a literature the results Students present zation in animal groups. BIO 356 – Biology of Plankton and Lab in the Biology a course requirement Biology and Marine Fulfills Concentration Core or consent of instructor 103, and BIO 104 or NATSC BIO 103, Prerequisite bio components of the world’s plankton constitute one of the largest Despite their small size, BIO 355 – Marine Phycology and Lab Phycology BIO 355 – Marine Biology in the a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core of instructor 103 or consent 104 or NATSC and BIO BIO 103, Prerequisite and independent laboratory field studies, and Correlated algae and their biology. Study of marine - algae and their environ of the the relationship concerning problems of unsolved investigations ment. BIO 360 – Limnology and Lab in the Biology a course requirement and Marine BiologyFulfills Concentration Core Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills or consent of and 192; 191 204, CHEM and BIO 104 or NATSC 103, BIO 103 or NATSC Prerequisites: instructor interrelationships and their and estuarine environments and fauna in freshwater Examines flora and chemical properties of these waters. with the physical Course Descriptions Course food the essential are As primary planktonic organisms primary and producers mass. consumers, in important Plankton also play roles food webs. and freshwater at the base of marine source as carbon diox of atmospheric gases such the concentration and in regulating nutrient recycling planktonic the biology and ecology of marine survey This will investigate course ide and oxygen. Dinoflagellates, Diatoms, (e.g. studies of select planktonic groups including systematic organisms harmful algal blooms, – and zooplankton (e.g. of marine phyto ecological studies Copepods), primary that affect parameters and secondary- and discussions of environmental produc grazing) laboratory portiontion and plankton distribution. The of the course will emphasize methodolo class research Several handling and culturing planktonic organisms. collecting, gies for sampling, to be completed independently in consultation project research a 4-5 week will precede projects Spring (4 credits) with course instructors.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 378 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 381 - Chemistry Alternate Years Special Offering (3 credits)

Fall Fall, Spring Fall, (4 credits) (3 credits) erequisite: Junior standing and consent of instructor Junior erequisite: Pr basis in selected posi- on a part-time to students who work academic credit Designed to grant of posi- a wide variety from select Students may usually without financial remuneration. tions, government and organizations non-profit consulting firms, at local businesses, tions offered agencies. BUSN 306 – Legal Environment of Business II 306 – Legal Environment BUSN 305 BUSN Prerequisite: stat impact of modern business and the in business law focus on selected topics course will This domestic busi- and on both foreign treaties and international case decisions, regulations, utes, legal and the American law foundations of business understanding of the A basic ness activities. - outside of Gabelli stu legal topics within and will cover specific course The is required. system finance); as such, students management, marketing, CIS, (e.g., of interest dents individual areas understanding of how contemporary detailed business activities more yet should gain a broader Spring, (3 credits) affected by legal and regulatory systems. are 408 – Business Ethics BUSN instructor standing or consent of Junior Prerequisite: Examines people in working in organizations. issues that confront the ethical and social Explores The and non-Western. both Western for ethical decision-making, frameworks representative experience-making orientation and provides course is applied in its decisions about ethical and (3 credits) Spring as guides. frameworks social issues using these in Business Topics 430 – Special BUSN of instructor Consent Prerequisite: level of advanced An chosen by students in consultation with their instructor. in areas Topics in business. course work or research BUSN 435 – Small Business Institute – Small 435 BUSN standing and consent of the SBI coordinator Junior Prerequisites: in which students apply academic knowledge to solve real-world program outreach A community communication skills are and written oral reports demonstrating Formal business problems. , Spring Fall (3 credits) important components of the course. – Business Coop 469 BUSN CHEMISTRY to Chemical Principles CHEM 190 – Introduction 117 or higher or consent of in MATH enrollment Concurrent by examination, Entrance Prerequisite: instructor in chemistry is designed for students with limited background course addi- who plan to take This marine biology, biology, for chemistry, tional chemistry requirements degree courses to satisfy is no laboratory associated with this course and this course does There or engineering programs. (3 credits) Fall not fulfill chemistry for science or engineering majors or minors. requirements of Chemistry I and Lab CHEM 191 – Principles in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills or 136 MATH in, or completion of, enrollment Concurrent Placement by examination. Prerequisite: higher or departmental approval. in science requirement Curriculum the Core may be used to fulfill and 192 CHEM 191 Examines the development of such concepts as the struc- for science majors. intended Primarily Laboratory part is an integral of and solutions. the chemical bond, the gas laws, of matter, ture the course. - - Offered on demand Offered Special Offering (1-4 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, BUSN 305 – Legal Environment of Business I 305 – Legal Environment BUSN standing Junior Prerequisite: law The that concern contemporary of law business decision-makers. Examines the major areas to the legal include an introduction is placed in its historical, social and business context. Topics employment and liability, product torts, of business, government regulation contracts, system, Spring Fall, (3 credits) consumer law. BUSN 100 – Enterprise 100 BUSN chosen based upon each or service, of taking an idea for a product on the process Focuses enterprise plan which that idea into an and transforming and interests, personality student’s product management of the enterprise’s and administrative marketing, the production, addresses (3 credits) or service. BUSINESS BIO 450 – Research in the Biological Sciences BIO 450 – Research chosen in consultation with Project in biology or marine biology. Original independent research (1-3 credits) for credit. be repeated May advisor. a research BIO 440 – Current Research Topics in Biology Topics Research BIO 440 – Current one additional 300-level completion (C or higher) of BIO 200 and BIO course, Successful Prerequisite: or consent of instructor. of ground-breaking one new area students will investigate primary recent literature, Reading basis and may on a rotating be offered will Topics semester. the throughout biological research the genetics of learning molecular evolution, HIV and the immune system, include gene therapy, be repeated course may This the biology of cancer. formation, biological pattern and behavior, (3 credits) Spring once. study a single topic only but students may for credit, BIO 451 – Senior Thesis or permission of the depart- GPA 3.3 proposal. of a research Prior departmental approval Prerequisites: ment, and BIO 450 serves course This or as a capstone experience for outstanding students majoring in biology on a original research students engage in mentor, closely with a faculty Working marine biology. field work, or computer laboratory experiments, involve may research The topic of their choice. critically experience in designing and conducting experiments, course provides This simulations. communicating scientific informa- and published scientific literature analyzing data, reviewing presentation. thesis and a public oral culmination of the course is a formal written tion. The (3 credits) BIO/CHEM 395 – BiochemistryBIO/CHEM II Lab of instructor 395 or consent CHEM/BIO Co-requisite: techniques in biochemistry modern experimental of classic and to comple designed Integration Biology in Lab in Biology – Topics and/ or BIO 430L Topics BIO 430 – in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills of instructor Consent Prerequisite: of the students in consul by interest determined topics of importance in biology, Advanced-level Course Descriptions Course learned in Biochemistry and concepts ment the principles I and II (1 credit) Spring same not study the but students may for credit, be repeated course may This tation with faculty. Credit Variable than once. subject more

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 380 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 383 - - - Fall Chemistry (4 credits) Fall (4 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, ment the principles and concepts learned in Biochemistry I and II (1 credit) Spring Chemistry Lab I CHEM 421 – Advanced or Senior standing; or consent of instructor Junior Prerequisite: chemistry student with the upper-level laboratory integrated designed to provide advanced, An physical involve Experiments typically to modern experimental techniques. additional exposure be May analysis. and computer data spectroscopy, synthetic methods, analysis, measurement, (1 credit) for credit. repeated CHEM 390/BIO 390 – BiochemistryCHEM 390/BIO 390 – I and Lab BIO 390 Cross-Listed Concentration in the Chemistry a course requirement Core Fulfills CHEM 301, 302 Prerequisites: emphasis on mecha- with of the chemical constituents of living matter Study of the metabolism biological systems. of these chemical entities in and degradation the synthesis nisms regulating (4 credits) Spring and Lab Thermodynamics CHEM 391 – Chemical in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills concurrently) PHYS 201 (may be taken and/or 214 or consent of instructor MATH CHEM 192, Prerequisites: of thermody the laws are and equilibria. Included efficiency, Examines the chemistry of energy, CHEM 392 – Quantum Chemistry and Lab in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills and PHYS 202 (may be taken concurrently) 214 or consent of instructor MATH CHEM 192, Prerequisites: quantum mechan- Examines the construction of the atom, atomic and molecular orbital theory, and the molecular modeling, include harmonic oscillator, Applications ics and chemical kinetics. the principles of quantum mechanics laboratory illustrates The basis for spectroscopy. theoretical methods and molecular modeling. spectroscopic and vibrational with an emphasis on electronic (4 credits) Spring CHEM/BIO 395 – Biochemistry II CHEM/BIO 390 Prerequisite: down) of biomolecules (biosynthesis and breaking A study of enzyme functions and metabolism Emphasis will be placed on how the different energy. used to obtain or store and how they are (3 credits) regulated. and how they are Spring interrelated are metabolic pathways CHEM/BIO 395 – Biochemistry II Lab or consent of instructor CHEM/BIO 395 Co-requisite: of classic and modern experimental techniques in biochemistry designed to comple Integration ly important inorganic compounds is also examined. The laboratory develops new experimental compounds is also examined. The ly important inorganic data to support discussion. experimental the theoretical techniques and provides phase equilibra, kinetic theorynamics and their applications to chemical phenomena, of gases, chemistry laboratory the principles of physical with an illustrates and chemical equilibria. The methods. emphasis on modern spectroscopic CHEM 320 – Inorganic Chemistryand Lab – Inorganic CHEM 320 Chemistry Concentration in the a course requirement Core Fulfills of instructor. 301, 302 or consent CHEM Prerequisites: the systematic include Topics chemistry. of inorganic major underlying principles Examines the spec- and reactivity structure, bonding, of atoms, structure electronic chemistry of the elements, and biological chemistry organometallic The of coordination, compounds. of inorganic troscopy - - - Fall (4 credits) (4 credits) Spring Fall (4 credits) Spring (4 credits) (4 credits) Spring CHEM 311 – Analytical ChemistryCHEM 311 – Analytical and Lab in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills CHEM 192 Prerequisite: volumet including gravimetric, Theory and applications of quantitative analytical techniques, and Lab of Analysis Methods CHEM 312 – Instrumental in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills CHEM 311 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: CHEM 302 Co-requisite: of modern instrumentalTheory methods with emphasis on optical techniques, and practice atomic absorp the laboratory, In (NMR) and mass spectrometry. nuclear magnetic resonance CHEM 202 – Environmental Chemistry II and Lab CHEM 202 – Environmental Concentration in the Chemistry a course requirement Science Core and Environmental Fulfills and 192 CHEM 191 Prerequisites: Emphasizes the biosphere on air pollution and energy. portion of the sequence concentrates This and the consequences of burning fossil fuels. and the atmosphere, ChemistryCHEM 301 – Organic I and Lab in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills 192 completion of CHEM and successful by examination Entrance Prerequisite: Topics Examines the theory functional groups. of the common organic and basic principles Laboratory stereochemistry. and compounds, aromatic halides, alkyl include: hydrocarbons, qualitative analysis. emphasizes organic ChemistryCHEM 302 – Organic II and Lab in the Chemistry Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills CHEM 301 Prerequisite: determination, alcohols, structural include: spectroscopic of CHEM 301. Topics Continuation amines; and bio-organic and ketones; aldehydes and their derivatives; compounds. acids, synthesis and instrumentalLaboratory and emphasizes techniques. is project-oriented (4 credits) Spring included. techniques are Theory and application of separation ric, and potentiometric analysis. techniques. Laboratory and chromatographic analysis includes volumetric and potentiometric Fall (4 credits) NMR and mass spec- and visible absorption spectroscopy, ultraviolet spectroscopy, tion, infrared trometry used. methods are CHEM 192 – Principles of Chemistry II and Lab – Principles CHEM 192 Chemistry Concentration in the a course requirement Core Fulfills of CHEM 191 (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: in science requirement Curriculum fulfill the Core be used to and 192 may CHEM 191 Emphasizes ther of ChemistryContinuation science majors. intended primarily for 191L, Course Descriptions Course chemistry. and some organic electrochemistry, concepts, equilibrium kinetics, modynamics, partLaboratory of the course. is an integral Chemistry I and Lab CHEM 201 – Environmental Concentration in the Chemistry a course requirement Science Core and Environmental Fulfills and 192 CHEM 191 Prerequisites: Uses and processes. chemical products of global environmental Examines the human impact of each subsystem. the boundaries and essential inputs and outputs concepts to define system on water with major concentration the lithosphere, and hydrosphere emphasis on the Primary and pesticides. wastes, hazardous management, pollution, solid waste

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 382 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 385 - Chinese

(3 credits) Spring (3 credits) Spring Chinese Conversation CHN 311 – Advanced Concentration in the Chinese Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of Mandarin Not II language course, Intermediate course that emphasizes the improve Chinese (Mandarin) modern Standard year is a third This engage actively in constant, meaningful language skills and helps students com- ment of spoken (3 credits) contexts of Mandarin. Fall munication within various CHINESE ElementaryCHN 101 – Chinese I Concentration Chinese Core in the a course requirement Fulfills speakers of Mandarin open to native Not Prerequisite: Chinese modern Standard sequence in the first year semester is the first course of a two This Students are to the Chinese language. exposure no previous have for students who (Mandarin) - and the Chinese writing sys vocabulary, basic grammar, Mandarin, to the sounds of introduced - able to conduct basic conversa expected to be students are semester, the end of the first tem. By (3 credits) Fall sentences in Chinese. and write simple simple texts or conversations, read tions, CHN 102 – Elementary Chinese II Concentration in the Chinese Core a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: speakers of Mandarin open to native Elementary Not I language course, for Chinese (Mandarin) modern Standard in first year sequence second course in a two The to the introduced are Students to the Chinese language. exposure no previous students who have the end of By and the Chinese writing system. vocabulary, basic grammar, sounds of Mandarin, writing skills, in basic conversation completed training students will have the second semester, of topics in on a wide variety and they will be able to conduct simple conversations and reading, Chinese. Chinese I CHN 201 – Intermediate Concentration in the Chinese Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of Mandarin Elementary Not II language course, Chinese modern Standard year semester sequence in second the first course of a two is This in the elementary which extends fundamental skills developed (Mandarin) modern Standard based instruction. Emphasis is placed upon students Proficiency courses. Chinese(Mandarin) complex structures. and writing with more reading speaking, their vocabulary, enlarging (3 credits) Fall Chinese II CHN 202 – Intermediate Concentration in the Chinese Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of Mandarin Not I language course, Intermediate Chinese modern Standard year semester sequence in second course of a two second The in the elementary which extends fundamental skills developed (Mandarin) modern Standard based instruction. Emphasis is placed upon students Proficiency courses. Chinese(Mandarin) complex structures. and writing with more reading speaking, their vocabulary, enlarging - Fall Alternate Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Special Offering Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Alternate Spring (3 credits) Offered on demand Offered Alternate Fall (3 credits) CHEM 434 – Advanced Environmental Chemistry Environmental CHEM 434 – Advanced CHEM 391; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: in natural include: equilibrium processes Topics Examines the principles of aquatic chemistry. surface chemistry; equilibria; complexation; oxidation-reduction; including multi-system waters, aspects of sediment and some of these processes; thermodynamic control vs. kinetic control chemistry. in the Chemical Sciences CHEM 450 – Research advisor Open only to qualified students with consent of a research Prerequisite: be May advisor. in consultation with the research chosen Project readings. and directed Research (1- 3 credits) for credit. repeated CHEM 451 – Senior Thesis and CHEM 450 GPA, 3.3 proposal, of a research Prior departmental approval Prerequisites: course servesThis outstanding students majoring in chemistry. as a capstone experience for on a topic of their students engage in original research mentor, closely with a faculty Working field work, or computer simulations. laboratory experiments, involve may research The choice. critically analyzing data, experience in designing and conducting experiments, course provides This culmina- and communicating scientific information. The published scientific literature, reviewing (3 credits) presentation. thesis and a public oral tion of the course is a formal written CHEM 432 – Advanced Organic Chemistry Organic CHEM 432 – Advanced CHEM 302, 391, 392; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: and stereo-chemical mechanisms, reactions. aspects of organic course in kinetics, Advanced theory. discussed in terms of modern bonding are and reactivity Structure Chemistry Physical CHEM 433 – Advanced or consent of instructor CHEM 302,391, Prerequisites: of quantum mechanics in chemistry manner given in the qualitative at a level beyond Treatment espe Emphasizes principles of quantum chemistry, Chemistrythe introductory Physical course. students for work in modern Prepares spectroscopy. cially as applied to chemical bonding and to and biotechnology fields. organic, inorganic, CHEM 430 – Topics in Chemistry CHEM 430 – Topics of instructor Consent Prerequisite: level or topics of importance at the advanced Offers a series of topics in contemporary chemistry. by students in consultation with faculty. determined Topics CHEM 422 – Advanced Chemistry Lab II – Advanced CHEM 422 instructor standing; or consent of or Senior Junior Prerequisite: syn- analysis, measurement, physical involve typically 421. Experiments of CHEM Continuation (1 credit) for credit. be repeated May analysis. and computer data spectroscopy, thetic methods, on demand Offered Course Descriptions Course Chemistry Inorganic CHEM 431 – Advanced 392; or consent of instructor CHEM 320, Prerequisites: and develops reactions, mechanistic details of inorganic a tool to probe Emphasizes kinetics as Group and magnetism of atoms and complexes. for the spectroscopy framework the theoretical theory chemistry also emphasized. and coordination are

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 384 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 387 - - Communication Special Offering Fall, Spring Fall, Annually (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) COMM 265 – Visual Rhetoric – Visual Culture – Visual Rhetoric – Visual COMM 265 concentration core in the Global Communication a course requirement Fulfills moving and still—create do pictures—both for us an almost palpable world of objects and How to us on a daily basis? The visuals presented the many from meaning create do we events? How areas and overlap with many encompass fields of visual rhetoric and visual culture emerging course this In studies. art, cultural and persuasion, photography, in visual studies: semiotics, do images act rhetori- “How the visual conversation: questions that frame students will ask two “What forms of and cally upon viewers?” to the various of individuals and groups is the response visual media within a given culture?" (3 credits) curves. of the technology abreast lems and stay Communication COMM 250 – Intercultural 101 COMM 100 or COMM Prerequisite: creates in which communication examines the ways communication field of intercultural The a theoretical this course students will gain In identities. and cultural social orders and represents to frameworks theoretical/conceptual communication and apply understanding of intercultural - rela The (mis)communication and representation. cultural cases of cross and hypothetical real how com- to understand in order will be explored communication and culture tionship between but constitutes and maintains cultural information cultural munication does not simply transmit com- of intercultural components the different students will learn to identify Further, realities. in the workplace and the larger encounters munication and how these impinge on intercultural community. in Communication Topics COMM 299 – Special COMM 100 or COMM 101 Prerequisite: suitable for a first or second of Communication content areas the various Examines topics from The or timeliness of offering. of instructor, by student demand, interest level. Initiated year (1-3 credits) for credit. be repeated not the topic, may course, Theory and Criticism Communication COMM 305 – Mass COMM 100; or COMM 101 and COMM 111 Prerequisites: of contemporary mass media, their content and shaped the nature factors that have Reviews and effects of mass communication and how Examines theories of the process their audiences. , Spring Fall (3 credits) communicators. to the goals and activities of professional they relate Communication COMM 330 – International COMM 100 or COMM 101, and junior standing Prerequisite: of media and communication technologies in communication examines the role International media students to the different course will introduce This the changing global political economy. - media sys and context of these various both analyzing the content the world. By around systems , Spring (3 credits) also addressed. opportunitiesFall are and career on-line communication ing, and Methods Modes Technology, Communication: COMM 240 – Electronic COMM 101 COMM 100 or Prerequisites: message using print and presentation design of the well-crafted focus of this course is usable The of While this course develops a working knowledge tools. appropriate media with the electronic use of word including professional widely used today, communication technologies print-based the empha- tools, image editing and layout presentations, multi-media spreadsheets, -processing, prob media production learn new online technologies to solve to rapidly sis is on learning how COMM 220 – Principles and Practices of Public Relations and Practices – Principles COMM 220 101 and COMM 111 COMM Prerequisites: scope and principles. origins, its theoretical field of public relations: to the introduction An also examines It and planning process. practices Discussion theory, relations focuses on public decision mak Ethical industries. and not-for-profit in both for-profit relations of public the role - Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering (3 credits) COMM 210 – Introduction to Public Speaking COMM 210 – Introduction concentration core Does not satisfy in the Global Communication a requirement Note: on Focuses as everydayEmphasizes effective speaking techniques for public as well situations. of audiences. to a variety and values opinions, facts, and presenting organizing, identifying, Summer Spring, Intersession, Winter Fall, (3 credits) COMM 200 – Media Law and Ethics Law COMM 200 – Media COMM 100 or 101, Prerequisites: Topics and publishers. editors, by writers, of legal and ethical issues encountered study Provides - regula broadcast advertising, obscenity, of privacy, libel, invasion of the press, include freedom in media. (3 credits) tion, and the evolution of ethical standards COMM 165 – Introduction to Visual Communication to Visual – Introduction COMM 165 COMM 100 or COMM 101 Prerequisites: is an elementary course to the principles of visual communication. Students This introduction color, load, concepts of form, pattern, Gestalt, cognitive to theories of perception, introduced are in two-dimensional solving strategies problem composition and function while exploring basic the as it concerns and visual literacy Emphasis is on the development of visual awareness space. (3 credits) messages. and responsible of accurate creation COMM 111 – Writing for the Mass Media for the Mass COMM 111 – Writing WTNGPrerequisite: 102 COMM 101 Co-requisite: formats in print and to selected communication introduction students with a broad Provides assignments written Weekly relations. journalism, mass communication and public broadcast students to write effectively Prepares self-editing. and writing workshops with an emphasis on , Spring news media. (3 credits) and electronic mass media, including the print for the various Fall COMM 101 – Introduction to Mass Media to Mass COMM 101 – Introduction in our personal and professional students to the information age and its significance Introduces the perspective of modern media including mass communication from Students explore lives. of inter role The the Internet. and radio/television film, journalism, public relations, advertising, (3 credits) information age is also introduced. and national communication in a global economy , Spring Fall COMM 100 – Introduction to Communication Studies to Communication COMM 100 – Introduction of areas the various will explore We a survey Studies is course. to Communication Introduction - prac and will focus on communication processes we Specifically, the communication discipline. commu- and public group, organizational, interpersonal, tices within media, intercultural/global, field of the communication at understanding the breadth course is aimed This nication contexts. (3 credits) theories and applications. models, concepts, by examining communication COMMUNICATION CHN 350 – Advanced Topics Advanced CHN 350 – Concentration and Core Modern Language Minor in the a course requirement Fulfills recommended. is strongly in Chinese Knowledge Prerequisite: trends Chinese culture, of students to areas introduce course is designed to content variable This busi- cinema, Chinese include Chinese Topics of literature. outside the scope and movements and Chinese literary criticism. ness, Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 386 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 389

- Spring Fall, Fall, Communication Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Years graphic approaches in communication and rhetorical/historical/textual criticism that include criticism that include and rhetorical/historical/textual in communication approaches graphic Fall etc. (3 credits) magazines, videos, movies, artifacts of cultural such as books, analysis COMM 401: Entertainment Public Relations COMM 300 and COMM 305 Prerequisite: in the specific strategies public relations is designed to allow students to explore course This industry communication and media of entertainment, in the critical context of the related both Students will be able to apply communica- management technique. and as a practical theories, media and develop specific tion theory and emerging both traditional and management skills to the experts studies from case Students explore skills necessary for the entertainment industry. students will Finally, of the industries involved. while critically examining the inner workings to achieve specific indus- communication strategies key learn how to conceptualize and execute Special offering goals within the entertainment (3 credits) realm. try/organizational Studies Case COMM 420 – Public Relations COMM 350 Prerequisite: organizations. and issues affecting large the trends explores use of case studies, the Through relations, employee consumer affairs, Examines crisis management, public affairs communication, placing students in mana- Emphasis is on and issues of multinationals. problems environmental communication planning and them to apply strategic that require gerial, decision-making roles (3 credits) issues and concerns. organizational implementation to successfully address in Public Relations Topics COMM 431 – Special COMM 220 and junior standing; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: by the University. offered not regularly to public relations related Emphasizes specialized areas for the not limited to: Public Relations but are include, of possible topics may variety The in Non- Public Relations for the Sports Industry, Public Relations Entertainment Industry, (1-3 credits) and Persuasion. Media and Public Relations, Technologies New Settings, profit Special Offering in Global Communication Topics COMM 432 – Special COMM 250 and junior standing; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: by the offered to global communication not regularly related Emphasizes specialized areas to: International but is not limited include, of possible topics may variety The University. and Marketplace, Global Entertainment Media The Public Relations, International Journalism, (3 credits) and the Global Economy. Technologies Communication Emerging (3 credits) this area. studies in research representative studies by exploring national audience , Fall Context a Cultural in Media – Visual COMM 380 and junior standing 100 or COMM 101, COMM Prerequisite: the form of takes media Visual society. individuals and their between mediates visually Culture explore this course we In media, video and advertising. interactive sites, web paintings, films, their significance as and by examining visual cues and patterns context visual media in a cultural and what to a culture look at what is unique aesthetic. We cultural trywe a society’s to identify of our awareness increase and try filters, our own cultural to identify We is seemingly universal. examine how and ask, “What reality?” is cultural We underlying values. other filters and their at large. and the culture community family, in shaping the self, catalyst collisions act as a cultural (3 credits) Spring in Communication Methods Research COMM 390 – Qualitative 101, and junior standing COMM 100 or COMM Prerequisite: used in the to the qualitative methods students an introduction course is designed to give This such as ethno methods course will cover qualitative research The communication discipline. - - - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Years (3 credits) Spring COMM 375 – Global Audiences, Global Consumers – Global Audiences, COMM 375 concentration minor and core major, in the Global Communication a course requirement Fulfills COMM 100 or COMM 101 and junior standing or consent of instructor Prerequisites: content, the concept of the “audience” movement of media in transnational Given the increase can now conceive of audiences in national We on international dimensions. has now taken with the world, and as interacting nations around across as spread and international contexts, addresses Global Consumers Global Audiences, by global media industries. media texts produced looking specifically at how the unique social and cul all these facets of international audiences, tems, students will gain a keen appreciation and understanding of cultural difference in the pro difference of cultural and understanding appreciation a keen students will gain tems, Research Communication COMM 340 – Mass COMM 305 COMM 220 and Prerequisites: and the most common research social-scientific of and process to the philosophy Introduction of public to the practice mass communication especially as they apply methods used to study an examination methods, of research a variety Includes communication. and marketing relations (3 credits) mass communication issues. of and an analysis procedures, of data analysis in Organization COMM 360 – Communication 360 PA Cross-Listed: COMM 100 or COMM 101 Prerequisites: such as corpo and importance in complex organizations A study of the nature of communication in a Global Context – DigitalCOMM 365 Media concentration. minor and core major, in the Global Communication a course requirement Fulfills COMM 100 and junior standing or consent of instructor Prerequisites: As Marshall sector of digital media worldwide. is the fastest growing Digital Communication made is increasingly as it is constructed on the Internet, the Global Village, predicted, McLuhan social national and and where communicate, and up of virtual people congregate centers where millions of users draw online environments to Korea, Kalamazoo From boundaries disintegrate. - course examines online communica This world” economies. virtualand create world and “dirt - and other digital communication tech environments multi-player tion such as social computing, ethical digital practices. to cultivate and to develop digital media literacy nologies in order Spring, (3 credits) Course Descriptions Course students will explore Further, and institutions. audiences, of media texts, reception duction and arena in the international communication technology media and of western roles the complex political, and economic to their historical, with regard specific aspects and issues and discuss ramifications. Techniques Relations COMM 350 – Public COMM 220 Prerequisite: - profes by public relations and techniques employed skills students to the various Introduces and crisis manage special events, relations, media relations, including writing for public sionals, news copy for, and preparing ment. Students get hands-onthe uses of, experience understanding audio/visual speeches, annual reports, materials, collateral advertisements, news kits, releases, , Spring Fall (3 credits) scripts and Public Service Announcements. managing theory of organizations, include communication theory, Topics and agencies. rations and attitudes. on behavior and effects of communication communication in organizations, (3 credits) influence how they interpret of international media audiences/consumers characteristics tural on one hand, the extent to which audiences course will examine, The media texts. transnational and, on the other media content to their particular the globe adapt transnational lives, around the Throughout worldviews of these texts. the dominant (Western) into” hand, how they “buy of the field of audience studies by examining students will 1) get a sense of the breadth course, an in-depth and 2) take look at inter disciplines, numerous the development of this field across

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 388 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 391 - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Computer Information Systems Information Computer (3 credits) offers a mode of critical thinking that has become increasingly important become as computers that has become increasingly of critical thinking offers a mode ubiquitous. Development to Web Introduction CIS 206 – sites for and uploading creating hands-on a practical course offers to designing, This approach Fireworks, and Macromedia Dreamweaver as Macromedia applications such Using the Web. pho with links to other sites, site complete constructstudents in this course a multi-page Web created. have and animations they enhanced, and graphics scanned and they have tographs on the digitally and transmitted represented and video are audio Students learn how images, quality. and high visitors with quick response to provide and how to optimize information Web, hands-on in an interactive (3 credits) Offered computer classroom. Management CIS 210 – Database hands-on by taking students databases This students to the world of relational introduces course this In of database design and implementation. the process through on a step-by-step journey - tables and rela entities and attributes, strategies, data organization will learn about course you - charac and hardware constraints, integrity normalization, primary keys, and foreign tionships, VBA. and Access using Microsoft as database implementation well as teristics and constraints and technique to your apply each new concept as you Theory put into practice is immediately hands-on in an interactive (3 credits) Offered computer classroom. own database project. Spring I Center Development CIS 299 – Web presence to develop a Web other teams team is competing with three Her Sam is taking CIS 299. team is multidisci- Each will pick the winner. client, not the professor, for an actual client. The Marketing, Design, Journalism, Graphic Communication, plinary often including students from Each brings expertise and a unique perspec- Arts. Development, or Visual Web Public Relations, team must seamlessly Sam’s System, Management within a Content Working tive to the project. that explaining her design decisions Sam is finding each of these unique perspectives. integrate that will come in handy on job a whole new set of challenges…experience to the client presents using CSS (CIS 206 or page layout a web to create is the ability only prerequisite The interviews. Spring other experience). (3 credits) CIS 305 – Doing Business on the Web Standing Junior Prerequisite: students to the tools and course introduces this “hands on” in a computer classroom, Offered and to implement the website. concepts necessary an online business, to develop and plan actual internet examined by reviewing and issues are considerations on the web business Myriad A significant component of the course Amazon.com. e.g., the semester, case studies throughout failed. Case succeeded and others that have businesses which have is the study of extant web devel of web Issues practices. and worst web of the best studies familiarize students with many techniques, management strategy, marketing considerations, legal including explored are opment Students determine most aspects of their own and financial practices. accounting methodology, design, website internet server provider, software, web small business including business goals, effective its own and tracks promotes website The testing. and website engine strategy, search ness; in addition, inventory, if any, and customer transactions are maintained and monitored maintained and monitored are transactions and customer if any, ness; in addition, inventory, Students launch and promote database. the student created with, and updating, by interacting server by on a commercial access for mock transactions their business website that allows web addition, students will test and further in Google’s develop their website In students and faculty. Spring Fall, (3 credits) environment. simulated business web Sites Web Expressive Creating 2.0: CIS 306 – Web CIS 206 Prerequisite: - trans site to life with animations, Students in this hands-on course learn how to bring a Web discover They fonts and shadows. web gradients, media queries, video, audio, transitions, forms, Spring (3 credits) jQuery and Javascript. CSS3, using HTML5, free how to set their creativity - - Alternate Years Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, CIS 102 – Computer Applications in Business Applications CIS 102 – Computer of which is the paradigm via the Web, students to the elements of business conducted Introduces and the in Access on the development of a database Focused 21st century business transactions. and the information management this course integrates site, design and deployment of a Web hands-on in an interactive Taught environment. communications aspects of the digital business (3 credits) computer classroom. ing and connectivity. In addition, students will install two different operating systems in their systems operating different addition, students will install two In ing and connectivity. additional supply fee will be An and application software. of other utility computer and a variety Fall (3 credits) assessed for this course. Management & Project Database to Spreadsheets, CIS 105 – Introduction success and failure the knowledge and expertise deciding factor between is often the Computer students learn how to use this course, In and businesses. organizations, groups, of individuals, During class students solve fre Project. and Access Excel, programs: essential Microsoft three an important in analyzing, plays role Spreadsheets problems. real-world quently encountered, concepts allow the Database data, and modeling business problems. presenting manipulating, data sets while also facilitating data mining techniques,. of large research and querying, storage, applica- these Together, and scheduling projects. costing, for managing, tools provides Project discipline. in any technological foundation for a student or professional a strong tions provide business core taught hands-on course Fulfills skills are This These classroom. in a computer for credit not receive Students may for students under the 2010 and later catalogs. requirements both CIS 101 and CIS 105. (3 credits) and Games Animation Programming: to Computer CIS 200 – Introduction in a the basic concepts of computer programs course for non-majors and majors introduces This data description, con- introduces the course flow, Beginning with program visual environment. the course focusing on algorithmic thinking, By and object oriented techniques. structures, trol CIS 100/SEC 100 – Introduction to Personal Computer Hardware Computer to Personal CIS 100/SEC 100 – Introduction as SEC 100 Cross-Listed hands-on This the fundamentals of personal computer (PC) hardware. introduces course This students the course, In perspective. a practical course exposes the student to technology from and learn about basic network components, install networking will build a personal computer, COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS COMM 465 – McLuhan’s Global Village: Media & Culture in the 21St Century & Culture Media Global Village: – McLuhan’s COMM 465 or consent of instructor and junior standing COMM 100, Prerequisite: the media of the 21st century seminar course examines a media ecological lens This through Media. Understanding and The Global Village works, of McLuhan’s in two using deep readings that makes a prescience works display McLuhan’s half of the 20th century, in the latter Written us a global village? Or will it fragment make the Internet Will age. in this digital them relevant media technology? Readings it mean to be human in this age of digital our societies? What does ideas Logan and others bring McLuhan’s Robert Levinson, scholars Paul in works by McLuhan Spring (3 credits) into the 21st century. COMM 460 – Internship COMM 460 - in communi GPA and a 2.33 370, COMM 250 or COMM either standing, or senior Junior Prerequisites: cation courses usually positions, basis in selected on a part-time to students who work credit academic Grants radio at local of positions offered a variety select from Students remuneration. without financial - organi not-for-profit numerous offices, public relations local newspapers, stations, and television Spring (3 credits) Fall, agencies. zations and government Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 390 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 393 - - - Fall Computer Science Computer (4 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) COMSC 111 – Data Structures and Lab COMSC 111 – Data COMSC 110 Prerequisite: emphasis Major knowledge. basic programming course is designed to build on the student’s This and abstract data structures, methodology, is placed on object-oriented design, programming modules to meet speci- design, and implementation of software as tools for analysis, data types and data structures well-known Students will learn and employ several fied requirements. and hashing will be examined. Data recursion, sorting, of searching, Techniques algorithms. is an There will covered. and trees queues, stacks, lists, linked heaps, such as sets, structures Students will of algorithms. and efficiency of complexity into the consideration introduction COMPUTER SCIENCE Science and Lab to Computer COMSC 110 – Introduction science with an emphasis on pro concepts of computer to the core introduction A broad-based and event-handling, recursion, include basic algorithms and data structures, design. Topics gram - language to develop interac programming the Java course employs The object-oriented concepts. home page. Web Wide World tive applets designed to run within the student’s CIS 425 – Webserver: Scripting and Database Connectivity Scripting and Database CIS 425 – Webserver: of instructor. 200 and CIS 206 or permission CIS Prerequisites and do Netflix everyone if How information? see all your could use Facebook you Would message to can send a text in? Twitter be interested might other titles you decide what Amazon In techniques. using server-side created are these features All does that work? How phone. your and Web Expression Blend, as Dreamweaver, use tools such hands-onthis practical you’ll course (3 these. like features incorporate sites that SQL Server and Web to create MySQL Studio, Visual credits) Development in Web Topics CIS 430 – Special of instructor Consent Prerequisite: Provides faculty. chosen by students in consultation with in areas study Selected topics provide development. in web work or research level of course an advanced CIS 469 – Web Development Coop Development CIS 469 – Web Development consent of instructor and in Web Senior standing Prerequisites: world, academia to the real from for the transition students course is designed to prepare This to starting their intern- Prior chosen profession. of their the water” and to allow them to “sample conducting a job search a resume, preparing the experience of guided through students are ship, of a wide variety Students select from position, and applying for a position. for an appropriate - organiza non-profit firms, consulting computer companies, at local businesses, positions offered usu- During perform meaningful the semester students tasks, and government agencies. tions, either individually or a part of a team. for their company, ally without financial remuneration Services advi- Career their RWU their employers, feedback and guidance from Students receive (3 credits) sponsor. and their faculty sor, III Center Development CIS 499 Web II Development Center CIS 399 – Web Prerequisites I Development Center experience begun in Web III is the capstone Development Center Web the and the interface between strategy the project students direct (CIS 299). Third-semester - in place to evalu analytics are that appropriate addition, they ensure team and the client. In and students also evaluate Third-semester to which the site meets the site goals. ate the degree and custom coding System Management including the Content technology, select appropriate to comple Google+, etc.) strategy a social media (Facebook, and develop and integrate options, port professional part becomes of each student’s project team’s The strategy. Web ment the site’s folio. - - (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring CIS 403 – Systems Analysis and Design Analysis CIS 403 – Systems CIS 210 Prerequisite: Principles into finished computer applications. user requirements Students learn to translate utilizing case study method. Topics explored and design are analysis systems of structured systems associated with a structured the activities and products of the analyst, include the role and Entity Flow Diagrams, and the use of specification tools such as Data development project, with state-of-the-art Implemented Diagrams. Relationship tools (3 credits) Spring CASE software CIS 399 – Web Development Center II Center Development CIS 399 – Web I Development Center CIS 299 – Web Prerequisite: I (CIS 299). Development Center of Web II continues the experience Development Center Web pos- in the project, on a management and mentoring role the second semester students take In and in strategy in formulating project role a larger play Mentor/managers sibly as a team leader. - includ of site promotion charge also take team and the client. They your the interface between design and implementation of effective and the engine optimization (SEO) strategy ing search portfolio. professional will become part team project of each student’s The landing pages. (3 credits) CIS 325 – Web Client: JavaScript CIS 325 – Web 206 CIS Prerequisite: Style Language and Cascading Markup Hypertext of technologies. a blend sites are web Modern such (ASP) or similar systems Server Pages Active pages. of web the appearance Sheets define the is JavaScript servers. on web databases stored access to used to provide are or cfm jsp as php, JavaScript side of the system. on the client page behavior web for controlling dominant language advertisement- rotate content, gen effects, handle rollover form data, to validate a way provides the end of this By come to expect. a host of other effects users have dynamic menus and erate by others and code written JavaScript reading will be comfortablecourse you writing JavaScript, API) as part of as the Google Maps (such APIs and libraries JavaScript using widely available development efforts. web your 360) as MRKT (cross-listed on the Web CIS 360 – Marketing CIS 206 and MRKT 200 (CIS 206 may be taken concurrently) Prerequisites: and buyers and services of goods is altering the exchange between Examines how the Internet incor strategies, element of marketing as an integral of the Internet the role Investigates sellers. and Networking Communications – Data CIS 375 in Computing Introductory Prerequisite: Course networks their application to local area to basic data communications concepts and Introduction with both peer- Experience and hands-on discussions of case studies, projects. lectures, through (3 credits) Fall to-peer networks. and client/server Course Descriptions Course to GIS Introduction An Data: of Analysis CIS 350 – Geographic standing Junior Prerequisite: (GIS) is a tool System Information A Geographic course is a hands-onThis to GIS. introduction and getting maps questions asking your – that is, spatial analysis maps and for doing for creating include customer, applications Typical solving. and problem maps to assist in decision-making data sets and to geographic will learn to use existing You and voting maps. pollution crime, to support an an attempt in will build maps with multiple layers own data. You your incorporate (3 credits) discipline. specific to your that relates or to solve a problem argument their web create As students strategies. commerce of electronic a critical evaluation porating site experiment with, and discover the elements of effective business Web site(s) they study, and methods of implementing market on the web, research design, the principles of marketing hands-on in an interactive Offered computer class- via the Web. ing communications strategies room.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 392 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 395 - Spring Computer Science Computer Alternate (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring (1 credit) Spring COMSC 401 – Computer Science Senior Seminar Science COMSC 401 – Computer or permission of the instructor Senior standing Prerequisite: all seniors majoring in computer sci- and will include each week seminar will meet once This typically Topics interest. seminars on topics of current present will professionals Practicing ence. state-of-the-art ethics, will include professional addressed and business practices developments, communities. government and academic the business, from will be drawn Speakers procedures. pro participate reading to maintain a journal and to in a professional Students will be required gram. Intelligence COMSC 410 – Artificial COMSC 230 COMSC 220, Prerequisites: the basic concepts of artificially of the course is to introduce intelligent systems. objective The recognition. and pattern control, strategies, search include knowledge representation, Topics along with their covered are systems and ‘’expert’’ language understanding, logic, natural Formal AI is given to fundamental attention Special and mathematics. medicine, applications in science, and to expert ‘’shells’’ introduction system An techniques. and problem-solving representation (3 credits) other AI languages is provided. Spring Topics COMSC 450 – Special Senior standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: seniors in computer engineering course is designed to allow advanced This Study. Independent on selected topics under the or research study advanced and computer science to pursue more and final exam or term paper reports, written meetings, Regular member. supervision of a faculty required. are Senior Design I COMSC 490 – Integrated COMSC 230 COMSC 220, COMSC 210, Prerequisites: engineering and computer of math, science, experience in the integration provides course This Open- design project. science client-based computer science principles into a comprehensive emphasizing a multidisciplinary design providing to total system ended problems approach solutions that meet the stated performance multiple paths to a number of feasible and acceptable - approxima practical make alternatives, to generate required Design teams are requirements. of the design and make to support analysis the technical feasibility appropriate perform tions, design. (3 credits) decisions leading to an optimized system Fall Senior Design II COMSC 492 – Integrated COMSC 490 Prerequisite: Senior Design I, students will be expected to develop a working A continuation of Integrated student teams will conduct periodic review advisor, closely with a faculty Working prototype. needs and expectations. for their client ensuring the design meets the clients’ presentations course objectives include the delivery to the client by the end of the The of a successful project semester. COMSC 331/BIO 331 – Bioinformatics and Lab 331 – Bioinformatics COMSC 331/BIO as BIO 331 Cross-Listed Biotechnology and Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Certificate Core Fulfills consent of instructor 200 and COMSC 110 or BIO Prerequisite: with a focus of molecular and evolutionary fundamental concepts the course reviews biology, The web-based stu- In exercises to computer analysis. that lend themselves of questions on the types commonly used databases with they content and format of the most dents will become familiar algorithms used Some of the basic and learn to query engines. them with the associated search to used that are along with the programs data will be presented, sequence and order to compare computer- A weekly them graphically. and to present statistically patterns the inferred evaluate from sequence information to write simple scripts to extract students lab will train programming within these data. specific patterns for databases and to search - - Fall (4 credits) (4 credits) Spring ry management, multiple concurrent processes, and inter-process communications. Also consid- Also communications. and inter-process ry processes, management, multiple concurrent and machine architecture between the relationship as as well issues, ers efficiency and security design. (3 credits) Fall software system COMSC 320 – Principles of Operating Systems of Operating COMSC 320 – Principles COMSC 220 COMSC 210, Prerequisites: among many must be shared which arise when limited machine resources Examines problems devised to address been solutions which have and hardware the software contending processes; memo used to implement disk files systems, the algorithms and data structures these problems; COMSC 310 – Language Translation and Compiler Design Compiler and COMSC 310 – Language Translation COMSC 240 COMSC 230, COMSC 220, Prerequisites: data compilers as an application of algorithms, Examines the design and implementation of lexical analysis, context. The engineering formal language theory and in a software structures, language in a block-structured written and optimization of programs code generation, parsing, for a Students implement a translator earlier courses. concepts from many used to illustrate are (3 credits) Spring language. programming subset of a well-known COMSC 240 – Theory of Computation 221 or permission of instructor COMSC 111, MATH Prerequisites: with for analyzing computing devices, the framework models of computation provide Formal out on them. Finite be carried which may of computations, the goal of understanding the types occupy the first they recognize, which and pushdown automata and the classes of languages, functions, recursive machines, Turing course addresses of the remainder The part of the course. (3 credits) Fall and NP-completeness. undecidability, Thesis, Church’s COMSC 230 – Principles of Programming Languages of Programming COMSC 230 – Principles COMSC 111 or permission of instructor Prerequisites: implementation and use of modern programming Examines fundamental issues in the design, and languages developed paradigms while emphasizing alternative problem-solving languages, and object-oriented lan- functional, declarative, include procedural, for exploiting them. Topics Several and language implementation issues. guages; the specification of syntax and semantics; (3 credits) Spring course topics. used to illustrate modern languages are COMSC 220 – Analysis of Algorithms COMSC 220 – Analysis of instructor 221 or permission COMSC 111, MATH Prerequisites: of efficient to the design of analysis algorithms and the relevance of course studies analysis This and divide and conquer, include greedy, covered approaches Algorithmic computer algorithms. and disjoint set algorithms, graph searching, sorting, include Topics dynamic programming. (3 credits) introduced. also Spring algorithms are and approximation NP-completeness structure. - selecting the appropri decomposition and by employing problem solutions software implement data types. and abstract ate algorithms Course Descriptions Course and Lab Organization of Computer – Principles COMSC 210 instructor 111 or permission of COMSC Prerequisites: of contemporary on their hier with an emphasis systems computer a detailed picture Presents Topics subsystems. and software their hardware between and the interplay structure archical and the and I/O subsystems; memory, of processor, architecture include digital logic; the also be examined. may RISC architectures and Parallel abstractions. implementation of HLL language. is in C/C++ and assembly Programming

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 394 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 397 - - Construction Management Construction Fall (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring Special Offering (0 credit) ling, column analysis, and column design considerations; approximate analysis of indeterminate of indeterminate analysis approximate considerations; and column design column analysis, ling, structures. Building Estimating 321 – Advanced CNST CNST 260 Prerequisite: and equipment material labor, takeoff, estimating including quantity Detailed unit price cost worker strategies, course will also examine bidding The computer applications. and unit pricing, Fall (3 credits) engineering. value and and equipment productivity, Management in Construction Topics 430 – Special CNST of instructor Permission Prerequisite: instruction. of appropriate the availability by student needs and/or Selected topics determined (3 credits) & Lab and Safety Management Project 445 – Construction CNST CNST 260 Prerequisite: including leadership and management theoryOrganization to the construction applied process, and procedures Safety and staffing. organizing planning, project ethical standards, functions, for construction. equipment. OSHA requirement Planning and Scheduling 450 – Construction CNST 124 MATH CNST 260, Prerequisite: line- bar-charting, Pert, AON scheduling including AOA, methods of project network Various allocation, and resource used for scheduling, Microcomputers and VPM techniques. of-balance, (3 credits) Spring lab. Lecture, analysis. time/cost and Electrical Design for Buildings 455 – Mechanical CNST standing Junior Prerequisite: A basic study of the primary used in buildings. and electrical equipment and systems mechanical the course. throughout stressed are systems Design principles for selecting and sizing various fire supply, water air conditioning, ventilating, heating, topics include plumbing, Mechanical Electrical topics include basic principles of electricity, and sanitaryprotection, systems. sewer and and feeders and residential circuits branch transformers, phase systems, single and three illumination. (3 credits) commercial Spring Internship Management 460 – Construction CNST of advisor Permission Prerequisite: by to professional student from students for the transition is designed to prepare course This students must comply for this course, register To formalizing experience gained in employment. suc- Students who for internships. Center Career with the guidelines established by the RWU the will have standards Center cessfully complete the internship in compliance with Career along with the name of the firm in which the internship was on their transcripts course entered taken. Control Project – Construction 475 CNST CNST 321, CNST 450 Prerequisites: management of single and multiple in the effective examination of the activities involved An the preparation theory, course includes the study of basic control The construction projects. perfor data, the computation of project the collection of actual production models, of control action. (3 credits) Fall corrective and the determination of appropriate mance, CNST 304 – Applied Structures 304 – Applied CNST 210 ENGR Prerequisite: - com internal stresses; resulting of members and behavior torsional and bending Emphasizes buck elastic design considerations; and beam beam deflections, sections, beam bined stresses; - - - - Fall (4 credits) Fall (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring CNST 116 – Computer Applications for Construction Applications 116 – Computer CNST CNST 130 Prerequisite: construction management and solution of typical analysis the computer for formulation, Uses used in sub that are packages and AutoCAD is given to spreadsheet attention Special problems. and Lab Materials and Methods Construction 201 – Advanced CNST CNST 200 Prerequisite: - Emphasizes comprehen studies in construction building materials and components. Advanced and testing, construction methods, to design, specifications, of material with respect sive analysis engineer characteristics, and behavioral Structural asphalt, concrete. of soils, inspection. Testing CNST 100 – Introduction to Construction Management Construction to 100 – Introduction CNST - the respon course will discuss The and the construction to college industry. introduction An the course will analyze The and industrysuccessful college students sibilities of professionals. of the and expansion in the evolution of construction, context its centrality emphasizing cultural and behavioral industry and technologies, trends projects, “mega” Current built environment. discussed. (3 credits) expectations will all be Fall and Lab and Materials Methods 200 – Construction CNST materials commonly used for construction, and properties of A discussion of the behavior includ- basic construction Examines techniques of cement, and metals. Portland ing wood, aggregates, and wood framing. form work, steel erection building materials and components including (4 credits) Spring CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT Codes and Building Specifications 130 – Plans, CNST and specifications construction fundamental study of all documents to include: drawings, The specifications and among drawings, the relationship student will examine The building codes. an estimate, takeoff, to perform a quantity codes and how to use the included design information (3 credits) or build a project. Fall Course Descriptions Course (3 credits) sequent constructionSpring management and science courses. and applications of construction material. measurements, ing properties, CNST 302 – Surveying and Lab CNST 136 MATH Prerequisite: and level for transit, surveying the use of tape, of plane and route Theory involving and practice and design, and site layout Includes sectioning. determining topography, measuring traverses, vertical and horizontal curves. CNST 260 – Construction Estimating and Scheduling 260 – Construction CNST CNST 116 and CNST 201 Prerequisites: Conceptual, to the fundamentals of construction estimating and scheduling. introduction An and unit price estimates will be studied and basic CPM scheduling theory foot, systems square to (3 credits) Spring schedules. include bar charts and network CNST 250 – Construction Equipment 250 – Construction CNST ENGR 115 or permission of instructor CNST 116, Prerequisite: Emphasis on engineering construction and func- equipment to include categorization by design and maintenance costs equipment operation tion. Students will learn to calculate engineering apply engineering fundamentals of earth imple moving to the of money, using the time value estimat engineering equipment production mentation of engineering equipment, and perform ing

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 396 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 399 - - Construction Management Construction Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering CNST 530 – Personnel Management and Law Management 530 – Personnel CNST of instructor standing or permission Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Online penal The is the cost of personnel. construction project in any cost elements One of the largest are affecting personnel management laws of the current and the spirit if the letter ties incurred construction project. any to the cost and schedule for not observed devastating potentially are governing for the personnel laws and trends requirements current course will examine the This for man- requirements employment contract typical include: Topics the construction industry. and on estimating rules” personnel; the impact of “work building trades agement personnel and of the and determining the legality “work rules” various modifying for scheduling; “trade-offs” and “trade-offs”; of “work rules” the economic impacts “work rules”; to modify ability managers’ construction effects on bidding and executing and labor relations case studies in labor relations months and in the last twelve system the US Courts from in labor law salient decisions contracts; construction to affect the international labor law industry; in likely trends how they are recent construction country how the industry and contrast in a single foreign or labor law to compare affected. (3 credits) will be Spring environment in a foreign operating Construction 540 – Sustainable CNST or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery:Distance Delivery by construction projects. created problems of environmental develops an awareness course This way. in a “green” these problems also examine the means and methods of addressing course The on a life-cycle must be addressed the origins of the building materi- Sustainability basis from Topics ending with the eventual disposal of the project. the construction process, through als, include: LEED history life-cycle and application; sustainable site measurement; costing; energy as a value-engineering technologies; sustainability the methods exercise; planning and; “green” site logistics; educating the sustainable work and means of sustainable construction; “green” (3 credits) sustainable construction and public relations. force; CNST 545 – Construction Organization, Control and Logistics Control Organization, 545 – Construction CNST or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery:Distance Delivery tech- using advanced of construction projects and control the analysis addresses course This with organizations company hierarchical include: Topics niques for budgeting and scheduling. support and logistical response of constructionline and staff components in the control projects; to construc - for allocating resources schemes cost control organizations; time for company cycle the suscep and logistical processes; for control overhead costs tion activities; the administrative tibility of a logistical support system to fraud; and, the applicability of a control and logistical of a control and, the applicability a logistical support of to fraud; system tibility (3 credits) support to joint ventures. system Management in Construction Topics 550 – Special CNST or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: with instructor Arranged instruction of appropriate the availability Selected topics determined by student needs and/or (3 credits) Law Construction 555 – Advanced CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Distance Delivery as applicable to the construction of law, and the maxims examination of the legal system An construction but will also address States law, course will primarily focus on United The industry. of construction bidding and award course will look at the The in an international environment. pre-construction (BIM) and other Management Building Information to include stage of a project Offer Special (3 credits) constructability. and improve value be used to maximize tools that can - Fall Successful construction projects require significant project collaboration; owners, designers, and designers, owners, collaboration; significant project require constructionSuccessful projects - visions that must be aligned. Early in the proj with different constructors all come to the project the inherent Concurrently, of cost and schedule. balanced by the reality needs are ect the owner’s course will The is best delivered. identified and a decision is made as to how the project risks are deliveryexamine the alternate methods of project as the technologies that can be used to as well A particular will be placed on estimating and scheduling during the focus value. maximize project CNST 510 – Modeling and Simulation Techniques for Construction Management for Construction Techniques and Simulation 510 – Modeling CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Online and fast-tracked, complicated, sophisticated, more more become larger, As construction projects being from of the outcome moves and prediction analysis for mathematical the requirement the student introduce course will This important critical for the success of the project. to being This tools. software available readily inexpensive, that require analysis to useful techniques of decision-mak and management; topics: risk assessment, analysis the following course explores GRADUATE COURSES CNST 520 – Construction Negotiations 520 – Construction CNST or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery:Online at the start. is ever built to the plans and specifications generated No construction project No what the owner had in mind. Conflicts reflects set of plans and specifications ever accurately these facts and participant Every must realize project inevitable in the construction process. are with the maximum amount of a good product the conflicts to produce to resolve develop ways techniques that can produce course will evaluate This satisfaction on the part of all participants. dispute include: alternate methods of Topics and the satisfaction quotient desired. the product and ethics; team- practice professional methods of managing client expectations; resolution; of personal leaders; a consideration of successful building methods; common characteristics it is forms; goal alignment – how to do it and why communication in its many systems; network (3 credits) successes and failures. project important; managing meetings; and, current CNST 480 – Capstone Project, Ethics and New Technology and New Ethics Project, 480 – Capstone CNST of instructors standing and permission Senior Prerequisites: work with an industryStudents will - plan for an actual con develop a preconstruction advisor to field and schedule, estimate include a project this plan would a minimum, At struction project. - A formal presenta of values. plan and a schedule a site logistics organization, and home office a through ethics professional made to an industrytion will be addresses course also panel. The (3 credits) Spring paper requirement. a research case study and includes I Control and Enterprise Management 515 – Project CNST of instructor Permission Prerequisite: Delivery:Residential practicum understand the business of the construction must construction enterprise. executive Today’ elements of the construction the various will explore in a case study format, students Working financial management, control, work acquisition, project planning, business to include: strategic Special Offer format. (3 credits) in a practicum is offered Course and human relations. Course Descriptions Course Control and Statistical Process (TQM) Management Quality events; Total ing for probabilistic planning; game theory for project applications in the construction (SPC); linear programming (3 credits) industry;Fall of construction and, simulation modeling projects. Delivery Planning and Project Construction 525 – Pre CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Online

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 398 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 401 - Core Curriculum Core (3 credits) Summer (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Spring, Fall, (3 credits) CORE CURRICULUM and Society Technology CORE 101 – Science, and lab. for lecture Students must register below. science course described students must complete the Core all other cases, In geology chemistry, the most significant ideas of physics, interdisciplinary course explores This How in nature? emerge does order the questions: How to answer and biology in an attempt students learn hands-on to the laboratory, In order? does the human species fit into this natural nature the wave of thermodynamics, of motion, the laws laws apply concepts such as Newton’s selection and natural food chains and ecosystems, of light, photosynthesis and the carbon cycle, issues affecting our world today, examine key can critically we these concepts, evolution. Using Discussion of these issues will shed light on the and genetic engineering. such as global warming how should I act? what I know, questions: Who am I? What can I know? Given Core three Spring Fall, (4 credits) World CORE 102 – History and the Modern study of a selec- the thought through democratic of current the roots course investigates This History a collection including primary mate Canon, the Core source tion of seminal texts from rial dating from classical Greece and Rome to the present. Faculty may enrich this exposition may Faculty to the present. and Rome classical Greece rial dating from of multi-disciplinary films and documenta- a variety through such as scholarly analyses, sources , Spring and art. Fall (3 credits) of the imagination including literature and works ries, in Perspective Behavior CORE 103 – Human psychology, such as literature, areas from this course draws individual in society,” A study of “the the idea that multiple perspectives and demonstrate first to and biology, anthropology, sociology, a and second, to propose our understanding of the same behavior, broaden of reference frames CNST 590 Master's Thesis Research Thesis 590 Master's CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Distance Delivery independent research the student conducts of his or her advisory the approval committee, With writing and in compliance with the guidelines and in orally thesis is presented The and analysis. topic must be of a specific, approved and analysis School. Research Graduate Williams of Roger Effective Manner to construction management such as “Therelating the Most Selection of methods research course will present This Projects”. Construction Sustainable of Managing 595, in conjunction with CNST and must be taken Thesis to complete the Master’s required Spring Fall, (3 credits) Project. Research Project 595 – Research CNST or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: with advisor Arranged by the instructor. topic approved Management in a Construction for research A course offered paper completed by the student with the of the course will be an original research product The advice of the instructor. CNST 585 – Topics in International Construction in International 585 – Topics CNST of instructor standing or permission Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Online - regu local laws; to, but not limited in international construction include, considerations Special ( local holders multiple stake and NGO funding sources; private, multiple government, lations, and organizations, supra-government institutions, quasi-government governments, populations, construc- of large govern the planning and conduct political currents institutions ); and private an introductory in summary course will provide This and rewards of the challenges tion projects. Construction. International - (3 credits) Summer Winter (3 credits) (3 credits) Summer CNST 580 – Advanced Construction Safety and Risk Management and Risk Safety Construction 580 – Advanced CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Online and its challenges to safety. course examines the uniqueness of the construction project This safety divergent legislative and regulatory framework; of the safety include: the nature Topics how of construction parties; work schedules and their impact on safety; attitudes compressed in a continually how to manage safety to calculate and apply the experience modification rate; OSHA policies educate the work force; to better ways practical changing work environment; applied to site in mind; and, safety applicable to construction; design with safety and procedures logistics plans. CNST 570 – Financial Planning for Construction Projects Construction Planning for 570CNST – Financial or permission of instructor standing Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery:Distance Delivery to determine is required planning prior to the design of a major construction project Financial of all the participants prior to com- assembly of the resources The of the project. the feasibility - success is attain the owners and the constructors that the project assures mitment to a project for large in financial requirements differences the similarities and course will review This able. for a include: the financial framework Topics national and international construction projects. in funding a major construction prior to the bid phase; the risk involved construction project the risks identified; a collaborative and developing funding alternatives to accommodate project - during the planning phase to allevi to dealing with the owner of a construction project approach mini- the maximum feasible or the ate funding issues; incentives for the constructor to provide of funding for a construction sources mum feasible amount of funding for a construction project; etc. ); “what if” sub-contractor, to that allow the Constructor analyses vendor, ( owner, project to any value and, assigning a quality plan for contingencies during the construction process; Spring Fall, gained. (3 credits) profit holders satisfied with the results of a construction project; the skill set of a construction project the skill set of a construction of a construction project project; holders satisfied with the results the accountant, and the constructor; and, case the engineer, salesman and how it differs from construction contracts. and unprofitable studies of winning profitable CNST 565 – Customer Development and Winning the Construction Project Construction the Winning and Development – Customer 565 CNST standing or permission of instructor Graduate Prerequisites: Delivery: Distance Delivery assessment of growth of customer development, marketing, course examines techniques This - opera in company new technology assessment of integrating and its impact on the organization, include: functions into the construction these team. Topics management tions and integrating the projects; success for future and using that publicizing successful projects system; the referral all stake of keeping the cost and the value work; of the satisfied customer in winning future role CNST 560 – Project Delivery II 560 – Project CNST of instructor Permission Prerequisite: Delivery: Residential practicum - para 515 with special emphasis on the emerging in CNST of the topics presented Continuation Delivery Project digm of Integrated projects, dispute resolution, delays and acceleration, differing site conditions, bonding, insurance insurance bonding, site conditions, differing and acceleration, delays dispute resolution, projects, projects; for public works requirements include: bidding Topics interpretation. and contract disputes; contract for requirements arbitration projects; for public works changed conditions - investiga regulatory infringement criminal investigations; requirements; release liens and lien Spring Fall, (3 credits) payments. for progress requirements tion; and, reporting Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 400 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 403 - Core Curriculum Core (3 credits) (3 credits) eadings include selections from: Mark Francis and Randolph Hester, Jr. (eds.), The Meaning Meaning The (eds.), Jr. and Randolph Hester, Francis Mark eadings include selections from: Veda, Rig Our Oriental Heritage, in History, Frames Time eadings include selections from: R R Lavine, and Steven Karp Ivan (on landscape design); Place and Action Ideas, of Gardens: Display (on classification of artifacts); of Museum and Politics Poetics The Exhibiting Cultures: of Metageography A Critique of the Continents: Myth The Wigen, Lewis and Karen W. Martin and the Mermaid, Platypus The Ritvo, and mapping); Harriet (on classifications of geography Anderson, and Bryon D. Spielberg Nathan Imagination; of the Classifying and Other Figments con- Literary from Mind; and excerpts The Turner, Mark that Shook the Universe; Seven Ideas of the Emperor With Canal on the Grand A Day and Insects, Girl, Angels temporary films: Party China. Culture in World CORE 444 – Perspectives for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core this course students In and chaos. of order the forces in the struggle share societies between All and the cul culture Western examining cross-cultural connections between this struggle, explore among these cultures. the similarities and differences and China and investigating of India tures Koran, The Saints of India, Gandhi Reader, The Edicts, Rock Asoka’s Arthashastra, Kathopanisad, of Chinese Traditions, Book, Sources Red Mao’s of Chinese Literature, Anthologies I Ching, History. A New Book, and China, Chinese Civilization: A Source CORE 442 – Prejudice and Institutional Violence Institutional and – Prejudice CORE 442 for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: least sixth semester standing 105 and at 101 through Core aspects of some of the most devastating the conditions that promote explore this course we In - mem and majority minority to citizens, available also look at the options We human experience. and Holocaust The in these societies. relations of interpersonal web caught in the complex bers, an events from these approach We commonalities. used to assess cultural other genocides will be uses scientific contributions, on the historical antecedents, interdisciplinary drawing perspective - and social scientific orien campaigns, propaganda philosophical rationales, of art and literature, can be by which individual prejudice Discussion of ways with an exploration concludes tations. further of genocide. prevent episodes which may of measures and with an investigation reduced Books of Evil. short by Singer, stories and Courage, Conscience Night/Dawn, include: Texts (3 credits) of Things? Order Proper CORE 443 – The for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: standing 105 and at least sixth semester 101 through Core live in and put it the world we Chart, take we game to the Periodic board the Monopoly From over our world and finding categorized gives us a power how things are Understanding in order. scientific think of the Just discoveries. breaking in ground our world results to order a new way instead the Sun around understood that the planets revolve made possible once we advances the history course investigates and categories established in of the Earth! of set structures This their them with how people organize and compares culture, our own primarily European-based America. Oceania and Native of contemporary ancient Asia, Africa, world in other cultures and 1919-1941 Image: the American CORE 445 – Creating for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core during the by Americans works created common materials selected for this seminar are The image contemporary with their time. the developing American period of study that reflects on significant of independent research the results students undertake and present Additionally, discus- Weekly of class inquiry. the area of the period to broaden and trends events, individuals, to find common threads all sources sion focuses on assessing and combining information from that connect this pivotal time period with our own. - (3 credits) Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) eadings include, but are not limited to, works by Boccaccio, Defoe, Boorstin, Jenner, Koch, Koch, Boorstin, Jenner, Defoe, works by Boccaccio, not limited to, but are eadings include, R scien- and current for Disease Control; the Center and Shilts; reports issued by Mann, Sontag, (3 credits) tific articles. CORE 430 – Special Topics in Liberal Studies in Liberal Topics CORE 430 – Special for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core that builds upon the foundation of Senior Seminar -content Interdisciplinary A variable Core academic of recognized a topic the five-course Each offering addresses interdisciplinary Core. connections makes situates the topic in interdisciplinary contexts, and educational significance, pursues inquiry course topic into the Core, the domains of the freshman-sophomore between the Seminar and organizes texts, substantive and Representative primary, and its context through or works figures, cultures, ideas, of the following schemes: great t o one or more according Topic non-Western). and/or (Western CORE 441 – Disease and Society for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core this course, In impact on societies. had a profound disease epidemics have history, Throughout malaria, and HIV) smallpox, tuberculosis, how five diseases (bubonic plague, students explore examine We time. through of cultures and behavior science, influenced the art,have literature, the chaos and con- back from how individuals and societies try and bring order control to regain in its wake. fusion that disease can leave CORE 105 – The Artistic Impulse Artistic CORE 105 – The of art, traditions of masterworks the western and artists course examines a variety from This emphasiz- course situates art and artists The perspective, in historical music, and theater. dance, them to contemporary modes of expression. and relates Modernism es Classicism, Romanticism, and cultural so the impact of historical circumstance of art in context, will be presented Works and writ oral through Students will respond artistexpectation on the creative will be apparent. Fall, Spring Fall, to masterworksten analysis and to works experienced at outside performances. studied in class the fields of art,historic masterworksWhile all sections of the course will include theater, from and expertise the interests and music, specific content of individual sections will reflect dance, study in order the work and ideas we also examine we the semester, Throughout of the professor. - shaped the human experi meaning and implications of questions that have the role, to explore act? should I ence: Who am I? What can I know? How CORE 104 – Literature, Philosophy, and the Ascent of Ideas Philosophy, CORE 104 – Literature, experi- basic questions that shape human three life through the examined course explores This and questions discussions, can I know? What should I do? Readings, ence: Who am I? What and philosophy literature emphasize connections not only between and foster critical reflection to philosophical and and in response psychology, such as art,but also among disciplines history, common readings. are and Crito, Apology, Euthyphro, Plato’s Currently literary works. model for critical thinking about human behavior in general. Students explore the limitations the limitations explore Students in general. human behavior thinking about model for critical they as multiple vantages derived from of information of view and the benefits of a single point know, based on what I And, am I? What can I know? questions: Who existential consider key and contemporary include classic sciences as well works in the social I act? Readings how should and projects, group essays, Requires People. of the Enemy An as literary works such as Ibsen’s at co-curricular attendance encourages events. Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 402 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 405 - - - - - (3 credits) Core Curriculum Core (3 credits) (3 credits) CORE 450 – Are We of It or Against It? People and Their Planet in the 21st Century Planet in the 21st and Their People or Against It? of It We – Are CORE 450 for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: least sixth semester standing 105 and at 101 through Core all historians and policymakers scientists, photographers, filmmakers, novelists, poets, Artists, in the creative Those surroundings. natural people and their between to the relationships attend - avoid or even a conscious to, arts reference to focus on the glory tend little often with of nature - sciences examine human in the social and physical those in nature; people play the role ance of, the place of will investigate we this course In with nature. intrusive interactions increasingly ity’s nature from selections will read We lens of multiple disciplines. the through humans in nature and W.S. Abbey Dillard, Barry Edward Whitman, Annie Lopez, including Wait writers and poets, River and the painters of the Hudson and Galen Rowell Adams Ansel Photographers Merwin. - and interrelated beauty to the complexity, our attention to draw school will join these writers will serve historians and policy analysts as a of scientists, work world. The ness of the natural of human activity to the negative impact out attention works as they draw counterpoint to these world. on the natural CORE 451 – It’s All Greek to Us Greek All CORE 451 – It’s for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: standing 105 and at least sixth semester 101 through Core is It roots. back to its Greek the origins of the modern world Senior Seminar tracing A Core Our its origins. world traces that the western other source, any than from more the Greeks, from and our artistic forms, our and dramatic our philosophy, our literature, our science, religions, of ideas and practices rejections) in some cases, (or, all reflections governmental concepts are course will This and Hellenistic). (Hellenic to the world of the ancient Greeks that can be traced Wine-dark The the Greeks Sea: Why Iliad, include The Readings study those enduring traditions. philosophy. and drama, history, Greek and selections from Matter, & the Digital Revolution Internet CORE 456: The for graduation required Senior Seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing Core 101 through Core our age of disrup characterized Social commentators in the humanities and sciences have CORE 452 – Collecting Ourselves: Why We Build, Preserve and Display Collections Build, Preserve We Why Ourselves: CORE 452 – Collecting for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core this seminar will paper, field trips and a research presentation, discussion, readings, Through preserving build. Gathering, the collections we through value and what we are who we explore scientific, historical, economic, social, psychological, through will be explored and displaying of disci- a wide variety texts from significant Students will read aesthetic and political lenses. the the Using in diverse fields of inquiry. the particular of collecting plines addressing problems by collecting as the ethical and scientific questions raised as well sonal and political motivations, paintings to biological specimens to postage stamps will be studied. everything from or the “Information Revolution”, “Third Industrial Revolution”, tive change as the “Knowledge store with its gargantuan example of these changes lies in the Internet clearest The Revolution”. ories, ideas, and approaches gleaned from various disciplinary sources, students will understand disciplinary various sources, gleaned from and approaches ideas, ories, sav esthetic, and social issues of collecting, moral, how their own field of study is effected by the its per history This of collecting, or personally significant objects. culturally and displaying ing, and disseminating Creating communication reach. and vast ubiquity, house of data, terrestrial course examines the origins of the internet, This to this revolution. digital data is the keystone communication Morse’s from of today, Web Wide loom of the 1840 to the World Jacquard’s from the barter of goods in the and from networks, fiber optic with coded pulses to the interlinked of these technologies the ramifications course examines The and iTunes. to eBay marketplace national secu- crime, privacy, culture, education, science, such as the arts, texts on areas through and participate expected to lead in semi- are Participants gaming and politics. the economy, rity, - - -

(3 credits) (3 credits) eadings include: The Handmaid’s Tale by Margaret Atwood, Looking Backward by Edward by Edward Looking Backward Atwood, by Margaret Tale Handmaid’s eadings include: The articipants in this course will study “utopia” as a concept and a theme, a theory- and a prac and a theme, as a concept articipantscourse will study “utopia” in this R P R pias shapes our world view and forms our ethos. pias shapes our world Time Across Women Creations: CORE 447 – Cultural for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core to the complex subtleties of underly to open our minds and imaginations attempts course This the first moments of our From “assignments.” ing gender assumptions implicit in gender/role in an including our very selves, categorized our surroundings, human beings have we history, easily iden- to a simple, a complexity our chaotic world. Stereotyping-reducing to order attempt a sort “shorthand.” of communication partthat ordering, tifiable formula, becomes an integral of the basis not only for social structuring and for most civilizations, becomes, Sexual stereotyping - the interdisciplin justification. Through judgments and moral but also for value division of labor, philosophi- historical, ary artistic, economic, legal, literary, anthropological, lens – archeological, and scientific, this course seeks to unearth the complex beginnings and plot the cal, religious prehistory day. to present evolution of sexual definition from Ethics CORE 449 – Environmental for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core Ethics exam- Environmental humans, of humans with ethics examines the interaction Whereas field of study originating young is a relatively This of humans with nature. ines the interaction management and con- interdisciplinary conflicts over resource of highly visible, a series from to irreversibly the ability have that we to recognize for society took years It servation biology. Although and even longer for us to develop a conscience over the result. alter the environment, - to environ to think that the application of logical, objective scientific reasoning might like we course will introduce This the case. this is rarely decisions, will lead to correct mental problems of students to the philosophical, social, political, legal, economic and aesthetic considerations Students will come to understand the science behind a series policy decisions. environmental that topics and then examine and balance the alternative perceptions of diverse environmental questions of the central on the will engender discussion and reflection This themselves. present should I act?) as how can I know? Based on what I know, (Who am I? What program Core RWU (3 credits) policy decisions. applied to environmental by Plato, Republic The More, by Thomas Gilman, Utopia Perkins by Charlotte Herland Bellamy, Elie Wiesel. by and Night Skinner, by B.F. Two Walden tice. This survey will take us from the pages of Thomas More’s Utopia to the ungoverned virtual to Utopia More’s the pages of Thomas survey us from This will take tice. and dysto knowledge of utopias will consider the way we the process, In space of the Internet.

Steinbeck. by John of Wrath The Grapes Hurston; Neale God by Zora Watching Their Eyes Were Lewis; by Sinclair Arrowsmith Fitzgerald; Scott by F. and Damned eadingsinclude:The Beautiful and Delusions Dreams of Utopia: – Visions CORE 446 for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: standing 105 and at least sixth semester 101 through Core imagined they people have history, throughout Yet, place.” means “no “utopia” the word Literally, Often, the societ world of time and space. in this temporal community could establish an ideal Course Descriptions Course (3 credits) than those spiritual, beautiful, or compassionate just, prosperous, more were ies they envisioned cru- by the greed, could only be characterized they proposed what that existed; at other times, it would engender. and ignorance elty,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 404 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 407 - - Creative Writing Creative Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) CREATIVE WRITING Writing CW 100 – Survey Creative of Placement into WTNGPrerequisite: 102 fiction, and writing: poetry, of creative major genres introductory course covering three An the techniques of writing and lay Students will both discuss and begin to implement drama. process. and the creative critical reading between the foundation for study of the relationship workshops and discus- not limited to: participation in lectures, but are include, Requirements to which will continue as building both a portfolio as well and annotated bibliography sions, completing expectations are Creative writing course. each additional creative develop through ) Spring Fall (3 credits) course. the focused study of the that fully reflect writing exercises in Poetry CW 210 – Form Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills sonnet, sestina, course is a critical study of the essential poetic forms (villanelle, foundation This of established critical reading to the contemporary voice through etc.) and how the forms relate the class combines both seminars and writing workshops, Through texts. writers and appropriate development of student work to learn how form the critical study of published writing and the to essential Students will be exposed and the history for all poetry. the basis of form creates Elliot, Phillip Larkin, Robert T.S. Berryman, Bishop, Elizabeth works by writers such as John Creative Williams. Carlos and William Roethke, Theodore O’Hara, Plath, Frank Sylvia Lowell, the focused study of the reflect poems that fully revised than three no more expectations are course. CORE 462: Sexual Identities CORE 462: for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: semester standing 105 and at least sixth Core 101 through Core - of disci a variety from of sexual identity and public dimensions the private course explores This social, and shaped by historical, are how sexual identities Students examine plinary perspectives. the to community, relationship affect an individual’s and how sexual identities factors cultural sociol psychology, the fields of history, from drawn texts are etc. Course medicine, the law, state, the Short Story in Writing CW 220 – Narrative Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills and design in the structure foundation course is a critical study of the elements of narrative This and time man- plotting, setting, tone, development, point of view, such as character short story, combines the critical study the class both seminars and writing workshops, agement. Through not only affects of published writing and the development of study work to learn how narrative Students will be exposed to essential works by writ but becomes the short story. the short story, ogy, legal studies, biology, philosophy, literature, cinema, fine art, feminist theory, critical race critical race cinema, fine art, theory, feminist literature, philosophy, biology, legal studies, ogy, (3 credits) studies. and transgender queer theory, lesbian studies, and gay theory, and Invention CORE 463: Innovation for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: standing 105 and at least sixth semester 101 through Core to developed that humans have of innovation processes and the patterns course explores This students will investigate Over the course of the semester, new ones. existing ideas into transform the disciplines; consider ethical ques- across from and stories of innovation techniques, theories, new to develop of invention learn how to employ strategies and innovation; tions surrounding contemporary to complex problems. in new ways and respond new things, create ideas, (3 credits) Flannery O’Brien, O’Conner, Tim Chekhov, Anton Carver, Raymond Baldwin, James ers such as, short revised stories than two no more expectations are Creative Walker. and Alice Updike, John Spring (3 credits) Fall, the focused study of the course. that fully reflect (3 credits) CORE 461: Researching Race CORE 461: Researching for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core understanding race, Obama in 2008 signal a turning point in better Does the election of Barack its history the US overcome of differential States? Has in the United of racism, and the practice the long view of the students will take this course, In and culture? to race according treatment and the impacts of such bias, is operationalized, how racism States, history in the United of race and on race students will engage in research Additionally, both on people of color and Whites. experi- with the lived racialized students will fuse the theoretical this research, Through racism. (3 credits) ences of those in our country/community. CORE 459: Popular Culture and Globalization Culture CORE 459: Popular for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: 105 and at least sixth semester standing 101 through Core and globalization how popular culture Senior Seminar will explore Interdisciplinary Core This scale). The an impact on our lives (on both a local and a global had, and continue to have, have will be examined and various as a particular kind of culture, itself, of popular culture nature of globalization, as both a histori- nature The will be considered. examples of popular culture Through as a topic in and of itself. cal and contemporary also be addressed phenomenon, will will gain a to each other we and in relationship separately significant forces examining these two phenomena influence our lives and the world in which understanding of how these two greater questions: Who core the central fully answer will allow us to more understanding This live. we what should I do? (3 credits) am I? What do I know? Based on What I know, CORE 458: Technology, Self and Society Self and CORE 458: Technology, for graduation required Seminar, Senior Core Prerequisite: standing 105 and at least sixth semester 101 through Core extend may and it looks at how a technology emerges Rather, not a technical course. is This since by technology college student has been surrounded Today’s its intended purposes. beyond for desktop conceivable capabilities than was storage more have music devices birth. Portable into the fabric ingrained and more is becoming more Technology computers in the mid-90's. How everyday course looks at the impact of technology beyond devices. This of our daily lives. as an active participantdid this happen and what does it mean for you within a global society? technologies and the issues other emerging the course explores computers themselves, Beyond in a global and security privacy, ethics, including technological impact on culture, they raise, environment. CORE 457: Families and Society CORE 457: Families for graduation required seminar, Core Prerequisite: least sixth semester standing 105 and at 101 through Core Core The University. Williams at Roger Curriculum course servesThis a capstone to the Core as I know, am I? What can I know? Based on what questions: Who centers on three Curriculum should think we and how we know, what we are, we often define who how should I act? Families on the and of society of families on society influences the reciprocal course explores act. This will include depictions This time and culture. the meaning of family across explore We family. as a con- as well and literature, social sciences, sciences, in the arts, and discussions of families (3 credits) for individuals and society. of the family of the future sideration nar discussions on these topics. Participants are expected to have access to the internet, through internet, through access to the to have expected are Participants on these topics. nar discussions (3 credits) or smartphone. either a computer Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 406 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 409 - Criminal Justice Criminal Fall, Spring Fall, CRIMINAL JUSTICE Justice to Criminal CJS 105 – Introduction ~ Discusses overview criminal justice system. in detail the individual compo An of the American Undergraduate Designed and corrections. the courts, including the police, nents of the criminal justice system, thinking on key but also to provoke basic understanding of our legal system, not only to provide Courses CW 430 – Special Topics CW 430 – Special Concentration. Core Writing Creative in the a course requirement Fulfills and CW 220. course; CW 210, level A 200 Writing Prerequisites: specific subjects course studies this breadth level offerings, of upper enhance the variety To basis on a rotating offered Topics writing curriculum. creative the standard outside that are Linguistics to Pictures; Words From the following: Adaptation: not limited to but are include, Studying a Work: Life’s A Nonfiction; Humorous Sports Writing; Nonfiction for the Writer; be course but not the topic may The Shapes Writing. Place How and Craft: Region Writer; Major (3 credits) for credit repeated Poetry Contemporary CW 440 – Writing Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills Course and a 200-level CW 350 or CW 360 Writing Prerequisite: School, Black Mountain York New (e.g., schools of contemporaryA critical study of the poetry, the contemporary and how newly developed forms convey etc.) Beats, Boston School, the Poets, and then apply analytical discus- will critically study the works of other writers Students voice. than five no more expectations are Creative it for revision. in evaluating sion to their own work (3 credits) Spring the focused study of the course. poems that fully reflect revised Fiction in Writing of Style Use CW 450 – The Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills Course CW 350 or CW 360 and a 200-level Writing Prerequisite: meaning as the individual narrative a story’s can be as essential to conveying of style use The Michael Cunningham, works by authors such as, students will read this course, In components. to see how Proulx and E. Annie Milan Kundera, Auster, Whitehead, Paul Colson Philip Roth, becomes part their own writing of the meaning of the work. Students will also present stylized to their discussion of the assigned readings works in a workshop format, applying the analytical short stories that than three no more expectations are Creative process. own writing and revision (3 credits) Fall the focused study of the course. fully reflect Senior Seminar I Writing CW 480 – Creative of Instructor Consent Prerequisite: seniors together to study brings graduating Seminar Writing semester of the Creative first The the context through writing and issues in the disciplines of creative questions, focused themes, will grow these explorations Out of work that will complete the thesis. the creative of revising topic, an abstract, that includes a critical including a “Thesis Plan” the focus for the senior thesis, work (3 credits) plan for creative Fall and a detailed revision potential resources, Thesis CW 481 – Senior Seminar II – The CW 480 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: - course continues the revi senior capstone writing major’s semester of the creative second The amount of study is also devoted to A substantial portionsion of the creative of the senior thesis. as writing work, as well its bridge to the creative developing themes for the critical thesis and is also completed during bibliography annotated The the semester. it throughout and revising culmination of the class is a defense of the critical The this course to complete the portfolio. of students for a public reading class also prepares The and peers. a panel of faculty thesis before (3 credits) Spring requirements. works that meets their graduation creative - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, ments. This class helps students bridge the critical analysis of the writing process with the devel of the writing process helps students bridge the critical analysis class This ments. to essential works of writers such Students will be exposed opment of their own writing skills. Naomi Lee, Li-Young Komunyaaka, Yusif Lucille Clifton, Seamus Heaney, Agah Shahid Ali, as, and Rainer Neruda, Milosz, Pablo Czeslaw Akhmatova, Anna Tretheway, Natasha Shihab Nye, (3 credits) Rilke. Maria Seminar Fiction Reading CW 360 – Writers Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills Course and a 200-level Writing CW 220, CW 210, Prerequisite: students this course, In to learn to write is to read. is a tried and true maxim that the best way It that compose the contemporary studying writers canon, Through as writers.” will learn to “read class helps stu- This elements. technical craft a work by its various students will learn to read with the development of their own writ of the writing process dents bridge the critical analysis Junot Morrison, Toni will be exposed to essential works of writers such as, Students ing skills. (3 credits) Cisneros. and Sandra Chang-Rae Lee, Diaz, Sherman Alexie, CW 350 – Writers Reading Poetry Seminar Poetry Reading CW 350 – Writers Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills Course and a 200-level Writing CW 220, CW 210, Prerequisite: it is essential that poets actively engage in Seminar, Fiction Reading As in CW 360 – Writers studying poets that compose the diverse contem- Through works by established writers. reading ele technical craft a poem by its various poraryskills to read canon, students will develop the CW 340 – Introduction to Playwriting CW 340 – Introduction Concentration Core Writing in the Creative a course requirement Fulfills Course and a 200-level Writing CW 220, CW 210, Prerequisite: a plot how to advance by learning studying playwriting writers can benefit from creative All a critical study of major contemporary course will engage in playwrights, This dialogue. through Wilson. and August Kushner, Tony Eugene O’Neill, Sam Shepherd, Mamet, David such as, elements (dialogue, the essential dramatic students will learn how to take study, that Through culminating in an original original monologues and scenes, and craft structure) characterization, (3 credits) Spring one-act play. CW 330 – Literary Publishing of instructor status and consent sophomore Second semester Prerequisite: skills in publishing opportunities course offers students to develop and apply real-world This class seeks dedi- This of a high-quality national art the production & literarytowards magazine. for all levels of magazine production to be responsible disciplines across cated students from and a Web magazine layout, print maintaining up-to-datefrom and designing ad copy, records, and dis- authors, with corresponding copy editing, proofreading, submissions, to slushing site, may achievement and commitment, students demonstrated Through tributing the final product. Assistant Editor, over time: Editorial Assistant, Assistant Poetry ranks the following rise through more be taken course may This Editor. Managing Editor, Assistant Production Editor, Fiction , Spring Fall (3 credits) than once for credit. CW 310 – Creative Nonfiction CW 310 – Creative Concentration Core Writing Creative in the a course requirement Fulfills and a 200 Level WTNG course CW 220, 210, CW Prerequisite: Ann Jo by such authors as essays memoirs and personal paper on analysis a craft Students write their and workshop produce they Later, Crews. Baldwin, and Harry James Lucy Grealy, Beard, (3 credits) writing. own personal Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 408 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 411 - - - Criminal Justice Criminal (3 credits) CJS 210 – Law of Evidence CJS 210 – Law CJS 201 105, CJS Prerequisite: and the rules law of common pre in criminal cases including of evidence applicable analysis An rule the hearsay and its relevance, evidence, and circumstantial direct inferences, sumptions and (3 credits) Fall statutes. shield and the rape evidence, character exceptions, Relations Community CJS 212 – Police recommended CJS 150; SOC 100 Prerequisite: functions of ser associated with the police and practices procedures of the theory, analysis An vice, maintenance of order, and crime reduction within the community. Topics include the role role include the Topics the community. within and crime reduction of order, maintenance vice, of in the context relations and community police discretion, society, of the police in a changing (3 credits) Fall our changing culture. Crime CJS 216 – Organized CJS 105 Prerequisites: and Examines sociological theories States. in-depthAn crime in the United of organized study Attention crime. for the existence of organized the reasons to understand in an attempt trends (3 credits) crime. to organized in response enforcement of law practices also given to policies and Spring Justice in Criminal CJS 254 – Survey Methods of CJS 105 Prerequisite: techniques used in the and research design, to the methodology, is an introduction course This ethi- designs, research topics include sampling, Course fields of criminal justice and criminology. survey construction, in research, interviewing writing. cal considerations and proposal and Behavior Society, CJS 305 – Drugs, CJS 105 Prerequisite: include effects of drugs Topics society. to the use and abuse of drugs in American related Issues legalization; the social and on the human nervous and their treatments; addictions system; methodologies. and education/prevention addiction, rehabilitation; political meanings of abuse, (3 credits) Fall and the Family CJS 307 – Violence CJS 105 Prerequisite: and responses evolving society’s of domestic violence, examines the historical roots course This of the criminal justice field. as the role costs of domestic violence as well CJS 308 – Criminology CJS 105 Prerequisites: their historical development and Examines classical and contemporary theories, criminological and the rehabilitation, to the criminal justice process as their significance as well empirical basis, (3 credits) Fall of offenders. and punishment processing, deterrence, Courts in the US Procedure CJS 320 – Civil and Criminal and ethical dilemmas underlying the philosophy traditions, course examines the history, This to: the origins and devel Students will be introduced States justice system. courts in the United jurisdiction of and geographic States courts; the issues of subject matter opments of the United the dynamics of the courthouse consisting of attorneys, workgroups courts, the state and federal of criminal and civil cases in to the prosecution related litigants; and the processes and judges, (3 credits) and state courts. Spring federal Administration CJS 322 – Police Studies the School of Continuing only through Offered - - - CJS 200 – Introduction to Criminalistics CJS 200 – Introduction in the collection and preser Instruction Studies. of Continuing the School only through Offered CJS 150 – Policing in America CJS 150 – Policing to contemporary social with regard of the historyReview of policing and police functioning, (3 credits) Spring functioning. into police research focus on related Special issues. and Family CJS 207 – Law CJS 105 Prerequisite: and families in the United the law between of the relationship course examines the nature The - marital and familial relation structures of how the law course focuses on an analysis The States. and family changing definitions and conceptions of marriage in turn, society’s ships and how, boundaries of state inter course examines the proper The impacts both criminal and civil law. CJS 106 – Applied Concepts in Justice Studies in Justice Concepts CJS 106 – Applied between relationship understanding of the a better students with to provide course seeks This curriculum, the university justice studies within the place of and legal studies, criminal justice this context, the course has the general Within society. in American of these fields and the role topics Specific and speak about justice studies. to think, write, ability students’ goal of improving becoming the law, of criminal justice and include the literature for the focus of these activities and the integrity, and terminology in the field, ethics and academic facile with the language and the world. (3 credits) meaning of justice in America Spring Law CJS 204 – Constitutional CJS 105 or PLS 100 Prerequisite: topics include religious Course States. of civil liberties analysis and civil rights in the United An (3 credits) of law. and due process the right to privacy, of law, speech, equal protection free liberty, Spring and mandatory as the death penalty justice issues such legal and criminal laws. sentencing , Spring Fall (3 credits) Law Criminal CJS 201 – Substantive CJS 105 Prerequisite: and modern emphasizing common law introductory of substantive criminal law, analysis An the of substantive law, topics include the nature Course statutory applications of criminal law. and the essen- the elements of crimes, the criminal and civil justice systems, distinction between criminal intent (mens criminal acts (actus reus), tial components of crimes including wrongful and sev entrapment defense, course also considers the insanity causation and harm. This rea), Procedure CJS 203 – Criminal CJS 105 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: in detail Analyzes States. in the United due process the development of procedural Considers Course cases. and Sixth Amendment Fifth, decisions in Fourth, Court States Supreme United self-incrimination, double jeopardy, from the right to be free and seizure, topics include search due public trial, and other aspects of procedural the right to counsel, the right to a speedy and (3 credits) process. Course Descriptions Course Spring (3 credits) Fall, evidence found at a crime scene. of physical vation (3 credits) legal system. Fall used in the U.S. other defenses to crimes that are eral and changes in fam- highlights how family law and relationships most private vention in people’s include Topics held social values. most strongly some of society’s both shape and reflect ily law domestic violence, child support and custody, divorce, relationships, child-parent marital privacy, (3 credits) Spring crime. and intra-family

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 410 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 413 - - Criminal Justice Criminal (3 credits) (3 credits) evidence, records, and people. Areas of study include: investigating crimes against persons and crimes include: investigating of study Areas people. and records, evidence, and the case preparation, witness interviews and interrogations, evidence, crime scene property, (3 credits) Fall in the judicial process. of the investigator role Punishment and Crime CJS 406 – CJS 308 105, CJS Prerequisite: Special for their crimes. been punished in which people have A historical overview of the ways of punishment, foundations of punishment, methods theoretical focus will be given to the (3 credits) Spring and the death penalty. famous criminals, CJS 407 – Terrorism CJS 308 CJS 105, Prerequisite: meth- anti- and counter-terrorism will explore It of terrorism. course will cover all aspects This - financ goals, their of terrorists, and operation will include the organization ods in depth. Topics in-depth of the media. An the role and of the most violent terrorist examination exploration ing, as the as well occurred to gain insight and knowledge of how the acts acts will allow students including will include acts of domestic terrorism them. It prevented made that could have errors that is occur and the violence Building, Federal Murrah Center, Trade the Bombing of the World of experts. as they occur and examine the predictions class will follow events The ring in schools. (3 credits) Spring CJS 408 – Social Justice CJS 106 CJS 105, Prerequisites: the concept of jus- social policy, among and between the relationships investigates Social Justice course examines how social policy pur This of the criminal justice system. tice and the practice ethnic- defined. Race, how those visions are potential visions of social justice and sues different to how particularly with regard issues will be addressed, and marginalization power gender, ity, and the Inequality criminal justice system. affected by and how they affect the are those realities both real as a means of addressing justice will be examined new concept of restorative relatively (3 credits) system. inequities within the criminal justice and perceived Studies Capstone CJS 420 – Justice with LS 420. This course is cross-listed Senior standing or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: - knowledge of theoreti Students integrate course for the justice studies major. a Capstone is This for the legal and criminal writing methods, application of research cal concepts and practical assigned and criminal justice through in the law areas and selected specialty justice professions, (3 credits) Fall projects. seminar discussion, and the completion of assigned readings, CJS 424 – Securing the Homeland CJS 308 or consent of instructor CJS 106, CJS 105, Prerequisites: a broad through and strategies practices, perspectives, of homeland security analysis Critical - education/train criminal justice role, including the social (dis)organization of systemic review processes. media, and community ing, and Relief CJS 426 – Disaster Management CJS 424, or consent of the instructor CJS 308, CJS 106, CJS 105, Prerequisites: relief disaster and providing in managing employed of the best international practices Review individual toward Scientifically informed approaches or other criminal attacks. terrorist from challenges and successes will be enforcement and government/law response, and community examined. Gangs CJS 427 – Youth CJS 308 or permission of instructor CJS 105, Prerequisites: to the topic of youth issues related course is intended to give students a foundation in core This students with a historical perspective of course will provide The States. gangs in the United - Alternate Years CJS 405 – Introduction to Criminal Investigation to Criminal CJS 405 – Introduction CJS 201 CJS 105, Prerequisite: - reconstruc the lawful course will explore This overview techniques. An of criminal investigative primary of a crime using three of information: physical sources tion and successful investigation CJS 403 – Juvenile Justice CJS 403 – Juvenile CJS 308; CJS 320 recommended CJS 105, Prerequisites: by the processed and issues pertaining offenders and how they are problems to youth Addresses as policies and practices, of theory, the interrelatedness Features and corrections. courts, police, and court on the intake Focuses impact on procedures. as assessment of their long-range well intervention; diversion; nominal and conditional sanctions to include community-based process; (3 credits) Fall systems. correctional juvenile and custodial sanctions through probation; CJS 402 – Women and the Criminal Justice System Justice and the Criminal CJS 402 – Women CJS 308 CJS 105, Prerequisites: - Examines the varia A detailed study of crime and justice as it pertains to the female offender. experiences in the and women’s victimization, women’s in female criminality, tions and patterns of interpretations and theoretical offenders and employees, as victims, criminal justice system (3 credits) Spring female criminality. rary issues in the criminal justice system. Topics include: eyewitness memory, scientific jury memory, include: eyewitness rary Topics issues in the criminal justice system. of witness testimony, credibility jury making, decision selection, police identification procedures, used by legal psychologists methods and research the social scientist as an expert witness, (3 credits) Fall CJS 342 – Legal Psychology 100 and CJS 105 Psych Prerequisites: knowledge to contempo methods and psychological of social science research application The CJS 332 – Community Based Corrections CJS 332 – Community CJS 330 Prerequisite: as background and parole associated with probation and problems features, the origins, Addresses and classification of partici- include investigation Topics of model programs. to the presentation rules of supervision; rehabilitation; protection and the benefits and drawbacks pants; community supervision, including intensive electronic programs, intermediate interdiction of these systems; (3 credits) Spring projects. incarceration and shock service systems, community monitoring, CJS 331 – Special Problems in Corrections Administration in Corrections Problems CJS 331 – Special CJS 330 Prerequisite: the institution and in the community. within programs in developing correctional Problems rights of prison- designs; the emerging prisons and prisoners; old and new prison include Topics concern of the community’s as a new expression corrections community ers; the development of in need of supportive for persons who are kinds of programs and specialized for the incarcerated; of movement is denied. (3 credits) servicesSpring freedom while their CJS 330 – Corrections in the United States in the United CJS 330 – Corrections of instructor CJS 105; or consent Prerequisite: - of modern correc the evolution States, in the United thought and practices correctional Current types in different treatment and an overview of correctional States, in the United tional practices (3 credits) Fall community. of institutions and in the Principles of administration, management, organization structure, and the responsibilities and and and the responsibilities structure, management, organization of administration, Principles and line-and-staff the functional divisions administrative of Analyzes services. interrelationships of the community, needs safety to the public in its application police operation of a modern (3 credits) organization. enforcement models of law alternative and comparative of consideration , Fall Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 412 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 415 Criminal Justice Criminal (3 credits) CJS 513 – Analysis of Criminal Justice Data Justice of Criminal CJS 513 – Analysis 503 CJS Prerequisite: application of practical The sciences. in the behavioral analysis to statistical introduction An (3 credits) is emphasized. process social science research techniques to the analytical various ELECTIVE COURSES Law in Criminal Issues CJS 510 – Constitutional - of indi A detailed analysis of suspects in criminal procedures. course focuses on the rights This is Constitution to the U.S. Sixth, and Eighth Amendments Fifth, Fourth, vidual rights under the developed. Causation in Crime Factors CJS 515 – Psychological deviant produce and social factors that psychoanalytic A discussion of the psychological, of social deviance are the prevention and treatment of social control, Techniques behavior. (3 credits) also considered. Administration in Personnel CJS 516 – Legal Issues includ- of legal issues facing the contemporary agency administrator, analysis justice system An course topics include employment discrimination, Additional relations. ing labor-management (3 credits) sexual harassment. and Practices Systems CJS 517 – Correctional an course presents This administration. of contemporary examination issues in correctional An and the admin- policy formulation as corrections as well theories of penology, of various analysis (3 credits) drug employee testing and vicarious liability. agencies., of corrections istration Management Justice in Criminal Problems CJS 518 – Special agency administrator. facing the modem justice system focuses on special problems course This are Students of this course. nature the practical A case study format is often used to emphasize administrators. facing justice system to develop novel solutions to the dilemmas encouraged (3 credits) System Justice Juvenile CJS 519 – The to the is directed attention Particular justice system. of the juvenile and analysis examination An offenders in the con- of juvenile treatment policy and the justice system development of juvenile temporary (3 credits) justice system. CJS 521 – Drugs in Society aspects of addiction are and psychological Physical of this important analysis social issue. An - ana the use of drugs are and control discussed. Historical and contemporarypolicies to regulate alternative policies. modem drug to evaluate policy and propose asked lyzed. Students are (3 credits) Enterprises Criminal CJS 523 – Organized topics include Course the U.S. crime in of organized a detailed analysis course presents This justice system crime, of organized in the structure transitions the history crime, of organized and modern techniques used to investigate law, statutory, relevant crime, to organized responses (3 credits) criminal enterprises. Security CJS 524 – Homeland and education/training, role, functions, enforcement law of the historic and current Review in the context of and preparedness to scientific risk assessment approaches community-oriented (3 credits) homeland security. (3 credits) CJS 511 – Criminological Theory CJS 511 – Criminological Beginning with 18th and intensive overview of the major criminology theories. An and analysis 19th century construc theorists this course focuses primarily on the evolution of sociological - (3 credits) tions of criminality. CJS 509 – Crime and Public Policy CJS 509 – Crime topics include a discus- Course States. policies in the United of crime control A critical analysis trends. crime control and recent in the criminal justice system process sion of the policy-making (3 credits) CJS 505 – Legal Issues in the United States Justice System States Justice in the United CJS 505 – Legal Issues Topics System. Justice overview of the most importantAn and analysis legal issues in the U.S. (3 credits) law. and administrative law, corrections criminal law, include constitutional law, CJS 503 – Survey of Research Methods CJS 503 – Survey Research of sciences. in the behavioral techniques design and research to methodology, introduction An development and theory hypothesis construction. topics include sampling theory, Course (3 credits) CJS 501 – Criminal Justice System Overview System Justice CJS 501 – Criminal the courts focusing on the police, States, in the United of the criminal justice system analysis An in detail. considered are issues facing the justice system Controversial system. and the corrections (3 credits) CJS 469 – Justice Studies Practicum CJS 469 – Justice consent of internship coordinator and of 60 credits Completion Prerequisites: in is a combined field experience and academic seminar course, Practicum Studies Justice The development and professional career the student’s which the field component is oriented toward learning their conceptual classroom students to relate while the academic component requires hours for a maximum of six credit be taken course may application in the field. This to practical Summer Spring, Fall, (3 credits) and Legal Studies majors. Justice and is open to Criminal CJS 430 – Special Topics in Criminal Justice in Criminal Topics CJS 430 – Special (3 credits) Study of special topics in criminal justice. gangs; identify the challenges associated with defining gangs, and the related challenges with and the related with defining gangs, challenges associated the gangs; identify also course will The States. crime in the United of gangs and gang the prevalence measuring system effectiveness of different causes of gangs and the explanations for the cover theoretical gangs. to prevent intended responses and Controversies Cases Law CJS 429 – Criminal CJS 201 Prerequisites: cases that focusing on criminal By in the criminal law. topics course is a seminar on current This course gives the the subject of legislative activity, the courts that are laws before and criminal are in the that are apply their knowledge of crime to factual situations to students an opportunity and public impact individual behavior criminal laws also examines the extent to which It news. (3 credits) a basic understanding of substantive criminal law. expected to have Students are policy. Course Descriptions Course Prevention CJS 428 – Crime CJS 254 CJS 105, Prerequisites: techniques, basis and application of crime prevention theoretical course will examine the This space, defensible patterns, crime choice, rational theory, activity with an emphasis on routine A wide range design and situational crime prevention. experimental through crime prevention ethics of and weaknesses, strengths, The solutions will be explored. and potential of problems also be assessed. (3 credits) will approaches crime prevention

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 414 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 417 - Criminal Justice Criminal CJS 534 – Youth Gangs CJS 534 – Youth to the topic of youth related issues a foundation in core to give students course is intended This in violence gangs and youth of will place the problems course This States. United gangs in the understand macro-level the students to fully context that allows historical a broader causes of perspec- theoretical key will also cover the course The problems. to but also responses problems, of gangs in communities development and continuation used to explain the tives traditionally - in-depth tradi will provide the responses of the policy coverage Finally, States. the United across effec- limited found to have generally are such strategies gangs and why tionally used to combat public to consider all of these issues when crafting students course will encourage The tiveness. (3 credits) problems.’ to ‘gang policy responses Systems and Operating Hardware CJS 540 – Computer - sys operating discussion of various to computer hardware, an introduction course provides This of more Review system. components and testing in a basic computer tems and how they work, as hands on and other devices as well Storage, SANS, such as minicomputers, complex hardware (3 credits) these devices. work in a lab configuring Forensics to Computer CJS 542 – Introduction CJS 540 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: for the examination of digital students to techniques in common practice introduces course This or private and the preservation of evidence for use in trials of evidence, media, the presentation common tools and simple case work to of the various course focuses on exposure This practice. course is suitable for most students as an elective The an overviewprovide of digital forensics. (3 credits) as a component of the DFC certificate. and is required II Forensics CJS 543 – Computer CJS 542 Prerequisite: is hands on in the laboratory course and focuses on complete understanding of the operat This recovery forensics (NTFS and FATS). and management for to file storage approach ing systems solves casework using low level recovery course and manual recoveryThe and of deleted files and verbal formats. in both written of cases on the presentation continues to concentrate examination. (3 credits) one oral at least Students will complete casework and provide III Forensics CJS 544 – Computer CJS 543 Prerequisite: is hands on in the laboratory course and focuses on complete understanding of the cell This casework in forensics commonly found and other hand held devices which are cameras, phones, course includes work on actual The special handling due to their proprietary nature. but require as special handling techniques necessary as well preserve to evidence in cell phones and PDA (3 credits) vary topics may Specific as technology changes. these cases. Professionals for Forensics CJS 545 – Law with both US and and policy in accordance ethics, specifically focuses on the rights, course This Discussion of law include areas of digital forensics. in terms of the practice law International other and ethics, 4th Amendment), (e.g. professionals specifically apply to forensic which may (3 credits) an impact on a digital case. having emerge which typically areas Thesis CJS 605 – Master’s CJS 503 and CJS 513 Prerequisites: in to complete a thesis must enroll A student electing completion and defense of the thesis. The member and Faculty Prerequisite: CJS 605 in the semester during which he or she will graduate. and the student must one time, can only be repeated This Studies approval. Director of Graduate (3 credits) in a section of this the semester in which they plan to graduate. be registered -

CJS 533 – Crime Prevention CJS 533 – Crime techniques, basis and application of crime prevention course will examine the theoretical This defensible space, crime patterns, choice, rational theory, activity with an emphasis on routine A wide range experimental design and situational crime prevention. through crime prevention practicality, weaknesses, strengths, The and potential solutions will be explored. of problems this will also be assessed. Further, approaches and ethics of crime prevention policy challenges, the evaluation course will include a close examination of the methodological issues surrounding (3 credits) studies. research of crime prevention CJS 532 – Psychology and the Legal System CJS 532 – Psychology legal and criminal jus- within the American the study of human behavior involves course This developmental and clinical focusing primarily on the study of social, cognitive, tice systems, psychology of legal a variety course will address This as applied to these systems. psychology profiling), criminal child custody, competency, insanity, issues (e.g., including forensic topics, prisons, issues (e.g., nullification, selection), and punishment publicity, pretrial jury issues (e.g., sex offenders). (3 credits) death penalty, CJS 531 – Witnesses, Suspects and Investigative Interviewing and Investigative Suspects CJS 531 – Witnesses, legal and criminal jus- within the American the study of human behavior involves course This developmental and clinical psychology focusing on the study of social, cognitive, tice systems, memory course will primarily address issues and investigative This as applied to these systems. (3 credits) interviewing suspects. of witnesses and criminal CJS 530 – Women and Crime CJS 530 – Women as it of this course is to extend our knowledge about crime and the justice process purpose The in patterns and this course examines variations specifically, More pertains to the female offender. - sys Justice in the Criminal experiences victimization, and women’s women’s female criminality, and victimization, and women of crime interpretations theoretical tem as victims and offenders, (3 credits) and corrections. the legal profession, in policing, CJS 529 – Directed Research in Criminal Justice in Criminal CJS 529 – Directed Research approval Dean’s member and Faculty Prerequisite: to conduct the ability demonstrated students who have is designed for graduate course This of a the approval have Students must issues. specific justice system involving individual research It in this course. Studies prior to enrolling and the Dean of the School of Justice member faculty (3 credits) hours. to a maximum of six credit be retaken may CJS 526 – Managing Crisis and Disaster Crisis CJS 526 – Managing response post-crisis/disaster justice agencies’ crisis and disaster; criminal of international Coverage recovery. community and of practitioner the management efforts to address as are is investigated the Family and CJS 527 – Violence causes of The States. of domestic violence in the United course focuses on the problem This analyzed. are modalities developed for offenders treatment the various domestic violence and of those suspected of domestic vio and incarceration the arrest movement to require recent The Justice in Criminal Topics CJS 528 – Special This and students select specific, contemporary issues for detailed analysis. justice system Faculty each time. the topic is different provided hours, of six credits to a maximum be retaken course may (3 credits) Course Descriptions Course (3 credits) (3 credits) lence is considered.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 416 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 419 - - Dance/Performance London only Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Fall DANCE 290 – Introduction to Choreography 290 – Introduction DANCE Concentration Dance Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of instructor 201; or consent 200, DANCE Prerequisites: and energy. time, of space, the elements through of choreography basic concepts Introduces - of composi and evaluation performance, analysis, emphasize composition, assignments Daily (3 credits) Fall of the semester. at the end studio performance Includes tional works. History Dance 310 – DANCE Concentration in the Dance Core a course requirement Fulfills to and the Renaissance the Middle Ages Examines the history and development of dance from and Pacific Asian, African, European, Emphasizes the influence of Western the 20th century. performance post-modern and today’s dance revolution which led to the modern Basin cultures, artists. I-VI 319 – Repertory and Performance 318, 317, 315, 316, 314, DANCE (by audition only) repertory qualified students extensive with the RWU and performance experience Provides - on a regu choreographers with visiting guest artists Students work and faculty Theatre. Dance Dance College to the American perform in on- and off-campus travel and lar basis, concerts, work will be assigned for each semester’s One credit for workshops and performances. Festivals students must Interested held each semester. are Auditions up to a maximum of six semesters. Spring Fall, (each 1 credit) concerning audition requirements. see the department faculty I, II, III, IV and Improvisation Technique 321, 401, 402 – Advanced 320, DANCE 301, 302; or consent of instructor for higher levels DANCE Prerequisites: and technical work, repertory, on advanced Focuses Designed for the serious student of dance. 401, 402: each 1 321, DANCE 320: 3 credits; (DANCE the development of performance quality. credit) London Technique: 325 – Advanced DANCE faculty 321; or consent of department 320, DANCE Prerequisites: Each will be required the field of dance. to students who exhibit special talents in Offered and repertory. improvisation, in technique, to challenge and maximize his or her abilities Humphrey/Limon, working knowledge of the theories and techniques of Graham, solid Requires , Fall and Ballet. (3 credits) Horton Cunningham, (London) reports. and complete written participate discussions, mances a week, in group Fall (3 credits) DANCE 340 – Performance Lab and Movement Analysis Lab and Movement 340 – Performance DANCE standing or consent of instructor Junior Prerequisite: vocal, Through performance quality. of developing a strong students with the process Acquaints emphasizing the cre in stage presence each student enhances skills text, and body techniques, to and apply movement Students will be introduced ation of performance focus and grounding. as useful tools for Technique Alexander theories and techniques of Laban, Ideokinesis, analysis preparation career on auditioning techniques and professional performance development. Work or Spring Fall (3 credits) will be addressed. London Art: and Performance 350 – British Dance DANCE 490 THEAT Co-requisite: 350.) substitute this course for THEAT in dance may Concentration (Students pursuing a Core and performance art in Britain, and to movement theatre, Offers opportunities to see dance, perfor several Students attend influences of Britain on these performing arts. study the cultural - Fall, Spring Fall, London only , Spring Fall (3 credits) DANCE 131 – Mime Workshop 131 – DANCE focus on the concept Strong techniques and philosophies of mime. the fundamental Explores Solo and development. to stage movement and character relationship of body isolation and the constructed and critiqued. (3 credits) are ensemble mime pieces I, II, Improvisation and Technique Modern/Jazz 221, 301, 302 – Intermediate 220, DANCE III, IV for higher levels 201; or consent of instructor 200, DANCE Prerequisites: Emphasizes furtherHigh-intermediate-level development of each student’s dance technique. Encourages and sound environment. movement styles between technique and the relationship and impro complex patterns more the study of through performance ability students to increase DANCE 101 – The Creative Athlete Creative 101 – The DANCE Concentration Dance Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of movement. to the athleticism in relation and artistic expression process Examines creative Emphasizes styles. and techniques, theories, include important movement principles, Topics to these principles skills applied as a means of communication. Athletic understanding the body live concerts of selected movement artists addition, students attend and In projects. and creative $50) (3 credits) Fall Fee: Trip (Field write critiques of the performances. 211 – Ballet I, II 210, DANCE 201; or consent of instructor 200, DANCE Prerequisites: relationship Emphasizes ballet’s of ballet at elementary study The and high-intermediate levels. (DANCE combinations. allegro and grand and petite adagio, in barre, Work to modern dance. Spring Fall, 211: 1 credit) DANCE 210: 3 credits; DANCE/PERFORMANCE I, II and Improvisation Technique 201 – Elementary Modern/Jazz 200, DANCE Concentration in the Dance Core a course requirement Fulfills 150; or major status DANCE Prerequisite: understanding Emphasizes structure. Elementary to rhythmic study of dance and its relationship 201: 3 credits) DANCE credits; 200: 3 (DANCE kinesthesis and modern and jazz idioms. of one’s Spring Fall, London Technique: 225 – Intermediate DANCE 301, 302; or consent of department faculty DANCE Prerequisites: level. Designed for students who must complete additional technical work on the intermediate knowledge of techniques associated with students increase addition to class performance, In Fall (3 credits) modern, ballet and dance masters. Course Descriptions Course Technique to Dance Introduction 150 – DANCE Concentration in the Dance Core a course requirement Fulfills contemporary various familiarization of the student with dance as an art form through Explores skills and the development of kin- Emphasizes the acquisition of basic dance dance techniques. the student with no dance For awareness. and rhythmic qualities, energy esthetic perception, training. I, II Styles Dance and Theatre 161, 162 – Tap DANCE study of tap and period social Includes used in performance. dance idioms as they are Explores etc.). (3 credits) Fall, Waltz, Viennese Walk, Cake the Blues, dance (Charleston, Swing-Lindy, Spring Spring Fall, 221, 301, and 302: each 1 credit) DANCE 220: 3 credits; visation. (DANCE

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 418 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 421 ------Economics (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) city and choices made by individuals and businesses. Topics include resource allocation, price include resource Topics choices made by individuals and businesses. and city mar various costs and revenue, economic behavior, mechanism, supply and demand, optimizing basic The government intervention advantage. and comparative failure, market structures, ket such as minimum interest will be applied to topics of current analysis tools of microeconomic legislation and competition policy. wage ECON 102 – Principles of Microeconomics ECON 102 – Principles of scar dealing with the problem of as a system economy to the modern market introduction An Macroeconomics ECON 201 – Intermediate concentration. in the economics core a course requirement Fulfills ECON 101 and mathematics at level or above of college algebra Prerequisite: and activities of contempo institutions, of the basic characteristics, analysis a deeper Provides mon- discussed include inflation, unemployment, government Topics rary economies. market full employment and economic growth. etary and fiscal policy, ECONOMICS of Macroeconomics ECON 101 – Principles and implica- causes, measurement, The to the study of the national economy. introduction An the effects of government examined, as are are tions of inflation, unemployment, and recessions out and Classical theories of include the Keynesian covered Topics fiscal and monetary policies. theories and the application of macro Reserve System, put and price determination, the Federal interest. to events of current ics or periods important to the study of East Asia on an introductory/intermediate level. Focus level. Focus importantics or periods an introductory/intermediate study of East Asia on to the will Readings focus. or global include a regional countries and may or more be on one may China Communist include: topics may primaryinclude both Possible secondary and sources. Silk Britain; The and Great Japan Countries: of Island Imperialism and Film; Art in Literature, Spring etc. (3 credits) and Culture; Society Asian History, in East Women Road; in East Asian Studies Topics ASIA 430: Special This course may substitute for ASIA 450 Minor. Asian Studies in the East a course requirement Fulfills Studies Minor Advisor Asian with permission of the East or senior standing or consent of instructor ASIA 100; junior Prerequisites: topics interdisciplinary is a variable seminar that allows in-depthThis study of a specific topic or primary East Asia. Students will read to the study of and secondaryperiod relevant and sources Special offering (3 credits) paper. complete a research Asian Studies in ASIA 450 – Colloquium or Asian Studies minor, for East ASIA 100 and completion of 4 additional courses required Prerequisite: consent of instructor Asian Studies minor for the East a course requirement Fulfills of East philosophical and political traditions to cultural, is devoted to topics related course This the course will Depending on the instructor, ancient to modern times. Asian civilizations from of select religion and/or politics, philosophy, language, history, economics, art,integrate culture, capstone course for East Asian This a whole. as ed East Asian societies to a study of the region to employ skills and experiences of students the coursework, knowledge, Studies will integrate and a trans-disciplinary analysis coupled with substantive research, of the region understanding presentation. ASIA 299: Special Topics in East Asian Studies in East Topics Special ASIA 299: Asian Studies Minor in the East a course requirement Fulfills Prerequisite: top specific interdisciplinary topics is a variable students to explore course that will allow This - - - - - Fall, Spring Fall, EAST ASIAN STUDIES of Asian Studies ASIA 100 – Foundations and philosophical events historical, cultural to the broad an introduction course provides This among and Korea of this important that includes China, Japan, and traditions geopolitical region to major historical, political and economic developments over Attention other important states. The the region. and philosophical underpinnings that characterize to the cultural as as well time, of Asian countries internationally in the and interactions questions about the roles course raises 21st century Spring global context. (3 credits) DANCE 425 – Kinesiology for Dancers – Kinesiology 425 DANCE or junior standing Sophomore Prerequisite: Concentration in the Dance Core a course requirement Fulfills in move of its innate capabilities the human body and awareness and function of structure The DANCE 390 – Choreography for the Theatre for the 390 – Choreography DANCE or consent of instructor 290; DANCE Prerequisite: for use in the the visual styles and sequences, patterns, of movement study and composition The Study – Independent 410 DANCE with the department special arrangement through study in dance/performance Individualized (1-3 credits) or the academic advisor. faculty in Society Artist Performance 435 – The DANCE standing Junior Prerequisite: Concentration in the Dance Core a course requirement Fulfills beginning with the artistic- on the influence of performance artists revolu in society Focuses performance art in the fields. trends and concluding with current era tions during the Victorian in their work and how of these artists reflected Examines how the philosophies and theories are practical Includes performance artthey ultimately impact the development of new directions. world, including discussions of funding agencies, skills needed to survive as an artist in today’s (3 credits) and grant-writing. techniques, production Analysis and Rhythmic Concepts, Musical Techniques, 460 – Teaching DANCE 425 or consent of instructor; senior standing DANCE Prerequisites: move and creative improvisation, teaching theories and principles for dance, various Presents Course Descriptions Course and choreograph research Students compositional techniques. upon modern dance Based atre. Greek cultures, non-Western from ranging productions theatrical different from selected styles (3 credits) Spring dance. contemporary to musicals and post-modern drama and Elizabethan observable that underlie individual perfor movement and the factors voluntary, ment. Analyzes (3 credits) Spring basic kinesiological principles. through mances and learning differences Theatre 440 – Movement DANCE 290; or consent of instructor DANCE 131, THEAT Prerequisites: pan- mime, Students use their skills in dance, techniques and styles. movement theatre Explores masks, assignments involve Creative and acting to develop original performance pieces. tomime, which serves a final project as a substantial Requires and costumes. video, props, text, puppetry, (3 credits) Fall component for the course. populations. students for structuring levels and for different classes on various ment to prepare technical devel alignment and proper of dance and movement and its application to physics The structures, musical and sound resources, acquainted with opment will be studied. Students are or Spring Fall (3 credits) school systems. Each student will teach in regional analysis. and rhythmic

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 420 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 423 - Education Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, By arrangement (3 credits) (1-3 credits) ment from early infancy to adulthood. The roles of motivation, intelligence, and socio-economic intelligence, of motivation, roles early infancy to adulthood. The ment from theories of learning and discuss distinct Students evaluate attention. considerable status receive learning. in the development and assessment of their students’ that teachers play the vital role course includes a field experience in an urban public school. (3 credits) This EDU 202 – Psychology of Learning and Development 202 – Psychology EDU and maturation. how learning is influenced by development, experience, course explores This factors in develop and personality cultural, of cognitive, major focus is on the interaction The EDUCATION of Education 200 – Foundations EDU to become and decide whether they want the profession enables students to explore course The examines historical, philosophical, and social issues of teaching and curriculum The teachers. course includes This and student research. class discussions, selected readings, learning through research to write and present required Students are a field experience in an urban public school. report based on their of the school” issue in education and to compile a “culture on a current (3 credits) field experiences. achieve growth? Topics include the stylized facts of growth, the role of physical and human capi- physical of the role facts of growth, the stylized include Topics achieve growth? tal and technology. Trade – International ECON 350 concentration. economics core in the a course requirement Fulfills 102 ECON Prerequisite: include addressed Issues in theory trade course considers international and in practice. This developing nations; the in developed and of workers and the welfare trade nations trade; why - economics integra and WTO NAFTA, quotas and other instruments of protection; use of tariffs, of special trade-related problems The benefits of international migration. tion; and the costs and also discussed. the historydeveloping countries and are system of the international trading (3 credits) Macroeconomics ECON 360 – International concentration. core in the economics a course requirement Fulfills ECON 101 Prerequisite: international monetary capital system, of the current an understanding course provides This include the balance of Topics in an open economy. policy decisions and macroeconomic flows, Government and arbitrage. attacks speculative currency markets, exchange foreign payments, issues such as Contemporary will be analyzed. rates and flexible exchange policies under fixed and the debt crisis, Union, Monetary European Fund, Monetary of the International the role examined. and South East Asia are financial crises in Mexico in Economics Topics ECON 430 – Special concentration. in the economics core a course requirement Fulfills of instructor Consent Prerequisite: Provides in consultation with faculty. chosen by students study in areas Selected topics provide in economics. level of course work or research an advanced ECON 469 – Economics COOP standing and consent of instructor Junior Prerequisites: to for a supervised experience in a field related academic credit professional provides course This economics. - - - (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) ECON 330 – Economics of Developing Countries ECON 330 – Economics of Developing concentration. in the economics core a course requirement Fulfills ECON 102 Prerequisite: focuses on the development challenges faced by the developing and the least devel course This ECON 320 – Resource and Environmental Economics and Environmental ECON 320 – Resource concentration. in the economics core a course requirement Fulfills ECON 101 or ECON 102 Prerequisite: than government inter rather markets examines how under certain course situations free This ECON 340 – Economic Growth concentration. in the economics core a course requirement Fulfills ECON 101 Prerequisite: using both theoretical will be explored rates income levels and growth Differences in countries’ in living what causes differences main questions to be addressed: The and empirical frameworks. countries; which policies can sustain and over time and across and economic growth standards Special Offering of looking at is a unique way This the environment. the best method to protect vention are cause these prob markets since most pundits believe that problems and environmental resources to as “free is a survey class in support This of the arguments of what is commonly referred lems. in particular how economists, of the course is to reveal purpose The environmentalism.” market and how they would problems and environment view resource environmentalists, market free policy environmental create unemployment, population inequality, poverty, studied are oped countries in the world. Topics health, and international relations degradation, urbanization, environmental illiteracy, growth, world development experience and possible policy options in with the developed world. Real classic economic models along with relevant part are of the course, dealing with these problems of development. ECON 310 – Monetary Economics ECON 310 – Monetary concentration. core in the economics a course requirement Fulfills ECON 101 Prerequisite: an overview provides with an in-depth course of the financial system, This of the examination include the covered Topics economy. bank in a market and goals of a central tools, structure, and the determi- supply process determined; the money are rates mechanism by which interest and the effect of finan- financial innovations; and nants of money demand; banking regulations Reserve Federal policies of the U.S. and structure The disturbances on the economy. cial market Bank. Central including the European banks, to other major central will be compared ECON 303– Introduction to Econometrics ECON 303– Introduction concentration. core in the economics a course requirement Fulfills 124. equivalent; MATH 141 or 102; MATH ECON 101 and Prerequisites: with models, methods to estimate and test economic to the use of statistical introduction An course is a hands-on applica- model. The stressing approach, regression emphasis on the linear both bivariate from testing and inference Hypothesis in economics. tions to empirical problems in the class will be stressed models regression and multivariate ECON 202 – Intermediate Microeconomics – Intermediate ECON 202 concentration. economics core in the a course requirement Fulfills at level 102 and mathematics ECON or above of college algebra Prerequisite: economy; in a market the function of prices of individual markets: a deeper analysis Introduces discussed Topics structure. market and consumers; and making by producers economic decision monopoly theory production and costs, behavior, and consumer preferences include consumer pricing. and resource Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 422 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 425 - - - Education Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Spring EDU 355 – Elementary Education Practice EDU Special Level and Middle School 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: of elementary teachers examine the characteristics school prospective and middle this course, In disor communication learning disabilities, disabilities (e.g., students with the most prevalent time Considerable classrooms. ability instruction in mixed ders) and learn about differentiating adolescents and young rights of children about, and discussing the educational is spent reading primary The emphasis in and teachers. and the legal obligations of their schools with disabilities, and evaluate indicates about how best to plan, manage, is on what research 355, however, EDU - as this is what good teachers must do regard settings, learning effectively in diverse classroom (3 credits) and inclusion. less of their politics about mainstreaming Fall 356 – Middle and Secondary Education Practice EDU Special Level School 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: 376. with EDU concurrently Taken shown by strategies is concerned primarily with those instructional course and behavioral This teach- Prospective with disabilities. people the most positive impact on young to have research of adolescents with and educational characteristics 356 examine the psychological ers in EDU the educational rights of these students and the legal obligations of their disabilities; review instructional promising and/or proven schools and teachers; and learn about, and demonstrate, approaches. the Curriculum Across 363 – Literacy EDU standing only 202 and Junior 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: dilemma can be solved if each and literacy that America’s course is based on the premise This is the domain literacy content area essence, In in its resolution. every a role to play teacher were contemporary theories and class- course explores This of all secondary teachers. content area EDU 350 – Mathematics in the Elementary 350 – Mathematics School II EDU 349 202 and EDU EDU 200, EDU Prerequisites: activi- strategies, 349 and emphasizes instructional builds upon EDU methodologies, course This K-6. concepts and skills in grades assessment, and materials for teaching mathematical ties, functions, and relations of patterns, mathematical topics in the areas key explore Participants math a local experiences include attending Field data and probability. measurement, geometry, elemen- in an elementary and teaching a math lesson education conference school. Prospective curriculum and state standards, national tary research, teachers continue to examine current in instruction.materials and the use of math manipulatives (3 credits) EDU 342 - Teaching Inquiry Science In the Elementary Inquiry Science In School 342 - Teaching EDU 341 EDU Prerequisites: Students science in elementary to teach inquiry-based students classrooms. course prepares This content and inquiry knowledge of science will apply their to evaluate practice as a pedagogical elementary an inquiry to plan and deliver in science curricula, chil unit, and to assess science national and state standards, research, elementary examine current teachers Prospective dren. math manipulatives in instruction. and the use of (3 credits) materials, curriculum - with their intern Students will work closely guided field experiences. in various learning dren's science teaching and into inquiry-based insights and gain powerful on ship teachers and reflect learning in the elementary Spring school. (3 credits) in the Elementary 349 – Mathematics School I EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: course is the first of a two-coursesThis instructional sequence that emphasizes methodologies, in teaching mathematical concepts and skills assessment, and materials for activities, strategies, whole solving, of problem mathematical topics in the areas key explore Participants K-6. grades include observing experiences Field numbers. and rational number theory, numbers operations, math instruction during interviews and conducting clinical students in school setting with chil - - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, sity, social class diversity, and exceptionalities, as well as discussion of such issues as racism, sex as discussion of such issues as racism, as well and exceptionalities, social class diversity, sity, (3 credits) of bias. ism, ageism, ableism, and other expressions 341 – Science in the ElementaryEDU School 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: 302 with or after EDU concurrently be taken Must to teaching science and assessing student ideas and approaches explore teachers Prospective of inquiry intro Applications are based on the national science standards. learning which are science concepts. experience for helping students learn about key classroom duced as the central Selected topics lend themselves to an interdisciplinary to teaching and learning. approach (3 credits) EDU 330 – Issues in Multicultural Education in Multicultural 330 – Issues EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: educational theory students to multicultural in the United introduces and practice course This diver religious diversity, linguistic and cultural and ethnic diversity, include racial Topics States. EDU 306 – Classroom Applications of Technology at the Middle and Secondary School Level of Technology Applications 306 – Classroom EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: all of the National 306 addresses EDU of all secondary is required education majors. course This - course covers technology integra The (NETS-T). for Teachers Standards Education Technology legal and ethical issues at the secondarytion and assessment strategies and middle school levels, as the use of a wide as well planning and funding, technology assistive technology, in technology, (3 credits) Fall applications. software and hardware of variety EDU 303 – Literacy in the Elementary 303 – Literacy EDU School II 302 202 and EDU EDU 200, EDU Prerequisites: participants II, in the Elementary Literacy Literacy 302: course builds on EDU School I. In This primary The focus is theories of teaching the English Language Arts. continue their exploration writing; (2) of instruction, to writing types including: (1) the forms and related and practices per A second focus is conventions. (3) the English Language Arts of writing; and the process EDU 302 – Literacy in the Elementary 302 – Literacy EDU School I 202 and EDU 200 EDU Prerequisites: of the knowledge children’s of young and development the emergence course examines This and the teaching reading is the teaching of focus of this course major The Arts. English Language examines course The contexts. formal and informal group in and listening strategies of speaking as defined in contemporary standards. practice and literacy literacy theories of teaching current experiences in Field teaching materials. as a tool for locating literacy Students use technology working with a child in a or this course include participating in a voluntary program reading public school. (3 credits) Fall at the Elementary and Middle School Level of Technology Applications 305 – Classroom EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: all of the National 305 addresses EDU of all elementary is required education majors. course This - course covers technology integra The (NETS-T). for Teachers Standards Education Technology legal and ethical at the elementarytion and assessment strategies and middle school levels, as the use of as well technology planning and funding, assistive technology, issues in technology, (3 credits) applications. and software of hardware a wide variety Course Descriptions Course a reading/ learn how to design and implement Participants assessment. formance based literacy tutoring experiences include Field standards. based on current writing performance assessment performance assessment in a a literacy and conducting a voluntarythrough program reading 355. (3 credits) with EDU Spring or concurrently prior to, course is taken public school. This

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 424 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 427 - Education (3 credits) (3 credits) On Demand (3 credits) (3 credits) EDU 381 – Young Adolescent Development Adolescent 381 – Young EDU - psychologi physical, to examine the key an opportunity students with course provides This adolescence. of young the developmental stages that characterize cal, and social needs changes of this unique phase of to the complexities understanding issues related Emphasis is placed on environments. context of middle school classroom development within the and School Organization Curriculum 382 – Middle School EDU Emphasis and policies. programs, contemporary middle school curricula, course investigates This and organizational implementation of developmentally appropriate and is placed on the creation and mission of middle the underlying philosophy Students also examine practices. curricular school education. made before a review panel composed of faculty members and field-based professionals. professionals. and field-based members panel composed of faculty a review made before Intersession Winter Spring, Fall, (3 credits) in Education Topics 380 – Special EDU semester to semester. from varies focus In-depth education. Specific study of some aspect of for credit, be repeated May in education. course work or research level of an advanced Provides (1-3 credits) single topic only once. study a but students may and Assessment Middle School Instruction 383 – Applied EDU 382 381 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: include inter Topics in this course. discussed are Middle level teaching and learning strategies Emphasis is placed on and mentorships. disciplinary teams, instruction, working in collaborative instruction and performance- of standards-based the design, development, and implementation supervisedbased assessment. Students complete a 60-hour field placement as part of this course. (3 credits) Ethology and History of Dance 388 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: Education majors focuses on how social, historical and cultural Dance for PK-12 course This movements affect dance as an artand how dance serves form, important societal functions, concert and teaching social historical, reconstruction, and world for research, Methodologies (3 credits) Spring standards. to appropriate and linked presented dances in public education are Inquiry Secondary through Mathematics 390 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: the concepts taught in the secondary reviews in the course school mathematics classroom This course The and functions. patterns and algebra, number theory, of number and operations, areas and uses of instructional materials, of instructional methodologies, emphasizes demonstration pre-service solving to prepare in problem teachers of representations of a variety demonstration Participants in an authentic and meaningfulto teach and communicate mathematical ideas way. learning and instruc mathematics - regarding to national and state standards also introduced are experiences include observing during math instruction, adolescents in school settings tion. Field activity. mathematical and leading a group interviewing students, EDU 391 – Teaching Secondary Mathematics: Geometry, Data, and Trigonometry Data, Secondary Geometry, Mathematics: 391 – Teaching EDU 390 EDU 202, EDU 200, EDU Prerequisites: the concepts taught in the secondary course reviews in the school mathematics classroom This course emphasizes demonstration The and trigonometry. data and probability, of geometry, areas of a variety and demonstration uses of instructional materials, of instructional methodologies, pre-service solving to prepare in problem teachers to teach and communicate of representations continue to use national Participants mathematical ideas in an authentic and meaningful way. mathematics learning and instruction. 15 hours of fieldwork regarding and state standards include co-teaching and teaching assignments. - - - This course is offered in two in two This course is offered This course is offered in two Saturday sessions during the Fall sessions during the Fall Saturday in two This course is offered EDU 372 – Issues in Elementary Education – Issues Health 372 EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: teachers to become knowledgeable in the national is designed to enable prospective course This Health Island Rhode The for elementary Education Standards students. Health Island and Rhode include: explored which are Topics for this course. used as content standards are Frameworks sub and issues regarding health-enhancing disease prevention, health promotion, behaviors, EDU 370 – Social Studies in the Elementary 370 – Social Studies EDU School courses All advanced methods Prerequisites: designed to be a culmination of all prior education Level II is final course in Curriculum This instruc which lead to the - principles and procedures theoretical explore coursework. Participants in the elementary of social studies also emphasizes the tenets course tional practice school. This use of the and the units, integrated the development of content area learning, of cooperative once again are practices the curriculum across addition, literacy In in the classroom. Internet throughout is integrated to bring participants of how literacy to a clear understanding reviewed for Social Standards and National revisited are for literacy standards Current the school day. observing experiences include a local public a social studies lesson in Field reviewed. Studies are (3 credits) Fall lesson using a lesson analyzer template. school and analyzing the room practice in regard to content area reading and writing. It is designed to provide practical practical is designed to provide It and writing. reading area to content in regard practice room potential literacy student’s to a tied directly that are instructional and writing strategies reading of secondary comprehension and persuasive textbooks and supplementarydifficulties, materials, for both pre-service course is suitable This and reports. writing research and writing, descriptive (3 credits) in-serviceFall teachers. in Middle and Secondary Education 373 – Issues Health EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: alcohol and other drug use, topics in health education, including tobacco, explores course This and disease prevention personal safety and family life, mental and emotional health, sexuality to participants basic knowledge and sensitivity is designed to provide with sound, It and control. and to assist lives, during their professional confront some of the most difficult issues they may (1 credit) issues. to these skills relative them in developing appropriate Experience) (Field – Elementary 375 EDU Education Practicum Experiences of the Office of Field Consent Prerequisites: Students are pre-service is designed to prepare course teachers for student teaching. This placed in a public school for a and are to the continuum of teacher development introduced minimum of 100 hours of in-class participation. teaching activities dur Students perform several Experience) (Field 376 – SecondaryEDU Education Practicum Experiences of the Office of Field Consent Prerequisites: Students are pre-service course is designed to prepare teachers for student teaching. This placed in a public school for a to the continuum of teacher development and are introduced minimum of 100 hours of in-class participation. teaching activities dur Students perform several Course Descriptions Course (1 credit) stance abuse and child abuse. and Spring and Spring sessions during the Fall Saturday Clinical Supervisors visit participants in their school settings. ing the semester and University as their growth reviewing presentation, an oral students prepare the end of Practicum, Toward is presentation student teach. The to their readiness teachers and demonstrating prospective members and field-based professionals. panel composed of faculty a review made before Intersession Winter Spring, Fall, (3 credits) Clinical Supervisors visit participants in their school settings. and University ing the semester, as their growth reviewing presentation, an oral students prepare the end of practicum, Toward is presentation to student teach. The their readiness teachers and demonstrating prospective

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 426 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 429 Education (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) EDU 413 – Capstone: Ways of Knowing – History and Social Studies of Knowing Ways 413 – Capstone: EDU or consent of instructor. 397, 202, 396, 200, EDU Prerequisites: – Historyan instructional and Social Studies is methodology course designed of Knowing Ways that lead to engaging practices and classroom ideas, to expose students to the basic principles, EDU 411 – Capstone: Science Education 411 – Capstone: EDU consent of instructor. or 392, 393, 202, 200, EDU Prerequisites: pursuing secondary who are the culminating science education course for undergraduates is This is the aspects of the science classroom management of all science teacher certification. Proper many Since it is taught in conjunction with Practicum, principal focus of this capstone course. implemented in high are programs to the manner in which science directly course topics relate such Other areas integration. testing and curriculum topics include high-stakes New schools. during earlier courses are introduced and instructional design that were as assessment, inquiry, depth. in greater explored Literature Adolescent Multicultural 412 – Capstone: EDU consent of instructor. or 394, 395, 202, 200, EDU Prerequisites: in a secondary enrolled is designed as the capstone experience for undergraduates course This - tradi (1) to explore main objectives for this course are: three The English Education program. - for adoles tional, contemporary fiction, non-fiction, and media appropriate and multicultural contexts for talking about books and media in the high school classroom cents; (2) to explore community. classroom responsive components of a culturally and (3) to explore classroom; high school responsive experiences add to participants' a culturally knowledge of creating Field English classroom. EDU 399 – Teaching Literacy to World Language Learners to World Literacy 399 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: primary The promote focus of this course is communicative language learning and teaching to emphasis is on high school levels The instruction in a second language. in literacy best practice world language prospective course is designed to provide Placement. The and Advanced III-V teachers with the skills necessaryapply sound educational and language acquisition theories to examples The and the writing process. comprehension to the teaching and assessment of reading intermediate and instruction principles of language learning will come from of these organizing sec- addition, this course requires In language. second language learners of a world to advanced ondary to complete 15 hours in the field observing world language teacher candidates the teach- or literary as planning and teaching a cultural lesson with ing and learning of a language as well teacher in a high school setting. a cooperating Teachers of history will discover and explore ways to activate the “historian” present in all stu- present the “historian” to activate of history ways explore will discover and Teachers historical events. think critically about and help students consciousness, heighten historical dents, observing experiences include history and learning of the teaching Field high school class- in the as co-teaching as well teacher. room a cooperating lesson with inquiry-based an and Culture Languages World Standards-based 398 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: and empha- primaryThe and teaching, this course is communicative language learning focus of levels I and II). 6-10 (up to high school language learners in grades sizes teaching beginning necessary world language teachers with the skills prospective course is designed to provide The beginning world language and language acquisition theories to the to apply sound educational prin- organizing examples of these The national standards). in the ACTFL (as reflected classroom language learners beginning second and instructionciples of language learning will come from secondary this course requires addition, In in the early stages of instruction in a world language. observing candidates to complete 15 hours in the field world language teacher the teaching and teaching a contextualized, communicative lesson as planning and as well learning of a language teacher. with a cooperating - - (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) EDU 392 – Teaching Secondary Inquiry through Science 392 – Teaching EDU 202 and EDU 200 EDU Prerequisites: and assess how to plan, deliver, learning science involves to teach inquiry-based Preparation knowl students to apply their course enables This and student learning. curricula appropriate Course Descriptions Course with best practices general and content and inquiryedge of science practice, as a pedagogical of participate addition, students in a variety In laboratory to science and safety. activities respect - insights into science teaching and learn on them to gain powerful field experiences and reflect ing in the secondary school. processes. edge of adolescent literacy in the High School Writing 395 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: in a secondary enrolled English Education program. is designed for undergraduates course This of writing instruction and assess- theories and best practices objective is to explore main The and context, the writing include the components of writing instruction: the process ment. Topics the study of English language and and the application of English language conventions; genres, participants actively engaged in a writer’s are Course and morphology. semantics, structure, experiences focus on Field for their own classrooms. workshop while learning how to design one media and writing curriculum. in Context 396 – Historical Thinking EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: Is States. state of history focuses primarily on the current education in the United course This the teaching of history memory intended to pass on a particular primarily a collective exercise students to history intended to prepare version of the past? Is education a disciplinary exercise to these ques- Students examine how the answers think critically about the past and its legacy? and the teaching of history. historical knowledge, of historical thinking, tions inform the nature experiences include observing the teaching and learning of historyField in the high school class- as co-teaching as well teacher. room instruction lesson with a cooperating a direct 397 – Historical Inquiry in Context EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: primary inquiry-based The focus of this course is to enhance the engagement of students through of ideas and course offers a rich variety teaching and learning in the secondary The classroom. problem the selection of content, methods, historical thinking, for teachers regarding resources learning. to assess students’ and ways discussion, the use of primary deliberative sources, solving, EDU 393 – Standards-Based Science in the Secondary 393 – Standards-Based EDU School 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: them to prepare exemplary designed students with experiences that are course provides This science at the secondaryfor successfully teaching science teaching is a complex level. Because course participants design and test instruc- experience, that is best learned through activity Science Education the National guided by and assessing science, to teaching tional approaches under the guidance of field experiences, addition, students participate in a variety In Standards. into science teaching and insights to gain powerful on them in order and reflect of professionals, learning in the secondary school. High School in the and Literature Reading 394 – Teaching EDU 202 200 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: in a secondary enrolled English Education Program. is designed for undergraduates course This instruc- of English literacy theories and best practices current objective is to explore main The and reader comprehension, reading fluency, include: reading tion and assessment. Topics is a complex topic, course participants Because English literacy theories and practice. response possibilities for actively engaged in designing instructional materials and organizational are experiences add to participants' knowl Field environment. classroom building an active literate

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 428 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 431 - - - - - Education (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) qualitative and quantitative research and to write and present a review of the research on a cur the research of a review write and present and to and quantitative research qualitative required. are settings experiences in diverse Field issue in education. rent in Social Justice Perspectives Research: in Educational 502 – Foundations EDU an overview and eco political course provides psychological, historical, sociological, of the This and gain insights knowledge Students will acquire America. on education in nomic influences affect student learning and and practices policies, structures, into how societal and educational in the and conceptual grounding students a theoretical course is designed to offer The outcomes. for diverse populations in and philosophical underpinnings of education historical, sociopolitical and social iden- diversity equity, as equality, such matters Students will explore States. the United inter This part society. an integral of schooling in a democratic are and how these concepts tity, that understands that way upon education in a disciplinary allows students to reflect approach of features and structural in the cultural a dominant role but play not neutral, are school settings Summer (2 credits) within our society. structures to power in particularly it relates as society, and Development in Learning 503 – Research EDU to related research to study recent an opportunity course provides Educational Psychology This course foci of this The its influence on teaching/learning processes. human development and and personality. development, temperament cognition, social/emotional include language, tests, standardized and evaluating to understanding Emphasis is also placed on concepts related expe learning and development. Field and other means of measuring performance assessments, required. are riences in diverse settings and Learning of Development 504 – Psychology EDU that is critical for skillful focuses on knowledge of the development of children course This only be can that will nurture and challenge children of an environment creation The teaching. foci The developmental abilities and needs. a child’s accomplished when a teacher can appreciate and per temperament development, cognition, social/emotional of this course include language, and socio-economic intelligence, motivation, status will also receive of culture, role The sonality. course will be run as a seminar. The attention. considerable Literacy and Information 506 – 21st Century EDU Classrooms and the use of tech- of technology into the classroom of the course is the integration focus The National all of the course addresses This tool for teachers. and research nology as a productivity (2 credits) (NETS-T). for Teachers Standards Technology I to Elementary Practices Literacy 507 – Introduction EDU 504 503 or EDU 502 and EDU 501 or EDU EDU Prerequisites: knowledge of the children’s and development of young examines the emergence course This and speaking, of reading, major focus of this course is the teaching The English Language Arts. groundwork course lays The contexts. in formal and informal multicultural listening strategies as defined practice literacy and in teaching literacy research of knowledge by examining current include experiences in this course Field Level Expectations (GLE’s). Grade Island in the Rhode participating or working with a child in a public school. Students in a voluntary program reading competence in using instructional technology. must also demonstrate EDU 508 – Multicultural Education/Urban Education Education/Urban 508 – Multicultural EDU in Elementary Education for the MAT a course requirement Fulfills out, in both played are and language stratification race Schools continue to be places where the educa- Despite efforts discrimination in schools, to address and individual ways. structural is this phenomenon that this of color continue to be unequal. It of children tional expierences Fall (3 credits) course will address. - Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall, Fall, EDU 414 – Capstone: Mathematics Education Mathematics 414 – Capstone: EDU 391, or consent of instructor. 202, 390, 200, EDU Prerequisites: emphasis is on the culture Specific at the same time as Practicum. in this course Students enroll and challeng- engaging, for motivating, and assessment strategies and teaching of the classroom, solv problem course focuses on implementing The classroom. ing students in the mathematics 450 – Student Teaching EDU 376 or EDU 375 EDU Prerequisites: As of teaching. at least 14 weeks full semester and involves place over one takes Student Teaching Supervisors Clinical observe partici- University this is a supervised experience. with Practicum, - with field-based practi and collaborate meet students in seminars, pants in their school settings, (12 credits) support, student performance. and finally to evaluate tioners to mentor, teaching and learning of history/social studies at the secondary examine and level. Students learning of history/social teaching and of social studies instruction in the secondary nature describe the Students demonstrate school. observation the and delivery through content area of the social studies an understanding of learning of teaching and practice upon the instruction, critically reflect and they standards-based (3 credits) for all students. social studies and Books 430 – Children EDU birth to from for children classic and contemporary, books, trade to multicultural Introduction con- of genres: in a variety both text and illustrations Students examine and evaluate age nine. etc. (3 credits) Spring informational books, historical fiction, poetry, fantasy, folktales, cept books, of Educational Research 501 – Foundations EDU course examines historical, philosophical, and social issues of teaching and learning through This and analyze Students learn to interpret and student research. class discussions, selected readings, Course Descriptions Course and applying assessment tools. questioning strategies, flexible grouping, ing strategies, Language Education Foreign 415 – Capstone: EDU or consent of instructor. 399, 202, 398, 200, EDU Prerequisites: teacher candidates’ methodology course designed to extend capstone course is an advanced This lead to that best practices principles and classroom the organizing understanding of growing 15-hour field com- course has a The learning for secondarycommunicative language students. course This to Practicum. independent of the hours devoted ponent that must be completed, Island in meeting the Rhode own practice their will assist teacher candidates in improving Language Teacher Foreign and the ACTFL/NCATE (RIPTS) Standards Teacher Professional in of new research on the role describe and critically reflect also examine, Candidates Standards. Secondary Education Practicum. 376, with EDU concurrently Taken guiding practice. and Best Practices Methodology in Dance Applications 416 – Capstone: EDU instructor or consent of 388, 460 and EDU DANCE Prerequisites: further Education majors provides study of methodology and best Dance for PK-12 course This do best the question, “How Using dance. in teaching and learning as they apply to practices not only education?” students will investigate educational methodologies apply in dance practice and special concerns for dance educators similarities with other disciplines but with differences (3 credits) Fall Practicum 376, with EDU simultaneously and their students Taken Seminar 451 – Student Teaching EDU 376 or EDU 375 EDU Prerequisites: com- course is designed to complement the student teaching experience and is a required This to the continuum of in relation on their practice Students reflect ponent of that experience. (2 credits) (RIPTS). Standards Teaching Professional Island teacher development and the Rhode Spring Fall,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 430 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 433 - - - - Education (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Winter Intersession Winter ered as students engage in a series of workshop experiences with a range of materials. Each class of materials. with a range as students engage in a series of workshop experiences ered Students will concepts and techniques. artists, will focus on a particular theme and introduce for integrat Strategies their own teaching. these experiences into and transfer learn to translate Spring (2 credits) in this course. ing art covered with other disciplines will also be Social Studies and Literacy Elementary Thematic Curriculum: 521 – The EDU final methods course is designed to be a culmination of all elementaryThis education MAT teaching in a global and cul toward continued development course work and supports students’ which lead to principles and procedures theoretical explore diverse world. Participants turally across of social studies in the elementary addition, literacy the instructional practice school. In to bring participants to a clear understanding once again reviewed are practices the curriculum - revis are for literacy standards Current the school day. throughout is integrated of how literacy experiences include working Field reviewed. for Social Studies are Standards ited and National competence in using instructional Students must also demonstrate setting. in a multicultural technology. EDU 517 – Introduction to Special Education Research and Practice and Education Research Special to 517 – Introduction EDU 503 and EDU 501 EDU Prerequisites: and intervention the assessment - of special educa regarding the research course examines This participants “mainstreaming” 94-142 with Public Law become familiar Course tion students. of inclusion. Instructional the educational practice initiatives affecting most current though the in a regular needs students placed suitable for special mediation activities and student strategies Education Individual also taught to read are Participants emphasized. are (inclusion) setting observing or intervening and participate environment in a school the behalf of a on Plans (IEP’s) in using instruc competence - Students must also demonstrate an IEP. special needs student with tional technology. A field-based Experience Classroom: in the Inclusive and Practice 518 – Research EDU obligations and the legal liberties course examines the civil of students with disabilities, This disabili- of students with the most prevalent characteristics The of their schools and teachers. of placement options and servicesties—and the full continuum to them—will receive available the of will be case studies that highlight many to our discussions Central attention. considerable as they try the social and academic needs of to balance face, invariably ethical dilemmas teachers however, primary Our emphasis, and local school practice. policy, state law, with federal children settings. in diverse classroom learning effectively and evaluate manage, will be on how to plan, (4 credits) Curriculum Arts Integrated 519 – The EDU 503 501 and EDU EDU Prerequisites: and social behavioral, art education and the cognitive, theories regarding explores course This course also emphasizes strat The curriculum. the multicultural arts integrating across benefits of for teaching art, education in the elementary music, and movement egies and resources school. - curricu core subjects into the school’s these emphasis is on learning how to integrate Specific management techniques in conjunction with these classroom course also explores lum. The participants- A culminating unit on a thematic topic helps to learn to design interdisci activities. must Students Frameworks. Arts plinary Island uses the Rhode course units of instruction. This competence in using instructional technology and working in the field with also demonstrate course includes a field experience. The diverse learners. Education in Art and Materials 520 – Studio Experience: Methods EDU students to the visual arts to introduce and is designed is taught in a studio setting course This part- arts an integral of life and essen are and making art. Visual looking at, discussing, through and respect, of understanding, arts attitudes can promote education. The tial to an individual’s of the accomplishments and appreciation and foster insight into cultures provide They tolerance. artistic will be cov and conceptual development of children The multiple perspectives of others. - - (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (2 credits) Summer II (2 credits) EDU 515 – Introduction to Elementary Literacy Practices II to Elementary Practices Literacy 515 – Introduction EDU 507 EDU Prerequisite: II, participants Literacy con- I. In 507: Elementary course builds on EDU Practices This Literacy primary The focus is the research of teaching the English Language Arts. tinue their exploration (2) the of writing, to writing instruction including: (1) the forms and types related and practice A second focus of this course and (3) the English language arts conventions. of writing, process is performance-based learn to design and implement a reading/ assessment. Participants literacy Level Expectations (GLE’s). Grade Island writing performance assessment based on the Rhode and a one-time a voluntary experiences include tutoring through program visit to reading Field performance assessment. Students must also demonstrate a public school to conduct a literacy competence in using instructional technology. EDU 513 – Contemporary Issues in Health Education in Health Issues 513 – Contemporary EDU students to become knowledgeable in the K-12 is designed to enable prospective course This Frameworks Health Island Rhode The Education Standards. Health Island and Rhode National disease include: health promotion, explored Topics for this course. used as content standards are substance abuse and child abuse. regarding and issues health-enhancingprevention, behaviors, (1 credit) during each semester. Saturdays meets on two course This EDU 509 – Standards-based Science in the Elementary Science in 509 – Standards-based EDU Classroom 503. 502 and EDU or EDU 501 EDU Prerequisites: Program the Residency 504 in with EDU concurrently Taken advo It science. to standards-based related and practice research current course explores This Course Descriptions Course in science participants immersed are Course methods. use of the inquiry-based cates authentic addition, In with children. for exploring science procedures and classroom laboratory approaches course integrates This for the teaching of science. resources technological students use available work experiences include Field Science Education Standards. and the National state standards learners. with diverse ing in settings in the Elementary Mathematics Classroom 511 – Standards-based EDU 504 or EDU 503 EDU 502 and 501 or EDU EDU Prerequisites: and computation methods taught in the elementary the concepts course investigates school This uses the of instructional methodologies, on the demonstration emphasis is Specific classroom. in problem-solving of representations of a variety demonstration and of instructional materials, pre-servicein preparing mathematical ideas in an authentic teachers to teach and communicate Level Expectations Grade Island to Rhode also introduced are Participants and meaningful way. experiences Field Standards. of Mathematics of Teacher Council and the National (GLE’s) during math instruction and designing and teach- include observing in school settings children competence in using instruc- also demonstrate Students must ing a math lesson in a classroom. tional technology. Community in an Urban 512 – Fieldwork EDU by combining practice candidates to the foundational skills of reflective introduces course This The seminar meetings. with weekly fieldwork in an urban community of intensive four weeks mean- and the philosophical underpinnings for students to make a framework seminar provides observe Students will with children. and work with elementary-aged ing of their interactions will and seminar discussions Readings groups. as in small and large students individually as well second in the classroom, equity learning environments, focus on such topics as teacher identity, language and and the connections between relationships, language acquisition, student/teacher in a culminating and learning outcomes practice, their thinking, Students will share culture. faculty University course will be co-taught Williams The and Roger presentation. by Gordon members.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 432 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 435 - Education Spring (4 credits) (3 credits) Summer Summer (3 credits) (3 credits) EDU 603 – Graduate Student Teaching in Elementary Education Student Teaching 603 – Graduate EDU 601 EDU and Work of Course Completion Prerequisite: supervisors University 14 weeks. full semester of at least place over one takes Student teaching support, and mentor, to field-based practitioners with and collaborate in seminars, meet students (12 credits) student performance. finally to evaluate Seminar Teaching Student 604 – Graduate EDU 601 and EDU Work of Course Completion Prerequisite: and is a required the student teaching experience, course is designed to complement This to the continuum in relation Students examine their practice component of that experience. as they (RIPTS) Standards Teaching Professional Island and the Rhode of teacher development teaching practice. upon their student reflect II and Seminar 606 – Internship EDU teacher residency the second part and Seminar form of the year-long Internship Spring The Island to the Rhode in relation continue to examine their practice Students experience. of School Guiding Principles and the Gordon (RIPTS) Standards Teaching Professional their upon of teacher development as they reflect and use the continuum Practice, Multicultural and the philosophical a framework seminar meetings and course work offer Weekly practice. assign- Course underpinnings necessary meaning of everyday experiences. for making classroom enabling interns to apply what they have connected to experiences in the classroom, ments are and guided inquiry, for reflection time built in immediate feedback. With learned and receive and develop and refine to questions, pose and respond collect evidence, interns will apply theory, and other organizations of professional knowledge will provide Guest speakers their practice. opportunities development. for continued professional Research to Exceptionality 607 – Introduction EDU and human growth in atypical research and interpret analyze, students review, this course, In to the etiologies and related literature focus will be on the academic development. Our central disor learning disabilities, (i.e., disabilities of students with the most prevalent characteristics and emotional and mild mental retardation, speech and language disorders, ders of attention, disabilities). behavioral EDU 608 – Legal and Ethical Foundations of Special Education of Special 608 – Legal and Ethical Foundations EDU of students will uncover the most salient social, historical and legal foundations this course, In the field, such as full inclusion, dis- issues confronting special education and examine current Our initial concern will focus on the civil liberties of stu- ethics. professional and rights, ability to our dis- Central schools and teachers. and the legal obligations of their dents with disabilities, face, of the ethical dilemmas teachers invariably cussions will be case studies that highlight many state policy, law, as they try with federal academic needs of children to balance the social and and local school practice. Research to Literacy 610 – Introduction EDU before and must be taken Program Literacy of Arts in the Master the first course offered is This qualitative and quantitative and analyze interpret, Students learn how to read, other courses. any and practice. research perspectives of literacy while surveying the historical and current research the lenses of the fields of lan- through a scholarly look at the field of literacy course takes This (3 credits) Fall anthropology. and cultural cognitive psychology, literacy, guage, EDU 612 – The Power and Promise of Inclusive Classrooms Inclusive of and Promise Power 612 – The EDU a fact States contains at least one child with a disability, every in the United Virtually classroom teachers and children classroom for regular promise and great both challenges, that presents learning and evaluate primary The emphasis of this course is on how to plan, manage, alike. to design, asked increasingly as special educators are settings, effectively in diverse classroom teachers who must often educate students with classroom with regular consult, and collaborate - - (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) (4 credits) EDU 541 – Young Adolescent Development Adolescent 541 – Young EDU - psychologi physical, the key to examine students with an opportunity provides course This adolescence. developmental stages of young the cal, and social needs changes that characterize to the complexities of this unique phase of Emphasis is placed on understanding issues related environments. classroom development within the context of middle school EDU 522 – Multicultural Children’s Literature Children’s 522 – Multicultural EDU practitio multicultural for emerging literature multicultural children’s course examines This I and Seminar 526 – Internship EDU teacher residency seminar form the backbone of the year-long internship and accompanying The 606) segments. (EDU 526) and Spring (EDU is divided into Fall experience This experience. teachers four full days/ with their cooperating student interns work in classrooms 526, EDU In for examining the philosophical underpin- a framework seminar meetings provide Weekly week. nings necessary experiences and teaching practices. for making meaning of everyday classroom and the (RIPTS) Standards Teaching Professional Island Rhode is based on the curriculum The using the is measured and progress Practice, Multicultural of School Guiding Principles Gordon - applica and guided inquiry, reflection is built in for continuum of teacher development. Time tions of theory and discussion of data and other forms of evidence gath- learned in course work, and develop and refine questions, to pose and answer encouraged are Interns in classrooms. ered their practice. and Assessment Middle School Instruction 543 – Applied EDU 542 541 and EDU EDU Prerequisite: include interdisciplinary Topics discussed. are Middle level teaching and learning strategies Emphasis is placed on the design, and mentorships. teams, instruction, working in collaborative instruction and performance-baseddevelopment, and implementation of standards-based assess- ment. Students complete a 60-hour supervised field placement. Course Descriptions Course sixth first through from for children literature and utilize multicultural Students will study ners. the social and to visual literacy in relation be critically examined will genres Various grade. to introduction An levels. grade voice for specific and authorial of characterization implications skills students with the provide will be included to media tools and review selective bibliographic and presentations Class literature. and teachers of multicultural to become effective evaluators in literary represented for discussions of various genres background will provide media resources Fall (2 credits) use. and their applications for classroom contemporary for children writings and School Organization 542 – Middle School Curriculum EDU Emphasis and policies. contemporary programs, middle school curricula, investigates course This and organizational developmentally appropriate and implementation of is placed on the creation and mission of middle Students also examine the underlying philosophy practices. curricular school education. in Elementary Education Practicum 601 – Graduate EDU Work of Course Completion Prerequisite: intro Students are pre-service course is designed to prepare teachers for student teaching. This placed in a public school for a minimum duced to the continuum of teacher development and are of 100 hours of in-class participation. teaching activities during the Students perform several the Toward Clinical Supervisors visit participants in their school settings. and University semester, as prospective their growth reviewing presentation, an oral students prepare end of Practicum, a is made before presentation to student teach. The their readiness teachers and demonstrating professionals. members and field-based panel composed of faculty review

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 434 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 437 - - Spring Education Fall (4 credits) the development of individual informal instruments, and intervention strategies. Students are Students are and intervention strategies. instruments, of individual informal the development and writing: difficulties in reading demonstrated learners who have two to work with required adult. (3 credits) one young one child and Spring and Planning 635 – Assessment EDU used to are diagnostic testing and data from practices how assessment course examines This disabilities. with mild/moderate for children and instructional approaches inform curriculum of tests of cognitive abil a variety interpret, and score, to administering, Students will learn how and informal course will include an examination of formal The and academic achievement. ity instru- norm-referenced of individually administered including the use assessment strategies, observation, and func- behavioral interview techniques, assessments, curriculum-based ments, (3 credits) assessment. tional behavioral Fall Education in Literacy 638 – Clinical Experiences EDU with dif- and adults children clinical experience with school-age course offers students This examine and utilize methods of Students language arts. and related writing, ficulties in reading, testing mate prepared assessment and intervention. also learn how to adapt commercially They and and cultural rials and intervention developmental level, diagnosed needs, techniques to the and write detailed progress and Students document procedures of pupils. linguistic backgrounds (6 credits) Summer case studies. Practicum) (including Professional Professionals – Leadership for Literacy 650 EDU include Topics consultant/specialist. of the reading the basic responsibilities addresses course This selection of instructional and supervision arts and language organization programs; of reading instruction; planning and implementing staff development; of classroom materials; evaluation - arts and consulting with vari and manage language classrooms; working with teachers to organize a minimum of 35 hours to spend required Students are within the school community. ous groups consultant. (3 credits) a reading with field experience working directly in an approved Education Internship – Special 651 EDU educa- the special supervisor, of the school principal and special education the direction Under instruction as instructional as well direct supporttion intern will provide to students with mild- will also work collaboratively Interns settings. disabilities in individual and small group moderate - as appropri and other professionals instructional aides, education teachers, general with parents, the instruction and evaluate with disabilities of students manage, to plan, deliver, ate in order Education will also assist in the development of Individual Interns settings. in mainstream of required (IEP) and participate and in the preparation in special education meetings Programs special education paperwork. (9 credits) Spring Partnerships and Community School, Seminar: Building Home, – Internship 652 EDU and takes Education Internship Special 006 in conjunction with EDU field seminar is taken The emphasis is placed on the the field. Special experience in as its focus the special education intern’s as with disabilities as well with the families of children relationships development of collaborative (3 credits) agencies. and community school personnel, other professionals, with relevant EDU 654 – Advanced Literacy Research Seminar Research Literacy – Advanced 654 EDU and language though the development writing, issues in reading, course focuses on current This Students work on individual tasks under the guidance of the seminar tasks. of comprehensive professor(s). - Summer (3 credits) (3 credits) Summer (3 credits) Fall EDU 622 – Research-Based Literacy Practices III: Preparing Strategic Readers, K-12 Readers, Strategic Preparing III: Practices Literacy 622 – Research-Based EDU instruction and to the principles of reading relative to practice connects research course This and best practices research intervention. of current understanding Students will demonstrate phonetic aware phonological awareness, instruction in the following areas: reading of strategic EDU 620 – Research-based Literacy Practices II: Reading Across the Curriculum, K-12 the Curriculum, Across Reading II: Practices Literacy 620 – Research-based EDU instruction and to the principles of reading relative to practice connects research course This instruction and emphasis is on cognitive strategy Specific intervention reading. in content area Learning processes. comprehension metacognition of reading students’ the effect it has on K-12 of vocabulary in the teaching best practices and comprehension outcomes inside research-based examined. (3 credits) of expository for the English language learner are text. Accommodations Summer EDU 614 – Developing Language and Literacy Language 614 – Developing EDU as to developmental language acquisition in regard practice and course surveys research This of ethnic, linguistic, Implications processes. as development of the school/communication well emphasized. learners for language learning are among differences and cultural disabilities in mainstream settings. To this end, we will review research-based instructional research-based will review end, we this To settings. in mainstream disabilities classroom in regular mainstreamed who are for students with disabilities appropriate practices environments. Behavior Pro-Social 613 – Cultivating EDU theories of social-emotional as well development current students will examine this course, In Our primary self-regulation. and behavioral emotional control of disorders as the most prevalent for facilitating the development of pro- strategies will be on research-supported however, focus, struggle who in children with low self-concept,social behavior inhibition, social isola- behavioral (3 credits) social interaction. Fall reciprocal tion, and/or Adults and Young for Children 618 – Literature EDU for Students study literature adults. and young for children a survey is This course of literature examined in are genres Various adolescents. toddlers through beginning with young children to introduction An audiences. and appropriate to aesthetic criteria, social implications, relation guest lectures, Class presentations, media is included. tools and in review selective bibliographic represented genres literacy for discussions of various background provide and media resources adults and their application to and young and contemporary children in traditional writings for use. classroom Difficulties and Writing 634 – Assessment of Reading EDU the fundamental principles of instruction and assessment for learners course addresses This and interven and writing and focuses on assessment, evaluation - with difficulties in reading the administration portfolios, running the record, include observation techniques, Topics tions. formal and informal assessment instruments, tests, of individual and group and interpretation Course Descriptions Course K-12 the Curriculum, Across I: Writing Practices Literacy 616 – Research-Based EDU 610 EDU Prerequisite: writing instruction and the essential on K-12 research analyze current students this course, In - primary the best practic The learning outcomes are and writing practices. reading link between to writing instruction, and interventiones related and assessment of the following: 1) narrative - conven and 3) the English Language Arts to writing; expository approach 2) a process genres; as defined by construc writing workshop discourse communities - also explore Participants tions. Spring for the English language learner (ELL). (3 credits) as best practices as well tivist literature text. Students survey the principles of of narrative and comprehension fluency, phonics, ness, environment. and the components of a literature program; a balanced literacy literacy; emergent Fall examined. (3 credits) for the English language learner are Accommodations

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 436 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 439 - Engineering (4 credits) Spring ENGR 310 – Materials Science ENGR 310 – Materials CHEM 192 Prerequisite: with emphasis properties of metallic and nonmetallic materials physical Study of mechanical and - electri alloys, engineering Phase diagrams, and properties. structure between on the relationship (3 credits) Spring materials. and ceramic plastics, cal properties, Analysis ENGR 313 – Structural ENGR 300 Prerequisite: determinate shear and bending moment diagrams; design loads and combinations; Considers methods; simple and geometric deflection by direct and arches; cables, frames beams, trusses, (3 credits) Fall by classic methods. analysis indeterminate structures Engineering ENGR 320 – Environmental 214 and CHEM 192 MATH Prerequisite: with and its interrelationship an in-depththe environment examination of the state of Provides and the ecosystems, of energy, include: the interrelationships Topics of engineering. the practice of air and and control and, pollution degradation; mechanisms of environmental environment; Fall (3 credits) resources. water ENGR 330 – Thermodynamics 214 MATH Prerequisite: steam of ideal gases, Properties energy. of heat into mechanical Examines the transformation development The of thermodynamic processes. discussed in the context and other mediums are cycles, Power investigated. thermodynamics are of and application of the first and second laws Compression as the Vapor as well cycles, Diesel, and Brayton Otto, to include the Rankine, and total air conditioning are analysis in depth. Psychrometric presented are cycle Refrigeration also examined. (3 credits) Fall ENGR 335 – Engineering Economic Analysis CIS 101, CNST 116 or ENGR 115 Prerequisite: the student with a working knowledge of the economic factors affecting provides course This in using addition, students will become proficient In of engineering decisions. types different and analyzing engi- tools for evaluating and modern computer of analytical approaches a range and equivalence equivalence of money, include the time value covered Topics neering projects. uncer alternatives, and retirement of replacement evaluation cash flow analysis, calculations, capital bud- calculations, rate inflation and interest analysis, sensitivity and risk analysis, tainty (3 credits) Fall and tax accounting. geting cost/benefit analysis Systems Energy ENGR 340 – Sustainable PHYS 109 or PHYS 201 Prerequisite: choosing from in-depth, sources, sustainable energy at least three course will examine, This basic science and technology pertain- The and others. hydropower, wind, biofuels, solar, along with design and implementation considerations. ing to each topic will be presented tools will be briefly examined. Software systems associated with energy problems Environmental Spring (3 credits) systems. energy will be used to assess the performance of the different ENGR 305 – Fluid Mechanics and Lab – Fluid Mechanics ENGR 305 210 ENGR Prerequisite: and the basic equations forces hydrostatic of fluids; and behaviors the properties Investigates in open and momentum; flow energy of conservation motion; principles governing fluid mass, of flows. incompressible and pipes; compressible channels and - - (4 credits) Fall (4 credits) Spring Fall Fall, Spring Fall, (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring Spring Fall, ENGR 300 – Mechanics of Materials and Lab of Materials ENGR 300 – Mechanics ENGR 210 Prerequisite: due to axial bending and torsional loading; shear and bending and strains Emphasizes stresses deformations and deflections. circle; Mohr’s combined stresses; moment diagrams; ENGR 115 – Computer Applications for Engineering Applications ENGR 115 – Computer None Prerequisites: Topics using computers. problems engineering and solution of typical analysis Formulation, flow chart and pro development, algorithmic process, solving, sheet problem include spread TheoryENGR 240 – Circuit and Lab ENGR 115 213, MATH Prerequisites: Simple RC Norton. Thevenin, Superposition, Nodal, – Mesh, analysis of circuit Techniques circuits. Polyphase Steady state analysis. and phasors. Sinusoidal excitation and RL circuits. (4 credits) analysis. Laboratory experiments in circuit solutions. Computer-aided ENGR 110 – Engineering Graphics and Design and – Engineering Graphics ENGR 110 None Prerequisites: engage in the Student teams and Solidwors. process engineering design to the introduction An (3 credits) design and constructionconception, project. of a working engineering Fall I (Statics) Mechanics ENGR 210 – Engineering PHYS 201 213, 207 or MATH MATH Prerequisites: dimen- and three acting on particles in two of forces and rigid bodies Study of static equilibrium and moments of inertia. Applications centroids, free-body diagrams, sions using vector algebra, of the concepts Engineering applications of many course will present This to simple structures. I. (3 credits) in Physics introduced II (Dynamics) ENGR 220 – Engineering Mechanics 214 MATH ENGR 210; Co-requisite: ENGR 115, Prerequisite: include: kinematics and dynamics of particles plane motion; work- and rigid bodies in Topics and impulse-momentum (3 credits) energy Spring principles. ENGINEERING Course Descriptions Course gramming. and Lab ENGR 260 – Engineering Electronics ENGR 240 Prerequisite: phenomena bands and conduction include: semiconductor materials and devices; energy Topics of single-stage supply design; design and analysis in semiconductors; PN junction diodes; power amplifiers. of transistor response amplifiers; small signal modeling and frequency transistor Laboratory experiments in electronics. Design and Lab ENGR 270 – Digital Systems 221 or permission of the instructor MATH Prerequisite: basics of number Students will learn the of digital circuits. to design and analysis Introduction design and optimization circuit combinational Boolean algebra, and conversion, representation course The systems. and application of digital design techniques, sequential circuit techniques, level CPU design and specification, data and level design, systems transfer examines register Students will participate in design using CAD. path design, and basics of digital systems control laboratory they will apply techniques developed in class to the design and imple a weekly where mentation of small systems.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 438 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 441 ------Special Engineering (3 credits) Spring (4 credits) Spring Special Offering and settlement. for stability design of footings Includes and shear strength. tion, consolidation, (4 credits) Lab and Treatment and Wastewater ENGR 415 – Water of instructor ENGR 305 or permission Prerequisite: and water used in drinking and biological processes chemical, of physical, In-depth coverage pro treatment include Topics domestic and industrial wastes. both for treatment wastewater in Engineering Topics ENGR 430 – Special of instructor Permission Prerequisites: instruction. of appropriate the availability Selected topics determined by student needs and/or Vibrations ENGR 431 – Mechanical 317 MATH ENGR 220, Prerequisites: with and without systems of freedom A study of periodic motion in single and multiple degrees instrumentation. (3 credits) Fall Vibration vibrations. and transient forced, Free, damping. ENGR 414 – Geotechnical Engineering and Lab – Geotechnical Engineering ENGR 414 210 ENGR Prerequisite: include: as a material of construction. and for structures soil as a foundation Topics Addresses descrip stress soil compaction, properties, and mechanical physical classification, soil gradation, filtration, sludge, activated sedimentation, aeration, cesses such as coagulation/flocculation, techniques such also include innovative and disinfection. Topics adsorption, sludge digestion, is performed with analysis Experimental reuse. and wastewater facultative ponds, as wetlands, treat and wastewater of water and processes operations in the involved to parameters respect ment systems. Hydrology ENGR 417 – Groundwater ENGR 305 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: pumping steady and unsteady flows, flow, equation of groundwater Law, include: Darcy’s Topics models. and quality contamination of groundwater, fields, design of well tests, of Engineering exam (FE) to appear on the Civil Fundamentals in this class is likely rial covered material also serves of Engineering exam (PE). The as a founda- and Practice and the Principles study. graduate contemplating advanced coursework in transportation for those tion for future Spring (3 credits) ENGR 424 – Digital Signal Processing ENGR 260 317, MATH Prerequisite: Digital transform. implementation fast Fourier Z-transform; digital signal analysis; Investigates (3 credits) of filters – FIR, IIR, adaptive. mance, principles and design of flexible and rigid pavement, binder grading systems, traffic flow traffic systems, binder grading principles and design of flexible and rigid pavement, mance, design, and queuing theory modeling, level of service and simulation for traffic measures, theory, addition, the mate In forecasting. demand and traffic travel of signalized intersections, analysis Offering Engineering ENGR 420 – Transportation 315 MATH or Co-requisite: Pre- to the principles of transportation engineer students with an introduction provides course This in this class material presented The analysis. engineering and traffic ing with a focus on highway in transportation plan- commonly encountered allows students to solve transportation problems include: vertical covered and horizontal alignment, curve Areas ning and design organizations. vertical crest curvefundamentals and design, sight distance and vehicle perfor design, road ------Fall (4 credits) (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) (1 credit) Spring ENGR 409 –Structural Design I ENGR 313 Prerequisite: cov Design in wood, steel, and concrete to structures. design approach an integrated Presents Structural Analysis ENGR 413 – Advanced ENGR 313 Prerequisite: inde higher order to approaches stiffness and flexibility methods; energy by deflection Considers ENGR 350 – Theory and Design of Mechanical Measurements – TheoryENGR 350 of Mechanical and Design 300 ENGR Prerequisite: levels in various covered Topics both theory behind making measurements. Explores and practice behav system measurement of signals, characteristics methods, measurement of detail include: Senior Seminar ENGR 401 – Engineering or permission of the instructor Senior standing Prerequisite: all seniors majoring in engineering. and will include each week seminar will meet once This typically Topics interest. on topics of current seminars will present professionals Practicing state-of-the-art ethics, will include professional addressed and business practices developments, communities. government and academic the business, from will be drawn Speakers procedures. pro reading a journal and to participate to maintain in a professional Students will be required and Control Pollution ENGR 405 – Air or consent of instructor CHEM 192 Prerequisites: and methodolo and chemistry, physics Detailed study of the status of air pollution, atmospheric Management Waste ENGR 407 – Solid and Hazardous or consent of instructor CHEM 192 Prerequisites: wastes. of solid and hazardous processes control consequences of and environmental Addresses meth- landfill collection and disposal, sludge treatment, include domestic solid wastes Topics models, hydrochemical toxicology, wastes, of hazardous classification and characteristics ods, methods, treatment and direct controls groundwater surface controls, of sites, control remedial and radioactive recovery, resource methods, recycling sludge and toxic wastes, disposal of treated (3 credits) Fall biomedical wastes. Engineering and Lab Resources ENGR 412 – Water ENGR 305 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: Flood sources. surface and groundwater from availability aspects of water hydrologic Considers including systems and distribution transmission supply, surface and groundwater flow analysis, pumping. Course Descriptions Course devices, and measurements analog electrical analysis, uncertainty and statistics, probability ior, measurements, and velocity pressure measurements, data acquisition, temperature computerized LabVIEW Students will also learn how to use measurement. and strain flow measurement Software. gram. air qual stationary and mobile sources, include emissions from Topics gies of pollution control. design of of pollutants on animals and plants, behavior chemical major pollutants, standards, ity (3 credits) Spring equipment, and air dispersion modeling. pollution control conceptual designs load factors and design loads on structures, include: loads, Topics ered. to design essential wood, codes and standards of the current Use to ASD and LRFD. according (3 credits) Spring elements. steel, concrete applica- trusses and frames; of beams, matrix and finite element analyses terminate structures; computer based analyses. shells and space frames; plates, long span bridges, tions to high rises, (3 credits) Spring

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 440 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 443 - - Mark Mark Annually English Literature English (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, This course will This a Mockingbird. Kill Lee's To and Harper of HuckleberryAdventures Finn, Twain's Twain's completion of an end include a discussion of the text in its historical context and will require Essay/ Lecture. in the annual FCAS Birss Memorial be entered that may of semester project ENG 199 – The Prof. John Howard Birss Memorial Lecture Text Lecture Birss Memorial Howard John Prof. ENG 199 – The Concentration Minor or Core for the English Major, a course requirement Does not fulfill for reading, academic credit to receive students of all majors the opportunity course affords This Birss Memorial Howard and writing about literary texts selected for the annual John discussing, Night, On the Road, Elie Wiesel's Kerouac's selected texts include Jack Previously Lecture. ENG 110 – Serpents, Swords, and Symbols Swords, ENG 110 – Serpents, Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills - with the environ relationship is the genesis of our current get to this point? What did we How as a world the natural Using that relationship? reflected situation always our current ment? Has to the ancient cultures students learn the universal language of symbols from point of departure, and human beings between of the relation as they document and assess the evolution present now distinct and isolated. and interdependent, as reciprocal world, once perceived the natural - Students analyze interdisciplinary and cross-cultural literary envi and visual works that address both the human and non-human between and place and the evolution of the relations ronment investigating and film). In history) (in literature (in non-fiction and natural indirectly directly and students also learn the historical context for the shifts in literary artifacts, both visual and written time. the world and across around from the environment toward attitudes ing as an extension of reading, students learn how writing deepens understanding and how both students learn how writing deepens understanding and ing as an extension of reading, part rich experience. and writing are of a coherent, reading ENGLISH LITERATURE to Literature ENG 100 –Introduction Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills completion of WTNG 102 in or successful Enrollment Prerequisite: nonfiction, and film, students creative short novel, drama, fiction, study of poetry, the Through critical vocabu- and acquire imagery, theme, literaryidentify elements including plot, character, textual attentive close, reading; responsive introductory active, course emphasizes This lary. course also emphasizes the importance and lively class discussion. Because the analysis; of writ ENGLISH AS A (Listening/Speaking) Preparation ELI 401 – Academic SECOND participa skills needed for full listening and speaking - and improving strengthening on Focuses LANGUAGE conduct inter notes, take to listen, Enhances the ability tion in college-level courses. academic Core for Interdisciplinary ESL Reading ELI 402 – Advanced and writing including efficient reading for and applies strategies practice reading Provides Extensive course. Core vocabulary on the content of an Interdisciplinary drawing development, conceptual learn- reinforce and discussion build fluency, including course assignments reading ) Spring Fall (3 credits) confidence with academic texts. and build ing, Composition ELI 403 – Advanced and college- using complex English grammar skills in and improving on strengthening Focuses - build sound argu and learning to development, critical thinking skills, Vocabulary level writing. in-class and discussion. Intensive composition reading selected through addressed ments are feedback. additional with the instructor and individual work and tutors provides practice (3 credits) - pronuncia development and Vocabulary participate presentations. in discussion, and give views, (3 credits) addressed. tion are - - - - - Spring Fall (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring ENGR 445 – Dynamic Modeling and Control ENGR 445 – Dynamic Modeling ENGR 260 Prerequisites: and time domain using frequency systems and design of linear time-invariant control Analysis and design tech- simulation, analysis computer-aided extensive use of makes Course techniques. niques. and Lab ENGR 450 – Mechatronics or COMSC 210 ENGR 260 or Co-requisite: Pre- engineering electrical of mechanical engineering, combination is the synergistic Mechatronics sensing and actuation, electronic topics include mechanics, Course engineering. and software small electro will design, build and program Students control. design for real-time and software ENGR 433 – Heat Transfer – Heat ENGR 433 317 MATH 330, ENGR 305, ENGR Prerequisites: Both steady and radiation. convection conduction, modes of heat transfer: three study of the The heat lumped extended surfaces, topics include Special presented. are systems and transient and design performance exchanger Heat methods. and numerical and approximate capacitance (3 credits) presented. Spring are techniques & Design Analysis – Network ENGR 465 of instructor Permission Prerequisites: as hands-on as well of computer networks is designed to give students a global picture course This encoding, model, data communication basics (signals, OSI reference include Topics experience. multiplexing), transmission switching, and packet methods (circuit checking), transmission error Area Ethernet, FDDI), Wide Ring, (Token Networks Local Area wireless), media (cable types, applications), and technology (TCP/IP), Internet Relay), T1, Sonet, Frame ISDN, (ATM, Networks of service). (3 credits) quality Bridges/Routers/Gateways, (Routing, Internetworking ENGR 492 – Engineering Design II ENGR 490 Prerequisite: A continuation of Engineering Design I, students will be expected to develop a working proto Course Descriptions Course is a portmanteau of “Mechatronics” to perform a specified task autonomously. mechanical robots and “electronics.” “mechanics” Communications ENGR 455 – Data of instructor Permission Prerequisites: of signal-to-noise bandwidth and and rate ratio between Tradeoffs Signal detection in noise. Elements of computer net handling. and error multiplexing, Transmission, information transfer. (3 credits) Fall comparisons. System filtering. Special link protocols. work design. Data ENGR 490 – Engineering Design I Senior standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisites: engineering and computer of math, science, experience in the integration provides course This Open-ended design project. client-based engineering science principles into a comprehensive multiple emphasizing a multidisciplinary design providing to total system problems approach solutions that meet the stated performance require paths to a number of feasible and acceptable per approximations, practical make alternatives, to generate required Design teams are ments. decisions of the design and make to support analysis the technical feasibility form appropriate Fall design. (3 credits) leading to an optimized system - presen student teams will conduct periodic review advisor, closely with a faculty Working type. course The needs and expectations. tations for their client ensuring the design meets the clients’ objectives include the delivery to the client by the end of the semester. of a successful project (3 credits) Spring

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 442 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 445 - - English Literature English Alternate Years (3 credits) ness and subversion by British colonial subjects). This course carries a heavy reading load in both reading a heavy course carries This ness and subversion by British colonial subjects). but the focus is on the of genres, includes a variety It primary backgrounds. texts and cultural Conrad’s Joseph conjunction (e.g., from course will pair texts that derive complexity novel. The and to India A Passage Forster’s E.M. Apart; Fall Things and Chinua Achebe’s of Darkness Heart Children). Midnight’s Salmon Rushdie’s texts read within canonical “periods” (e.g., the world of Old English, Restoration Drama, the Drama, English, Restoration the world of Old (e.g., canonical “periods” within texts read the focus obvious reasons) but (for of genres, a variety covers It and the Gothic.) Enlightenment, load in both primary reading texts and a heavy requires course This poetry. toward is weighted Milton, Donne, Sidney, the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, will include Authors backgrounds. cultural (3 credits) and a Gothic novelist. Fall poets, selected Romantic Johnson, Pope, to Modernism Romanticism II: From ENG 290 – "British" Literature Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills WTNGPrerequisite: 102 of a sense the late 18th century provides to WWII. It from course surveys literature "British" This of socio-cultural as an understanding as well ideologies and historical events that literary history, literary commercialized marketplace, an increasingly (e.g., project and these texts both reflect Darwinian sci- spheres, and separate ideologies of gender equality urbanization, the competing consciousness). Students gain of the post-colonial imperialism, and the emergence British ence, and movements that shape the study of British an overview canonical “periods” various of the a carries course This literature). and Modern the rise of the novel, Victorian, (e.g., literature include Goldsmith, Authors load in both primary backgrounds. reading texts and cultural heavy (3 credits) Spring and Wilde. Woolf, Joyce, both Eliots, Gaskell, Austen, in English Literature Topics ENG 299 – Special Concentration. Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills completion of WTNG 102 in or successful Enrollment Prerequisites: the course special literary students explore topics in seminar fashion. Although this course, In critical articles exposed to literary criticism by reading and students are focuses on primary texts, the Detective Recycled, include Shakespeare may Topics composing annotated bibliographies. is a variable Classics This and Non-Western Sports and Literature, Novel, the Romance Novel, Fall (3 credits) for credit. be repeated but not the topic, may course, The topics course. to Post-Colonialism Empire From III: Literature ENG 300 – “British” Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills ENG 100 (or CW 210 and CW 220) and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course with a focus on “literatures literature “British” century- surveys course later 20th- and 21st- This a sense introduces It shaped and subverted that both the notion of the British Empire. of empire” as an understanding of socio-cultural as well ideologies and historical events of literary history, aware the growing the rise of British imperialism, (e.g., and project that these texts both reflect Literature American ENG 301 – Contemporary Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills ENG 100 (or CW 210 and CW 220) and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course - nonfiction of the last half of the twen creative and drama, fiction, poetry, Examines American to the literary attention course devotes considerable This centuries. tieth and the twenty-first and other groups Americans, Native Americans, contributions of contemporary women, African literary (3 credits) mainstream. outside the American Spring ENG 320 – Studies in Global Literatures Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills ENG 100 (or CW 210 and CW 220) and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course literary via texts in translation tradition students to a non-Anglophone course introduces This of student awareness course develops The listed below. of the global literatures one or more from expands an under at the heart of all stories and peoples, as the commonality as well the diversity Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Spring Fall, (3 credits) the ancient Mesopotamian The Epic of or portions of the Rings, the ancient Mesopotamian of The Lord The Hobbit ENG 270 – British Literature I: From Beowulf to Gothic Literature I: From ENG 270 – British Literature Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills WTNGPrerequisite: 102 a sense provides It Beowulf to the late 18th century. from course surveys British literature This gen- religion, as an understanding of socio-cultural as well ideologies (e.g., of literary history, by and projected both reflected and historical events that are human relationships) class, der, ENG 210 – Myth, Fantasy, and the Imagination Fantasy, Myth, ENG 210 – Concentration Core English Literature in the a course requirement Fulfills WTNGPrerequisite: 102 ideal, found in folk tales and fairy the heroic including archetypes, Students begin by identifying of the same universal many how and why investigate the world. Students around tales from “Wisdom the ancients called by the famous epic narratives interpreted concerns inform and are include may other readings The the Iliad and the Odyssey; and classical mythology. Literature;” Tolkien’s and Modernism Naturalism Realism, ENG 260 – American Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills WTNGPrerequisite: 102 era of the post-Civiland naturalists War survey realists This course begins with the American the Harlem course includes writers of the Lost Generation, The 1950. and continues through include: Emily Dickinson, covered Authors and the Southern Literary Renaissance. Renaissance, Ernest Hemingway, Frost, Robert Chopin, Stephen Crane, Kate Henry James, Twain, Mark (3 credits) Spring Faulkner. and William Wright, Richard Creative Project competition. This is a variable topics course. The course, but not the topic, may the topic, may but not course, The topics course. is a variable competition. This Project Creative (1 credit) credit. for be repeated Aeneid. Gilgamesh, or Virgil’s the Civil War Pre-Columbus Through Literature: ENG 240 – Early American Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills WTNGPrerequisite: 102 and concludes with the literary expressions American surveyThis course begins with Native of the 15th- and 16th cen narratives covers exploration course The of the Civil War. literature and the literary republic, of the new American the literature colonial writing, American turies, course concludes with abolitionist writing and the The efforts of the 19th century romantics. Bradstreet, Anne includes Christopher Columbus, list reading The of the Civil War. literature Frederick Hawthorne, Nathaniel Thoreau, Henry David Benjamin Franklin, Mary Rowlandson, and What Whitman. (3 credits) Fall Douglass, Course Descriptions Course ENG 220 – Literary Analysis Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills in or completion of a 200-level 210 and CW 220) and enrollment ENG 100 (or CW Prerequisites: WTNG course that govern professional understanding of the conventions includes an “Literary competence” of critical acumen judgment, and the development literarylifelong habits of analysis, criticism, of literary history an awareness as a context, an understand- an understanding of genre, (i.e., the and in concept and in practice, ing of critical theory of literature and the interpretation this course practices develop these competencies, skills). To research development of advanced Deconstructionism, Post including Feminism, of critical theories, a range across close reading and Cultural Criticism American African and Queer Theory, Lesbian, Gay Marxism, Colonialism, and gender) class, race, (e.g., diversity Students will also discuss the impact of cultural Studies. that literary on literary understanding of the way texts both reflect criticism while developing an and stan- final paper in this course will model the processes The ideologies. cultural and project I & II. (3 credits) used in Senior Thesis Fall dards

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 444 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 447 - Fall Fall Spring (3 credits) (4 credits) Environmental Science Environmental (3 credits) Alternate Spring (3 credits) (4 credits) Spring (4 credits) ENVIRONMENTAL Science and Lab 103 – Earth Systems NATSC SCIENCE Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills - focuses on the physi Earth Systems, Science, One of the foundation courses in Environmental to and minerals, the basics for rocks vary from Topics surfaces. that shape Earth’s cal processes - topograph interpret and Students will learn to read and desert landforms. groundwater streams, laboratory orientated with students completing component is project The ic and geologic maps. in a self-designed culminating project. investigations multiweek research Science for Elementary 105: Earth and Physical Education and Lab NATSC elementary sciences for future is designed as a foundation in the Earth course and physical This understanding teachers to gain a better goal of this course is for future The school teachers. comfortable in be more with and proficient so that they will of major principles and processes and Earth science in the elementaryteaching physical As such, this course focuses classroom. and motion, include the following: matter Topics on science content and not science pedagogy. the solid Earth including Plate Tectonic and basic astronomy, light and sound, the solar system the concepts of laboratory reinforces The and oceans. atmospheres and the fluid Earth’s Theory, of sci- students with a hands-on, to the process the class and provides introduction inquiry-based ence. Change and Sustainability Environmental 203 – Humans, NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 204; or consent of instructor 103 or NATSC NATSC Prerequisite: on contem- variables course examines the effects of human populations and sociocultural This changes at global and local scales with an emphasis on the sustainable use porary environmental include human covered Topics services. and ecosystem resources and management of natural - produc agricultural and use, generation energy land use and land cover change, demographics, topics These change. management, pollution and global climate water loss, tion, biodiversity among the will be discussed in an interdisciplinary context to emphasize interrelationships change and the economic, political, philosophical and ecological dimensions of environmental (3 credits) Fall of human populations and ecosystems. sustainability Harroway. Students produce a professional quality final paper working directly with one or more with one or more directly final paper working quality a professional Students produce Harroway. theorists. ENG 480 – Senior Thesis I Senior Thesis ENG 480 – a 200-level WTNG or senior standing and second-semester junior course, 220, ENG Prerequisite: capstone course sequence of the English majors' the first semester seminar, a reading Essentially of literaryemphasizes applications research theory of primary analysis intensive through works, into pertinent Students' course and the delivery criticism, presentation. oral of a substantial with an extended bibliography. thesis proposal work culminates in a formal ENG 481 – Senior Thesis II ENG 481 – Senior Thesis completion (C or higher) of ENG 480 Successful Prerequisites: a substantial thesis of pub each student writes Senior Seminar, the second semester of the In students a writing seminar, Primarily in ENG 480. explored based upon readings lishable quality the writing process. through the draft advance to each week the professor meet individually with final papers at a public colloquium. of their abstracts Students present - Fall, Spring Fall, Fall Alternate Years Spring Literature of the Civil War; the Medieval Romance; Romance; the Medieval of the Civil War; Literature Alternate Years Alternate Years ENG 350 – Shakespeare Concentration Core in the English Literature a course requirement Fulfills ENG 100 and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course for live performance. for the stage, wrote Shakespeare readers. course is not for passive This word, written the playwright’s closely on reading while students concentrate Each week, But to life. his words collectively bringing into his stage, their classroom they also transform students providing reservoir, is also a historic and scope, art, in nature catholic Shakespeare’s scientific, and historical conditions social, political, religious, the to explore a rich opportunity life—from daily bearbaiting England’s Renaissance investigate Students that underpin his works. - ran to feasting to sumptuary teachings--from and religious its political machinations laws—and with God. (3 credits) new relationship to man’s diplomacy” kings and “tavern corous standing of our place in the global community and literary tradition, and deepens appreciation and deepens appreciation and literarytradition, community our place in the global standing of Africa, of: topics include literatures Possible culture. and project to both reflect ability for a text’s The Europe, Eastern and Western Caribbean, The Canada, Zealand, and New Asia, Australia may but not the topic, course, The topics course. is a variable This America. Latin South Pacific, (3 credits) credit. for be repeated Course Descriptions Course on Film ENG 351 – Shakespeare ENG 100 and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: not substitute for ENG 350 This course may course. - the dra that “translate” plays Shakespeare’s focuses on film adaptations of William course This selection of a students read course, Because this is a Shakespeare mas into cinematic language. Because this literature. and discuss them as dramatic study their language and structures, plays, historical periods different filmic adaptations from students study Shakespeare is a film course, and the times and film history, choices, directorial technique, in terms of camera and cultures trage one or two a comedy, a history Students read play, produced. places in which they were those works by some of the most of and then study the filmic interpretations and a romance dies, Luhrmann, Branagh). Kurosawa, Wells, Zeffirelli, (e.g., famous (and not so famous) directors texts and how the richness of Shakespeare’s intertextual study helps students to appreciate This them. (3 credits) multiple possibilities to those who interpret they present Literature ENG 360 – Studies in Ethnic American ENG 100 (or CW 210 and CW 220) and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course culture. American within on the literary and ethnic groups contributions of racial Focuses Jewish Asian Americans, Americans, of: African include the literatures topics may Possible is a variable This Americans. Native Middle Eastern Americans, Americans, Latino Americans, (3 credits) for credit, be repeated but not the topic, may course, The topics course. Works Authors, Themes, in Literature: Topics ENG 430 – Special ENG 100 (or CW 210 and CW 220) and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course Offerings engage fully in discussions and presentations. students seminars, these upper-level In or single author, period, theme, in genre, of the following emphases: studies one or more address of the 1960s; literature not limited to the following: American include but are work. Topics Writers; Women American Contemporary Legend; Chaucer's Canterbury Tales; American The George Work; Capote's Truman and Fiction; Fact Fiction: Edwardian and Literature; Bible The Ulysses; Joyce's James Eliot and the Brontes; - is a vari This Tolkien. and J.R.R. Renaissance; Southern American The Adaptations; Literary Film (3 credits) for credit. be repeated not the topic, may but course, The able topics course. Literary Theory ENG 470 – Advanced ENG 220 and 200-level WTNGPrerequisite: course first part The Harroway. seminal texts of literary Plato to Donna J. Students read theory from to include Plato, likely are Authors of the course focuses on classical texts of literary theory. second part of the course focuses on The and Sir Phillip Sidney and Hume. Horace, Aristotle, and Bourdieu, Bhabha, Derrida, Said, Spivak, Althusser, such as Marx, contemporary theorists,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 446 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 449 - Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Fall Environmental Science Environmental (4 credits) Offered on demand Offered Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Fall (4 credits) Alternate Spring NATSC 333 – Environmental Monitoring and Analysis and Lab and Analysis Monitoring 333 – Environmental NATSC Concentration Science Core Environmental in the a course requirement Fulfills 315 124 or and MATH 204 and BIO 104 or NATSC 103 or, BIO Prerequisites: end, a this To function of an ecosystem. the health and evaluate and how to measure Investigates critique ecological experiments to design, analyze and examine how series of lectures/discussions in the laboratory by studies accompanied and field are lectures These programs. and sampling experi- carrying hands-on, real out and analyzing students will participate, in designing, where ments and sampling programs. – Soil Ecology and Lab 375 375/BIO NATSC as BIO 375 Cross-Listed in the Biology Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills or 360; or consent of instructor 320 of BIO 240, BIO 104, and one Prerequisites: course servesThis an in-depth as habitats for life with a focus on of soils as unique exploration - organ of terrestrial and interactions diversity that affect the abundance, understanding variables and biochemical cycles properties, influence on soli physicochemical isms and, in turn, their agricultural human societies (e.g. of and sustainability the well-being that impact other variables microbial include soil food webs, to be covered Topics availability) clean water production, soils and between relationships cycling, formation, carbon and nitrogen soil aggregate ecology, During laboratory and the effects of human activities on soil biodiversity. ecology, aboveground and projects, research conduct the basic biology of soil organisms, students will explore sessions, in the field. learn methods for sampling soils and soil organisms NATSC 401 – Environmental Toxicology and Lab Toxicology 401 – Environmental NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills CHEM 301 and BIO 200 or BIO 390; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: principles of toxicology including absorption, distribution, metabolism and and Fundamentals the molecular course will investigate The of toxic chemicals in mammalian systems. excretion also will It agents. to toxic and biological consequences of exposure cellular targets, mechanisms, and regulatory toxic action, risk assessment procedures. cover the molecular mechanisms, (4 credits) in 430L -Topics Science and/ or NATSC in Environmental 430 – Topics NATSC Science Lab Environmental Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills of instructor Consent Prerequisite: of the stu- by interest determined science, topics of importance in environmental Advanced-level not but students may for credit, be repeated course may This dents in consultation with faculty. (1-4 credits) than once. study the same subject more NATSC 450 – Research in Environmental Sciences Environmental in 450 – Research NATSC chosen in consultation Project sciences. in the environmental Original independent research (1-3 credits) for credit be repeated May advisor. with a research Thesis 451 – Senior NATSC 450 and NATSC GPA, 3.3 proposal, of a research Prior departmental approval Prerequisites: Working course servesThis for outstanding students in the major. as a capstone experience The on a topic of their choice. students engage in original research mentor, closely with a faculty course This field work, or computer simulations. laboratory experiments, involve may research critically analyzing data, review experience in designing and conducting experiments, provides ing published scientific literature, and communicating scientific information. The culmination of and communicating scientific information. The ing published scientific literature, (3 credits) presentation. thesis and a public oral the course is a formal written - - - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Fall Alternate Spring Alternate Spring Fall, Spring Fall, NATSC 305 – Marine Geology 305 – Marine NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 204; or consent of instructor. 103 or NATSC NATSC Prerequisite: understanding of plate to geology and marine geology emphasizing our current introduction An in the study of global climate change. tectonics and the importance of paleoceanography (3 credits) 310 – Biogeochemical Cycling NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 204, CHEM 192 NATSC 103, NATSC Prerequisite: geology and chemistry to investigate of biology, combines the disciplines Biogeochemical cycling the through and Phosphorous) Nitrogen, the movement of important as Carbon, elements (such course begins with evidence for and The and biosphere. hydrosphere lithosphere, atmosphere, to the rise of oxygenic initial differentiation discussion of the evolution of the early Earth, from of nutrients for the biosphere, and the release weathering rock include, Topics photosynthesis. carbon diox of biogeochemical reservoirs (e.g. the nature surface, of life beneath Earth’s the role and Climatology 315 – Meteorology NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 136 204 and MATH NATSC 103, NATSC Prerequisites: compo and topics include the structure Meteorological and climate. to weather introduction An NATSC 204 – Principles of Oceanography 204 – Principles NATSC 104 Previously BIO 106 and NATSC Marine Biology in the Concentration a course requirement Core Fulfills geol chemistry, disciplines (biology, interrelated to the four an introduction course provides This Science and Lab 226 – Forensic NATSC of instructor or Legal Studies major; or consent Justice Criminal in Biology, Enrollment Prerequisites: laboratory of the crime Students to the criminal justice system. the relationship Investigates placed upon crimi- learn the services constraints by a crime lab; the scientific and legal provided evidence. and analyzing of physical preserving, nalists; the theory of collecting, and practice and individual evidence; identification Laboratory of microscopic include analysis experiences Management Resource 301 – Marine NATSC Concentration Science Core in the Environmental a course requirement Fulfills 204; or consent of instructor. 103 or NATSC NATSC Prerequisite: and utilization of marine resources. and methods for the allocation, management Concepts in coastal and near- and geological resources Emphasis will be placed on biological, chemical, England. (3 credits) of New water Fall shore Course Descriptions Course students come this course, Through oceanography. up the science of make that ogy and physics) ocean. of the world’s and dynamic processes the complex characteristics to understand (3 credits) and classifi- rolling objects; development of latent fingerprints; and chemical ization of physical paper chromatography. and some instrumentalcation of fingerprints; and thin layer analysis; (4 credits) reservoirs. those between of exchange and oceans) and the mechanisms ide in the atmosphere (3 credits) and inter storms and the reading and severe cloud formation, fronts sition of the atmosphere, forcing climate such as El Nino, climate patterns, discussed are Also maps. of weather pretation million years. on time scales up to several climate mechanisms and the evolution of Earth’s (3 credits)

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 448 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 451 - Finance (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) FNCE 360 – International Finance FNCE 360 – International of C or higher FNCE 301 passed with a grade Prerequisite: includes an introduction to international financial management. It is an introduction course The and other behavior rate of exchange an analysis and to the economic theories of international trade factors important to managing multi-country- cash flows and financing of multinational corpora hedg- as are examined, are budgeting decisions of the firm in the global environment Capital tions. and multinational markets. exchange in foreign ing techniques and financial operations FNCE 327 – Personal Financial Planning Financial FNCE 327 – Personal FNCE 301 or Co-requisite: Pre- and estate planning. and applications of retirement tools course focuses on the concepts, This estate purposes. and/or logic of financial planning for retirement to the introduced Students are dependent protection, insurance health and income, needs such as retirement financial Various utilized to develop vehicles are Investment and analyzed. forecast etc. are projections, protection Medicare/ Social Security, contributions, Pension needs. the forecast a financial plan to meet into the planning process. incorporated examined and implications are Medicaid FNCE 330 –Bank Management FNCE 301 or Co-requisites: Pre- empha- banks and other selected institutions, Study of the financial management of commercial and investments funds acquisitions, through in the money and capital markets sizing their role extensions. credit Management Financial FNCE 401 – Advanced of C or higher FNCE 301 passed with a grade Prerequisite: tools and methods to financial decision-making in application of financial theory, advanced The situations to develop course examines financial theories and concepts in practical the firm. This of business firms in both in solving financial problems analytical skills and judgment ability domestic and international settings. in Finance Topics FNCE 430 – Special of instructor Consent Prerequisite: finance. in course work or research Selected topics in advanced Analysis FNCE 450 – Portfolio FNCE 325 and consent of instructor Prerequisite: for in the Center available topics using tools and software investment Detailed study of advanced Fall, (CAFÉ) in the Gabelli School. (3 credits) Education Financial Advanced FNCE 326 – Options, Futures and Other Derivatives and Other Futures – Options, FNCE 326 of C or higher with a grade FNCE 301 passed Prerequisite: vehicles. as investment and other derivatives futures of options, course focuses on the use This contracts futures options, rate interest instruments of derivative such as stock options, nature The examined. vehicles are investment and/or as hedge options and swaps, and futures Coop FNCE 469 – Finance of instructor Consent Prerequisite: in which they will in finance environments internships, Students will be placed in credit-bearing Examples of placements might instruments. and utilize their knowledge of financial markets FNCE 325 – Principles of Investments – Principles FNCE 325 C or higher of 301 passed with a grade FNCE Prerequisite and an intro business, of the securities the operation risks and rewards, Survey investment of and portfolio and quantitative analysis of qualitative selection. problems duction to the - - - (3 credits) Special Offering Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Spring. (3 credits) FNCE 305 – Risk Management and Insurance Management FNCE 305 – Risk FNCE 301 or Co-requisite: Pre- include Topics principles. of fundamental insurance Develops an understanding and appreciation on material concentrates Course elements. and contract a study of risk, risk management, rating including life and casualty. lines, personal insurance FNCE 301 – Financial Management FNCE 301 – Financial 124 or equivalent 141 or equivalent, and MATH 201, ECON 101, MATH ACCTG Prerequisites: tools and methods to financial decision-making in the firm. of financial theory, Application (3 credits) FINANCE FILM Studies to Film Introduction FILM 101 – minor. Studies Film in the a course requirement Fulfills and theories pro styles, to the development of film forms, an introduction course provides This NATSC 469 – Environmental Internship 469 – Environmental NATSC in Film Topic FILM 430 – Special Studies minor. in the Film a requirement Fulfills Prerequisite: offered topic special offering course that emphasizes film topics not regularly a variable is This film criti- but is not limited to: film history, include, of topics may variety The by the University. but not course, or literary in a cultural context. The cism, distinguished persons in film, and film (1-4 credits) for credit. be repeated the topic, may Course Descriptions Course of communication and and social understanding of film as both a mode viding a basic aesthetic editing, of visual design, motion, the interrelationship explores It a means of artistic expression. skills with which to inter helping students develop the foundational and thematic significance, within responses and elicit meaning, in which films create ways and articulate myriad pret the become acquainted with a variety objective of the course is for students to ultimate The viewers. while developing the basic skills necessary the cin- to analyze and evaluate of film forms/styles, (3 credits) ematic presentations. FILM 270 – Documentary Film Studies Minor. for the Film a course requirement Fulfills Prerequisite: of instructor FILM 101 or consent Prerequisite: to the documentary approaches genre. will examine critical and theoretical Documentary Film historical survey a - of documentary docu Through film, this course explores and ethnographic II propaganda, War include early cinema, World Topics and ethics. aesthetics, mentary theory, and contemporary film, counter-ethnographies, the essay documentary, radical cinema verité, - historical res biography, forms such as documentarymixed in journalism, anthropology, films an understanding of cinema theory and personal statement. Students will gain toration and its language. Production and Festival FILM 400 – Curation FILM 101 or consent of instructor Prerequisites: wider within the Curating to Media approaches examines critical and theoretical course This students with an under course will provide The and exhibitions. practice of cultural realms film, print, and distribute video, create and people who conceive, standing of the organizations of the entertainment landscape promotion and new technology within the framework interactive cam- marketing and overall research promotion, publicity, how advertising, while demonstrating (3 credits) production. in the context of a film festival Spring created paigns are

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 450 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 453 - French Offered on demand. Offered Fall (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) FREN 342 – 19th Century French Fiction FREN 342 – 19th Century French concentration minor and core in the modern language major, a course requirement Fulfills 202. completion (C- or higher) of French or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: novel (and short stories), French focuses on a rich period for the Fiction 19th Century French empha- The shaped modern writing. to works that have and allows students extensive exposure along with important Zola, Balzac, and Nerval, schools and such as Hugo, figures sis is on great the influence Students will learn to appreciate Naturalism. Realism, movements: Romanticism, FREN 311 – Advanced Conversation FREN 311 – Advanced Concentration Minor and Core Major, in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate discus- for group skills conversational is designed to help students refine Conversation Advanced topics pertaining to everyday life, on current presentations and individual oral sion, dialogue, (3 credits) and the arts. Spring conditions, social/economic politics, professions, I Literary Tradition FREN 338 – French Concentration Core in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills in the same language or completion (C-or II Course Successful higher) of Intermediate Prerequisite: placement by examination. language from in the respective survey a chronological of literature I provides Literary Tradition early writings from ranging most significant works of literature, The AD. 800 AD to 1750 around and discussed. will be introduced and dramas early novels, epics to lyrical poetry, in medieval to literary specific Emphasis is placed on the tools of analysis studies and criticism in modern of understanding discussing and writing about significant texts affords Reading, language study. language skills of advanced and reinforcement literature II Literary Tradition FREN 339 – French Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills II course in the same language or completion (C- or higher) of Intermediate Successful Prerequisite: placement by examination. from language in the respective survey a chronological of literature II provides Literary Tradition drama from ranging of literature, most significant works The AD to the present. 1750 around and will be introduced to the short story especially in the nineteenth century, and the novel, specific to literary analysis discussed. Emphasis is placed on the tools of studies and criticism in under and writing about significant texts affords discussing, Reading, modern language study. FREN 310 – Advanced Grammar and Composition Grammar – Advanced FREN 310 Concentration. and Core Minor Modern Language Major, in the a course requirement Fulfills of the appropriate (C- or higher) completion or successful by examination Placement Prerequisite: course II language Intermediate composition, and written structures, grammatical in advanced and review practice Intensive struc- competence of grammatical a basis for advanced course forms This the mastery of style. and is intended to serve language target for advanced as a foundation in the student’s tures study. (3 credits) language skills of advanced Spring and reinforcement standing of literature Literary Topics FREN 340 – Advanced Concentration and Core Minor, in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate trends, students to literary content course is designed to introduce masterpieces, variable This proposed studying the author or genre and language by reading and movements of the targeted expected language and students are in the targeted and materials are lectures All for the course. language. and writers of the targeted speakers to be proficient - - - (3 credits) (3 credits) FREN 210 – Actors, Authors and Audiences Authors FREN 210 – Actors, in the minor of Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills - and cinematic produc to the dramatic students topics course designed to introduce A variable close examination of the mate Through or language group. tions of a specific nation, culture FRENCH (also I – ElementaryFREN 101 French see listings Concentration Core in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills under of the language studied. open to native speakers Not Prerequisite: Languages) Proficiency-based first of a two-courseThe and its culture. sequence in the elements of a language of the language within a and syntax vocabulary, instruction discursive patterns, in fundamental the foundation Establishes writing. and reading speaking, listening, context. Emphasizes cultural audio and video components. studied. Uses in the language for further facility II French FREN 202 – Intermediate Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Not Language I course. Intermediate to achieve a functional level expected Language I. Students are of Intermediate Continuation of world use for class discussion for the course include extensive Internet Activities of fluency. (3 credits) Spring events and extended use of the Language Lab. include: banks, mutual fund companies, investment houses, insurance companies, or social ser or social companies, insurance houses, investment fund companies, mutual include: banks, I French FREN 201 – Intermediate Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Elementary Not Language II course. course of a two-course first The which extends fundamental skills developed in the sequence instruction. Emphasis is placed upon skills leading to Proficiency-based elementary courses. and writing, extensive reading, more through of language and culture fluency and integration and review grammar through of linguistic skills depth and range assignments; greater Internet (3 credits) Fall practice. conversational French The on Culture: FREN 220 – Perspectives This course is taught in English to the history students of a content course is designed to introduce variable and culture This understanding of the most course format, students will gain a deeper a survey style nation. In use this infor nation and may aspects of the targeted historical, and cultural significant literary, Course Descriptions Course By arrangement. vice agencies. II FREN 102 – Elementary French Concentration Core in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: speakers of the language studied. open to native Elementary Not Language I course. instruction in authentic of ElementaryContinuation Language I, emphasizing proficiency-based (3 credits) Spring contexts. cultural and understanding of how the appreciation for the topic, students gain a deeper rial proposed each semester is topic covered it. The itself and how others perceive perceives culture targeted but students must study a for credit, be repeated course may Bulletin. This listed in the Course course is taught in English This topic each time this course is offered. different on demand Offered Spring Fall, mation to assist in language acquisition. (3 credits)

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 452 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 455 - German Offered on demand Offered (3 credits) GER 202 – Intermediate German II Intermediate GER 202 – Concentration Modern Language Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of the appropriate (C- or higher) completion or successful by examination Placement Prerequisite: of the language studied. open to native speakers Not I course. Language Intermediate a functional level expected to achieve are Language I. Students of Intermediate Continuation discussion of world use for class extensive Internet for the course include Activities of fluency. (3 credits) Spring of the Language Lab. events and extended use Audiences and Authors GER 210 – Actors, Language in the minor of Modern a course requirement Fulfills - produc and cinematic students to the dramatic to introduce topics course designed A variable examination of the material close Through or language group. culture tions of a specific nation, of how the targeted and understanding gain a deeper appreciation for the topic, students proposed in the each semester is listed topic covered it. The others perceive itself and how perceives culture topic but students must study a different for credit, repeated be course may Bulletin. This Course course is taught in English. This offered. each time this course is GER 220 – Perspectives on Culture: The Germans The on Culture: GER 220 – Perspectives is taught in English course This students to the history content course is designed to introduce of a variable and culture This course format, students will gain a deeper understanding of the most a survey style nation. In use this infor nation and may aspects of the targeted historical, and cultural significant literary, (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, mation to assist in language acquisition. (3 credits) Composition and Grammar GER 310 – Advanced Concentration. Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate and the composition, written structures, grammatical in advanced and review practice Intensive in structures competence of grammatical course forms a basis for advanced This mastery of style. language and is intended to serve target study. as a foundation for advanced the student’s (3 credits) Fall Conversation GER 311 – Advanced Concentration Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate discus- skills for group conversational refine is designed to help students Conversation Advanced topics pertaining to everyday life, on current presentations and individual oral sion, dialogue, (3 credits) and the arts. Spring conditions, social/economic politics, professions, I GER 338 – German Literary Tradition Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills in the same language or completion (C-or II Course Successful higher) of Intermediate Prerequisite: placement by examination. language from in the respective survey a chronological of literature I provides Literary Tradition early writings from ranging most significant works of literature, The AD. 800 AD to 1750 around and discussed. will be introduced and dramas novels, early epics to lyrical poetry, in medieval specific to literaryEmphasis is placed on the tools of analysis studies and criticism in modern understanding of writing about significant texts affords discussing and Reading, language study. language skills (3 credits) of advanced Fall and reinforcement literature - Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Fall GER 201 – Intermediate German I GER 201 – Intermediate Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Elementary Not Language II course. first course of a two-courseThe sequence which extends fundamental skills developed in the instruction. upon skills leading to Emphasis is placed Proficiency-based elementary courses. and writing, extensive reading, more through of language and culture fluency and integration and review grammar of linguistic skills through depth and range assignments; greater Internet (3 credits) Fall practice. conversational GER 102 – Elementary German II Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Elementary Not Language I course. instruction in authentic of ElementaryContinuation proficiency-based Language I, emphasizing (3 credits) Spring contexts. cultural GER 101 – Elementary German I Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills open to native speakers of the language studied. Not Prerequisite: Proficiency- of a two-course first The in the elements of a language and its culture. sequence and syntax of the language vocabulary, based instruction in fundamental discursive patterns, Establishes the and writing. reading speaking, context. Emphasizes listening, within a cultural audio and video components. in the language studied. Uses foundation for further facility (3 credits) Fall GERMAN (also see listings under Languages) of these movements outside of France, and will also become familiar with some social and intel become familiar with and will also outside of France, of these movements Topics FREN 350 – Advanced Concentration. Minor and Core Major, in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate study outside of language areas content course designed to explore is a variable Topics Advanced literary European criticism, and business. include linguistics, Topics of the scope of literature. - and a high level of proficien otherwise language, target noted, this course is taught in the Unless course may Bulletin. This each semester is listed in the Course topic covered cy is expected. The topic each time this course is offered but students must study a different for credit, be repeated (3 credits) Course Descriptions Course is objective The positivism. progressivism, the Revolution, within France: lectual background course is taught in This by very skills work with prose. extensive French students’ to improve French. Literature – Francophone FREN 343 concentration minor and core major, in the modern language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of FREN 202. completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: poetry, short stories, novel, drama, all genres: across 20th century, course will focus on the This lesser- some and introduce course books include vocabulary review, The and grammar songs. and elsewhere. the South Pacific Caribbean, the Africa, Louisiana, Canada, known writers from (the lan- and students will learn to imagine French themes, post-colonial course explores The outside of as useful commodities and aspects of culture) (the language guage) and francophonié (3 credits) Fall course is taught in French. the world. This and around France

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 454 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 457 -

(3 credits) Graphic Design Graphic Spring (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) Design Communication DSGN 210 – Advanced 110 DSGN 100 and DSGN Prerequisite: Concentration Design Core in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills assigned Projects in DSGN 100 and 110. skills acquired course builds upon fundamental This the application of visual information the student to broaden parts requiring interrelated have Projects applied to visual presentations. computer skills are Advanced multiple pieces. across Lab Computer time is spent in the Macintosh page design. Class web to include an introduction unless otherwise specified. (3 credits) Fall Design Communication DSGN 300 – Web 210 110, DSGN 100, Prerequisite: Concentration Design Core in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills and animation photography concept to completion. Typography, site is constructedA web from Advanced Web. Wide the World on designs for display interactive manipulated to create are on Emphasis is placed technical mastery. continued intellectual and assignments encourage presented. design are on multi-media and web lectures Progressive and usability. image quality (3 credits) Fall Identity DSGN 310 – Corporate 210 110, DSGN 100, Prerequisite: with the development the artistic methodology involved and intellectual Students investigate Through for an organization. Students design a unified visual system identities. of corporate A of formats. to a range identified and applied are the visual needs of the company research, systems. fundamental to most identity manual, and home page are standards stationery, logo, otherwise Lab unless specified. (3 credits) Computer Class time is spent in the Macintosh Spring DSGN 320 – Publication Design 210 110, DSGN 100, Prerequisite: Concentration Design Core in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills and limita- strengths The site. and companion web a publication prototype Students produce a visual collaboration studied to create are publication design tions of both print and electronic and home page are designs, spread feature A masthead, contents page, both formats. between book design including the history of publica- Traditional of the course. among the requirements Lab unless otherwise Computer tion design is discussed. Class time is spent in the Macintosh specified. Design in Graphic Topics DSGN 430 – Special 210 110, DSGN 100, Prerequisite: Concentration Core Design in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills - of design study not regu design focuses on specific areas special topics course in graphic This but is not limited to: include, of possible topics may variety The by the University. larly offered and Animation. Graphics, Museum Industry, Design, Design for the Music Package Special Offering ers a period beginning with the invention of the printing press and ending with digital imag- ending with digital and of the printing press beginning with the invention ers a period ongoing development of the the industrial revolution, of the printing press, invention The ing. view visual imagery. we influenced how significant evolution have the computer and other DSGN 200 – HistoryDSGN 200 Design Communication of 100; or consent of instructor DSGN Prerequisite: Concentration Design Core Graphic in the a course requirement Fulfills as forces trendsetters and trends, historical inventions, course is the study of focus of this The course cov The communications. design the contemporary shaped that have image of graphic - - - Offered on demand Offered (3 credits) GER 350 – Advanced Topics GER 350 – Advanced Concentration. Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate study outside of language areas content course designed to explore is a variable Topics Advanced literary European criticism, and business. include linguistics, Topics of the scope of literature. - and a high level of proficien otherwise language, target noted, this course is taught in the Unless course may Bulletin. This each semester is listed in the Course topic covered cy is expected. The topic each time this course is offered but students must study a different for credit, be repeated Spring Fall, (3 credits) GRAPHIC DESIGN to Design Communication DSGN 100 – Introduction Concentration Design Core in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills Students are and applications. design principles students to fundamental graphic Introduces the communication through challenges of graphic exposed to both the intellectual and technical vary addresses may project in format. Each Projects of a series of visual presentations. creation - composition, and typogra imaging, aspects of design development such as electronic different - developed to pre-press presen are projects All helpful but not required. skills are Computer phy. design history and visual supporttation level. Graphic with slide presentations mate is discussed DSGN 110 – Typography DSGN 100; or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration Core Design in the Graphic a course requirement Fulfills Students will form builds on the principles established in DSGN 100. study of typographic The intellectual and psycho The visual presentations. forms through develop effective uses of letter rial. Class time is spent in the Macintosh Computer Lab unless otherwise Lab unless specified. (3 credits) Computer rial. Class time is spent in the Macintosh Spring Fall, or in combination with image is alone composition when presented logical impact of typographic discussed. Class are imaging in typographic advances that motivated Historical forces explored. Spring Lab unless otherwise Fall, Computer specified. (3 credits) time is spent in the Macintosh GER 339 – German Literary Tradition II German LiteraryGER 339 – Tradition Concentration Modern Language Core in the a course requirement Fulfills same language or II course in the of Intermediate (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: examination. placement by language from in the respective survey a chronological of literature II provides Literary Tradition drama from ranging works of literature, most significant The to the present. AD 1750 around and will be introduced to the short story century, and the novel, especially in the nineteenth specific to literary placed on the tools of analysis discussed. Emphasis is studies and criticism in under about significant texts affords and writing discussing, Reading, modern language study. Literary Topics GER 340 – Advanced Concentration and Core Minor, Major, in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate trends, students to literary designed to introduce masterpieces, content course is variable This proposed or genre and studying the author language by reading targeted and movements of the expected are language and students in the targeted and materials are lectures All for the course. language. and writers of the targeted speakers to be proficient Course Descriptions Course language skills (3 credits) of advanced Spring and reinforcement standing of literature

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 456 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 459 - - - Historic PreservationHistoric Fall (3 credits) Fall HP 160 – American Buildings and the Western Tradition Western Buildings and the HP 160 – American this course serves to the America, in as an introduction surveyA chronological of architecture II. Issues War the 17th from and construction in America century to World styles, architects, and socio-cultural critical analysis through history explored are technology, aesthetics, of style, acknowledging architecture, and high-style vernacular course addresses form. The of the built coupled of visual resources using an array variants and their American antecedents European (3 credits) Spring with field trips. Documentation – Historic Building HP 175 of instructor HP 150 or permission Prerequisite: tools and techniques; terminology documentation programs, established course addresses This architectural and preparing reading field-recording, systems; spaces and of building elements, descrip architectural management; and written and image recording photographic drawings; discussion, visiting lecturers, readings, lectures, through States, in the United practices vation legislation, fund- public policy, include planning history, addressed Subjects and site visits. Street Main easements, design guidelines, districts, historic zoning, plans, comprehensive ing, cannot smart and new urbanism. Students growth, transportation, homeownership, programs, for both HP 302 and HP 502. (3 credits) credit receive Spring Research HP 324L – Archival Co-listed with HP 524L HP 150 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: fabric of to the physical in historical preservation entails: site-specific related Research research general site; or more landscape or archaeological engineering feature, community, a building, America HP 341 – Pre-Industrial AAH 121-122 Prerequisites: of pre-industrial its landscape as found the rich material culture America: course explores This of utilitarian and decorative in the production and craftsmanship architecture, and altered, and craftsmanship of craft and conveyance means of production traditional focuses on It objects. (3 credits) Fall to the 19th century. of early settlement days from to generation, generation from tions; and the role of documentation in developing project documents for preservation. Class documents for preservation. in developing project of documentation tions; and the role with field-based work. (3 credits) coupled are Spring and demonstrations lectures Conservation of Architectural HP 301 – Principles Co-listed with HP 503 standing HP 324L or Junior Prerequisites: conservator in the preserva- of the architectural an overview role of the professional Provides and dating construction technology, styles, architectural addresses It tion of historic structures. building materials and conservation of traditional uses, techniques; the composition, properties, lectures, Site visits supplement and practices. treatments conservationand systems; standards, 301 and HP for both HP credit Students cannot receive and guest lecturers. readings discussions, 503. Planning of Preservation HP 302 – Principles Co-listed with HP 502 preser related the philosophies and methods of planning and contemporary, explores class This the research course employs This and technological. on context—social, cultural, ized research of Register of a site to National needed to complete the nomination methods and resources particularly as they Service standards, Park with National Historic Places (NR) in accordance to discussions will be linked Classroom to Statement of Significance and Description. relate neighboring sites. and relevant repositories of archival a series of field trips to a wide range determine how we students consider the significance or meaning of a place, these, Through that supports Students cannot our argument. conduct research and how we these attributes, for both HP 324L and HP 524L. (4 credits) credit receive - Fall Fall HP 150 – Introduction to Historic Preservation HP 150 – Introduction and social resources, natural and preservation of cultural, interpretation to the study, Introduction informed by the study of our past and the to best plan for our future, while considering ways and augmented by visiting speakers and discussion are Lectures today. engagement of stakeholders (3 credits) opportunities is explored. of career range The field trips to sites and communities. HISTORIC PRESERVATION GRK 201 – Intermediate Ancient Greek I Greek Ancient GRK 201 – Intermediate completion (C or higher) of Elementary Successful equivalent II or Greek Prerequisite: the original in readings through course of a two-course first The intended to provide, sequence specifically Plato 5th Century Athens, from literature to ancient Greek an introduction language, sur and the scholarly tradition style will be paid to grammar, attention Careful and Thucydides. II Greek Ancient GRK 202 – Intermediate completion (C or higher) of Elementary Successful equivalent II or Greek Prerequisite: in the origi- readings through course in a two-course second The sequence intended to provide, - atten Careful specifically Plato and Xenophon. to ancient Greek, an introduction nal language, Classical Studies surrounding and the scholarly tradition style tion will be paid to grammar, (3 credits) Spring GRK 102 – Elementary II Greek Ancient completion (C or higher) of Elementary Successful equivalent I or Greek Prerequisite: the Essentials of the grammar provide course sequence intended to course of a two second The classical of easy passages from Reading both classical and koine. and syntax of ancient Greek, (3 credits) Spring Testament. New and The including Plato and Herodotus writers, prose (3 credits) Fall Classical Studies. rounding GREEK (also seeGRK 101 – Elementary I Greek Ancient listings and the Essentials of the grammar – course sequence intended to provide course of a two first The under classical prose of easy passages from Reading both classical and koine. syntax of ancient Greek, Languages) to the influence of Introduction Testament. and the New including Plato and Herodotus writers, (3 credits) is required. knowledge of Greek previous No culture. on western ancient Greece DSGN 450 – Portfolio 440 320, 310, 300, 210, 110, DSGN 100, Prerequisite: statement that a coherent into refined Pieces are portfolio. a professional Students prepare - assigned to focus the direc are Projects and artistic career visions. the student’s at once, defines, for employment a polished presentation objective is to create The take. tion a student wishes to and the business of about self-promotion information Practical studies. opportunities or graduate (3 credits) design is emphasized. graphic Spring DSGN 440 – Art Direction – Art DSGN 440 320 310, 300, 210, 110, 100, DSGN Prerequisite: designers. needed by professional skills research this course is on overall emphasis of The the assignment, for researching responsible are They project. a semester-long Students design bids, production obtaining all necessary or generating the budget, gathering determining copy, of materials, in pre-press A breakdown form. project of the a full presentation and developing and binding, illustration, photography, paper specifications, time-line, workflow, expected costs, (3 credits) required. Spring information is other relevant Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 458 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 461 - - - - Students can- Historic PreservationHistoric Summer Fall Special Offering (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) historic preservation. Students are encouraged to select a focus which demonstrates original and original demonstrates to select a focus which encouraged Students are historic preservation. cases of in many are results Research scholarship. to available and contributes critical thinking, groups. serve to professional basis for scholarly presentations as the and/or quality publishable (3 credits) Internship HP 469 – Preservation nonprofit office or agency, 140 hours to an internship with a government Students devote at least to and related internship must be academically significant An company. or private organization, for seek is responsible as a preservationist. Each student development the student's professional and students work with faculty process, facilitate the search To ing and finding an internship. internship is formalized An and other professionals. alumni partners, of community our network - and student, under direc the host organization between a work plan and agreement through the intern and interim and final reports from through internship is evaluated An tion of faculty. supervisor by the student. (non-credit) formal presentation and a Preservation of Historic HP 501 – Fundamentals and management and its evolution, interpretation environment course examines the built This and philosophi- to include: the conceptual tools and practices employing historic preservation and charters and legislation; government, nonprofit to theories, with reference cal framework local level; preservation planning state and at the international, federal, involvement corporate documentation, assessment and treat inventory, architectural settings; in urban, town and rural (3 credits) Fall field trips and guest lecturers. course includes case studies, The ment techniques. Planning of Preservation HP 502 – Principles Co-listed with HP 302 preser related the philosophies and methods of planning and contemporary, explores class This discussion, visiting lecturers, readings, lectures, through States, in the United practices vation legislation, fund- public policy, include planning history, addressed Subjects and site visits. Street Main easements, design guidelines, districts, historic zoning, plans, comprehensive ing, cannot smart and new urbanism. Students growth, transportation, homeownership, programs, Spring for both HP 302 and HP 502. (3 credits) credit receive Conservation of Architectural HP 503 – Principles Co-listed with HP 301 standing HP 324L or Junior Prerequisites: conservator in the preserva- of the architectural an overview role of the professional Provides and dating construction technology, styles, architectural addresses It tion of historic structures. building materials and conservation of traditional uses, techniques; the composition, properties, lectures, Site visits supplement and practices. treatments conservationand systems; standards, 301 and HP for both HP credit Students cannot receive and guest lecturers. readings discussions, 503. Research HP 524L – Archival Co-listed with HP 324L fabric of to the physical in historical preservation entails: site-specific related Research research general site; or more landscape or archaeological engineering feature, community, a building, ized research on context—social, cultural, and technological. This course employs the research the research course employs and technological. This on context—social, cultural, ized research of Register needed to complete the nomination of a site to National methods and resources particularly as they Service standards, Park with National Historic Places (NR) in accordance to discussions will be linked to Statement of Significance and Description. Classroom relate neighboring sites. and relevant repositories of archival a series of field trips to a wide range determine how we students consider the significance or meaning of a place, these, Through work will that supports Additional our argument. conduct research and how we these attributes, is informed by application of these methods. how other scholarly research address for both HP 324L and HP 524L. (4 credits) credit not receive - - Fall (4 credits) Spring Fall Special Offering (4 credits) (3 credits) HP 351 – History of Historic Preservation and Philosophy Co-listed with HP 551 standing HP 150 or Junior Prerequisite: move in the preservation present of philosophical approaches Historical overview of the variety in Historic Preservation HP 451 – Thesis and Dean of faculty Senior standing and approval Prerequisite: Students Serves as the culminating academic experience for outstanding students in the major. supervisor in a self-definedwork closely with a faculty and self-directed study of an aspect of HP 342 – Industrial America HP 342 – Industrial 121-122 AAH Prerequisites: landscape, architecture, of the nation: its the industrial development course explores This the from ranging the industrial revolution, of and material production systems, transportation and vernacular architecture and Monumental mid-19th century of the 20th century. to the close the social, infrastructure, on the developing nation’s with an emphasis addressed, landscape are development of our built as they affect the underpinnings of our culture political and economic and styles to historical architectural reference and land use, patterns, settlement environment, (3 credits) Spring objects. utilitarian and decorative building types, Lab Conservation HP 382L – Architectural Co-listed with HP 582L HP 301 Prerequisite: and con- traditions, craft uses, properties, composition, surveys course the manufacture, This finishes, decorative – wood, metal, glass, systems servation building materials and of traditional readings Lectures, employed. in which they are and masonry context – and the architectural and laboratory workshops exercises field trips, supplemented by site visits, and discussions are constructiontechnology and contemporary to understand historic American conservation- prac (4 credits) for both HP 382L and HP 582L. credit Students cannot receive tices. Course Descriptions Course and ethics of preserva- changes in the values Explores to the latest Charters. Ruskin ment from be made that may for judgments and choices tion and urban conservation to set the framework of types various and innovation, to tradition include issues related Topics in building projects. and adap reconstruction restoration, museums and private as “living” historic preservation, such conservation and heritage tourism. (3 credits) Spring tive reuse, Planning Lab HP 384L – Preservation standing 301, 342 or Junior HP 175, Prerequisites: in preserving the A laboratorywill examine the issues involved and field-based course that include will and analysis reading General context of specific historic resources. environmental and digital imaging, landscape and urban conservation. in GIS, issues in town, rural, Lab projects addition, will will be assigned. In historic context and evaluation other techniques for recording urban locations. town, and/or rural, field applications to nearby landscape, involve Abroad and Preservation HP 391 – Architecture Senior standing Prerequisite: significant domestic and public architecture includes on-site examination of historically Course and adaptive reuse restoration of preservation, of the practice combined with the investigation included and and authorities are by local practitioners and presentations Lectures work abroad. emphasized. in Historic Preservation Topics HP 430 – Special standing Junior Prerequisite: and other experts in specific aspects of the historic preservation field. faculty by Presentations given in any depending on the topic offered than once, this course more take Students may semester.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 460 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 463 - - - - History Spring (4 credits) Spring Fall (4 credits) (3 credits) Spring HISTORY Civilization I 101 – HistoryHIST of Western Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the ancient, East through its birth and the Near in Greece civilization from Examines Western (3 credits) Fall 1600. worlds to about A.D. and Renaissance medieval, Civilization II 102 – HistoryHIST of Western Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the 17th from century and society to the achievements, cultural politics, Examines European present. HP 631 – Preservation Graduate Thesis Seminar Thesis Graduate HP 631 – Preservation or HP 551 HP 351 Prerequisite: seminar servesThis as the first part for students in the academic experience of the cumulating a the towards development of issues is focused on the seminar graduate-degree The program. sis proposal through research, readings, discussions, papers and presentations, augmented by augmented and presentations, papers discussions, readings, research, through sis proposal philosophical to theoretical, includes attention This visiting lecturers. and by faculty lectures supervisor in a self-defined closely with the faculty Students work and self- and ethical concepts. select a focus to encouraged of historic preservation. Students are study of an aspect directed The scholarship. and critical thinking and contributes to available original that demonstrates (3 credits) Fall that embodies the work of the semester. document is a thesis proposal product Preservation in Historic Thesis – Graduate HP 651 HP 631 Prerequisite: thesis servesThe - final part as the experience for students in the gradu of the culminating academic supervisor on the readers) (and external closely with a faculty Students work ate thesis program. self-definedand self-directed historic preservation formulated in the Graduate study of an aspect of and/ final document should be of publishable quality This Seminar in Historic Preservation. Thesis (3 credits) groups. or serve to professional as the basis for scholarly presentations Workshop HP 681L – Historic Rehabilitation in light of fed- develops components of a certified project workshop historic rehabilitation This Historic a focus on the Federal with and incentives, state and local preservation regulations eral, SHPO and other play IRS, to the NPS, and with reference program Incentives Tax Preservation ers. Students work on a site conducting documentation, condition assessment, and treatment condition assessment, and treatment Students work on a site conducting documentation, ers. Standards, and application of the Secretary of the Interior’s interpretation recommendations, and design development, outline specifications and draw program code analysis, zoning study, ings, and other components. Site-specific struc - informed by visits to rehabilitated and other components. work will be ings, and meetings with professionals. tures Planning Workshop HP 682L – Preservation HP 526 or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: site-specific, approaches workshop informed by an understanding of This field-based projects of plan- and an array players, initiatives, incentives and financing, codes and regulations, laws, the class is conducted in partnership with and for a Typically, ning and conservation practices. management and organization, Students’ group. or community organization governmental entity, documentation techniques resources, skills; use of research presentation graphic/oral/written a mul Students will be challenged to take critical. are and computer applications; and teamwork and consider diverse stakeholders. tifaceted approach - - - Spring Spring Special Offering (3 credits) HP 525 – Preservation Economics HP 525 – Preservation field. the historic preservation financing activities within the major issues in course examines The (using incentive programs) historic buildings of preserving and rehabilitating financial physics The of and sources methods The visits. work and site project applied research, through explored are budget learned through are non-profit) (both governmental and preservation agencies funding for (3 credits) professionals. and fund-raising with agency leaders and seminars analysis in Historic Preservation Topics HP 530 – Special with permission of the instructor or Senior standing standing, Graduate Prerequisites: in Historic periods and individuals course dealing with significant themes, content Variable academic and seminar format, with graduate in a graduate course is offered The Preservation. be course may The and student pursuits. as supportas well scholarly expectations faculty for than once depending on topical content. more taken HP 551 – History Preservation of Historic and Philosophy Co-listed with HP 351 in the preservation move present of philosophical approaches Historical overview of the variety Internship HP 569 – Preservation nonprofit with a government office or agency, Students devote at least 140 hours to an internship to significant and related internship must be academically An company. or private organization, for seek Each student is responsible development as a preservationist. the student's professional Lab Conservation HP 582L – Architectural Co-listed with HP 382L and con- traditions, craft uses, composition, properties, course surveys the manufacture, This finishes, decorative – wood, metal, glass, servation building materials and systems of traditional readings Lectures, employed. and masonry context in which they are – and the architectural workshops and laboratory exercises field trips, supplemented by site visits, and discussions are construction technology and contemporaryto understand historic American conservation- prac for both HP 382L and HP 582L. (4 credits) credit cannot receive Students tices. Course Descriptions Course and Regulation Law HP 526 – Preservation policy issues, students with working knowledge of the public course is designed to provide The and regulatorylegal structure Student activities functions in the field of historic preservation. - pres including historic legal subjects, working knowledge of relevant will be designed to teach and impor case precedents relevant preservation statutes, state and federal ervation ordinances, (3 credits) Spring tant constitutional issues. in Historic Preservation Practice HP 542 – Professional case stud- research, Through work in the profession. students for practical prepares course This specialized students investigate and informational interviews, practitioners visits to/with ies, of wide range the Students evaluate fields and opportunities sector. private in the public and completed in are proposals Internship goals. paths to inform their personal preservation career (3 credits) for graduation. Fall for the fulfillment of an internship required preparation and ethics of preserva- changes in the values Explores to the latest Charters. Ruskin ment from be made for judgements and choices that may tion and urban conservation to set the framework types and various and innovation to tradition include issues related Topics in building projects. and reconstructing restoration, museums and private of historic preservation such as “living” conservation and heritage tourism. (3 credits) Spring adaptive use, and students work with faculty process, facilitate the search To ing and finding an internship. internship is formalized An alumni and other professionals. partners, of community our network - direc and student, under the host organization between a work plan and agreement through the intern and interim and final reports from through internship is evaluated An tion of faculty. supervisor by the student. (non-credit) and a formal presentation Summer

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 462 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 465 History (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Special Offering Alternate Years (3 credits) (3 credits) HIST 310 – Studies in European History in European 310 – Studies HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor HIST Prerequisite: Concentration History in the a course requirement Core Fulfills Students may in-depth new topic is chosen for a this course is offered Each semester study. subjects include: History Sample and Technology, of Science suggest to the instructor. topics Discovery. of History; Voyages Jewish Modern Totalitarians; The Communism; Socialism and study a single topic only once but students may for credit, be repeated course may This Special Offering Histories 315 – Studies in National HIST consent of instructor HIST 101,102 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills is development nation’s one modern European course is offered, Each semester that this only study a single nation but students may for credit, be repeated course may This explored. once. History National 316 – Studies in African HIST consent of instructor HIST 101,102 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills examines the historical development of one specific country course This or sub-region of Africa. as as well political, economic, an social transformations will focus on both larger course The to be studied could include: South or regions Countries changes in the daily lives of people. Congo. Egypt, Ethiopia and The Africa, HIST 317 – Studies in Asian National History 317 – Studies in Asian National HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills examines the historical development of one specific country course This or sub-region in Asia. as well political, economic, and social transformations will focus on both the larger course The to be studied could include: Modern or regions Countries as changes in the daily lives of people. Korea. and Modern Japan, China, Modern History National 318 – Studies in Latin American HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills examines the historical development of one specific country course This or sub-region in Latin economic, and social transformations political, course will focus on both the larger The America. be studied could include: to or regions Countries daily lives of people. as changes in the as well and the Andes. Brazil, Mexico, HIST 320 – Ancient History 320 – Ancient HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills and Hellenistic on Hellenic ca. 500BCE – 500 CE, concentrating East from and the Near Europe the conquests of and Persia; Greece history between the wars polis system; including the Greek his- religious to the fall of the Empire; the founding of the city from Rome the Great; Alexander tory both pagan and monotheistic. (3 credits) HIST 319 – Studies in Modern Middle East National Histories Middle East National 319 – Studies in Modern HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills historical development, such nation’s one modern Each semester that this course is offered, be may States, and the Gulf Turkey Syria, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Israel, Iraq, as Iran, study a single nation only but students may for credit, be repeated course may This explored. once. Fall, Spring Fall, (4 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) HIST 203 – DimensionsHIST of History and Lab or consent of instructor HIST 101, 102, 151,152 Prerequisite: on the development of of historians in the modern world, focusing Examines the basic concerns stresses lab and historical method. The history, philosophies of history discipline, as an academic of primary materi- interpretation source of historical writing, and critique of models analysis scholarly publications in the historical field, for and form appropriate and elements of style als, sophistication a series of writing assignments of increasing through HIST 152 – United States History to the Present II: Reconstruction 152 – United HIST Concentration Core in the American Studies a course requirement Fulfills Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills of the United development Surveyseconomic, social, diplomatic, and cultural the political, (3 credits) the present. to the Reconstruction Spring States from HIST 151 – United States History I: From Colonial Times to Reconstruction Times Colonial History States I: From 151 – United HIST Concentration American Studies Core in the a course requirement Fulfills Concentration History in the a course requirement Core Fulfills United development of the Surveys cultural social, diplomatic, and political, economic, the (3 credits) Reconstruction. through period Fall its Colonial States from Course Descriptions Course 281 – A Survey East Asian History of HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills and historical influ- cultural, introductory course that emphasizes the political, religious, An response emphasis on Asia’s with special to the modern era, antiquity ences of East Asia from and its efforts to foster a unique of Asian nationalisms, intrusion, its interpretation to Western Asian identity. History African 282 – A Survey Modern of HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills with an exami- introductory course that analyzes the continent during and after colonial rule, An and the victories and nationalism, of African the growth control, of European nation of the era defeats of independence. History 283 – Survey American of Latin HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the Pre- from a synthesis of the historical development of Latin America presents course This fashion and examines in chronological course is organized The to the present. era Columbian and the colonial period, the movement for independence, topics such as Pre-Columbian states, neocolonialism. Middle East History 284 – A Survey of Modern HIST instructor; HIST 101,102 or permission from Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills students to the major historical developments of the modern Middle course will introduce This into its ancient history of the region. background East, with a brief foray to give students a broad in the begin- Empire will focus on the historical period following the decline of the Ottoman It the student course will provide The ning of the 20th century the modern day. down through include a to be discussed may with a foundation for further study on the Middle East. Issues the Lebanese civil extremism, of oil in the world, religious conflict, role focus on the Arab-Israeli revolution. and the Iranian war, the Iraq war,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 464 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 467 - - - - History Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Alternate Fall Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) HIST 341 – Colonial America 341 – Colonial HIST 151,152 or consent of instructor HIST Prerequisite: Concentration History in the a course requirement Core Fulfills 17th during the The America of North colonization the European on and 18th centuries. Focuses and environment with the American interaction by their of Europeans transformation cultural will be emphasized with each other HIST 342 – Revolutionary America HIST consent of instructor HIST 151, 152 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the 1790s. the 1760s through States from period of the United examination of the formative An will be consid- of revolution character constitutional and cultural political, social, military, The ered. HIST 344 – The Civil War Era Civil War 344 – The HIST consent of instructor HIST 151, 152 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the states during the 1850s and 1860s. and the conflicts between of the causes A consideration the out and nation, and the factors which determined of region of conflicting loyalties Issues come of these conflicts will be explored HIST 346 – The Gilded Age 346 – The HIST HIST 151, 152 consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills this course will examine the 1903, 1876 through the period from upon the period from Focusing techno to unprecedented and a response of Progressivism and the precursors rise of Populism logical and social change. HIST 348 – The Great Depression Great 348 – The HIST HIST 151, 152 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills economic and The States. A study of the interwar and 1930s in the United decades of the 1920s times had upon the social and cul hard and the impact political components of the Depression tural fabric of nationalism will be emphasized. tural HIST 351 – Frontier in United States History in United 351 – Frontier HIST HIST 151, 152 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills move Emphases will be on the westward and image. process, as place, Examines the frontier - mind, past and pres upon the American and the impact of the frontier societies, ment, frontier ent. History States Environmental 354 – United HIST HIST 151, 152 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills agri- the development of commercial of agrarianism, Surveys the intellectual and economic roots and land use upon the American and the impact of ruralism ethics, and environmental culture people. States History 360 –Studies in United HIST HIST 151, 152 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills States history will be studied in a single topic in United Each semester this course is offered 1960s may The and/or Era, the Progressive Era, periods such as the Jacksonian depth. Critical also be and / or diplomacy may Significant themes such as education, immigration be offered. - Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) HIST 334 – Problems in War and Diplomacy in War 334 – Problems HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills be may Topics a new topic is chosen for in-depthEach semester that this course is offered, study. for be repeated but not the topic, may course, This suggested to the instructor by the students. credit. HIST 332 – 20th Century Europe HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the chaotic interwar through War World the origins of the First historyExamines European from Emphasizes political, of a new Europe. and the resurgence War II, the Cold War period, World developments. diplomatic, social, and cultural military, HIST 322 – Medieval History 322 – Medieval HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor HIST Prerequisite: Concentration History in the a course requirement Core Fulfills Empire, influences of the Roman on the medieval concentrating ca 500-1300 from Europe the rise of empire; of Charlemagne’s the rise and division Christianity; and German invaders church Empire; Roman of the Holy the rise and decline and England; in France national states crusadesand state conflicts; the education. and medieval Course Descriptions Course and Reformation 324 – Age of Renaissance HIST consent of instructor HIST 101,102 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills to the Greco- return revival; of commercial the emergence ca. 1300-1600 stressing Europe and the conflicts that unity, Christian of western the breakup ideas of artliterature; and Roman resulted. 326 – Age of Absolutism HIST consent of instructor HIST 101,102 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills the rise of absolutist of Germany; disunity on the continued ca. 1600-1788 concentrating Europe in Stuart England; the rise of Russia of Absolutism the failure governments in Bourbon France; and enlightenment the scientific revolution and Russia; 331 – 19th Century Europe HIST HIST 101,102 consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills agree Power and the Great Wars the end of the Napoleonic historyExamines European from aspects of revolution, in 1914: including War World of the First ments of 1815 to the outbreak hegemony. imperialism, and European industrialism, nation-states, change, social and cultural (3 credits) HIST 328 – Age of French Revolution and Napoleon Revolution 328 – Age of French HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills as a domestically its impact on Europe Revolution ca. 1789-1815 focusing on the French Europe his conquests of Bonaparte, the rise of Napoleon of terror; and its evolution into the reign whole, and his military of revolutionary defeat. the spread principles, Europe,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 466 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 469 - - Industrial Technology Industrial (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) HIST 430 – Special Topics in History Topics 430 – Special HIST Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills among students interest is sufficient periodically when there offered content course, A variable for in-depth history the standard of a topic which is not included among offerings. coverage (3 credits) INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY and Society IT 110 – Technology for our techno and projections trends dealing with futuristic of the literature a review Involves HIST 420 – Senior Seminar 420 – Senior HIST of instructor Senior standing or consent 101,102, 151, 152, 203L: HIST Prerequisite: the posed by particular historic problems interpret and analyze, research, Students will project a final written research, upon critical, independent Based Department or the instructor. of history of the flow or evolution understanding and the relevance student’s each will illustrate to their everyday questions or theories of historical lives. developments. for future and their implications logical society Processes IT 119 – Manufacturing include ferrous Topics and equipment used in industry today. processes, Study of materials, output capabilities of founding process heat treatment, material testing, metals, and nonferrous trips and industrial films augment the text material. and inspection. Field welding, machines, (3 credits) Management Safety Materials IT 215 – Hazardous and safe chemical han- materials technology regulations the student with hazardous Acquaints health effects and haz- and occupational Students will study the environmental dling techniques. Helps waste. and medical contaminants, to industrial chemicals, associated with exposure ards materials. for hazardous program the student to develop a formal safety Issue Environmental and IT 219 – Manufacturing or consent of instructor IT 119 Prerequisite: - produc cutting, the economics of metal I. Includes Processes A continuation of Manufacturing automation, and numerical control. ultra-finishing, grinding operation, abrasives, tion machines, (3 credits) Studies to Environmental IT 241 – Introduction the including practices, management the student with a foundation in environmental Provides and compliance. leadership, for environmental best management practices and regulations, laws water, clean preparedness, management, emergency waste include: solid and hazardous Issues conservation, regulations. and energy and other applicable laws pollution prevention, clean air, (3 credits) Management Waste to Solid and Hazardous IT 242 – Introduction understanding of the issues and opportunities a basic to engage in activi- for workers Provides issues. a special emphasis on local environmental with waste, ties in the field of solid hazardous compliance monitor OSHA training, requirements, RCRA include: landfill management, Topics - resolu conducting a site assessment, dispute auditing, environmental pollution prevention, ing, and business and employment opportunities in the field of solid and hazardous tion, ISO 14000, waste. IT 255 – Studies in Technology factors in an industrial into the common developmental and organizational investigation An analysis, development and production product and managerial structure, enterprise: corporate Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering (4 credits) (3 credits) Special Offering Special Offering (3 credits) HIST 390 – Great Cities in History 390 – Great HIST of instructor Consent Prerequisites: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills as such cities, great the origins and development of one of the world’s Each offering will explore Boston, Chicago and New City, Quebec Tokyo, Rome, Athens, Dublin, Jerusalem, London, Paris, be course may be added to the list. The other major cities may warrant, As circumstances York. into the course Incorporated only once. study a single city but students may for credit, repeated this in the spring semester, When this course if offered is an intensive period of onsite study. phase of this in the spring recess Participation in March. place during the spring recess shall take course is required. HIST 384: Perspectives in Mid-East History 384: Perspectives HIST Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills HIST 101, 102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: or topic in the history a critical period Each semester this course is offered, of the Middle East will which and Mesopotamia – Myth include specific topics may Non-nation shall be explored. to of Gilgamesh, Enumma Elish, Adapa the myths through the historyrelate of Mesopotamia and high- to define the term “minority” attempt name a few; Minorities in the Middle East will among others; History of Ahwazis Yezidis, Kurds, Jews, Assyrians, light the history of Armenians, would look at the history Eastern Christianity, Middle Eastern Religions and tenets of Judaism, Bahaism, and Yezidism, including Zoroastrianism, religions as lesser-known as well and Islam to uncover the historical, will work Conflict HistoryDruzism; The of the Palestinian-Israeli This and exploring possibilities for peace. and social concerns of such ongoing discord cultural than once. the same subject more not study but students may for credit, be repeated course may (3 credits) HIST 381 – Critical Periods and Topics in Asian History and Topics Periods 381 – Critical HIST instructor 101, 102 or consent of HIST Prerequisite: Concentration History in the a course requirement Core Fulfills a critical period in the history is offered, Each semester this course of Asian history shall be stud- East Asia East Asia and the West, in Antiquity, Japan include: China in Antiquity, may ied. Topics War. and the Cold History in Latin American and Topics Periods 383 – Critical HIST HIST 101,102 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills period or special topic in the history one historical Each semester that this course is offered, of educa- include subjects such as religion, may Topics is explored. culture a major Latin American for credit, be repeated course may This industrialization, urbanization, and the arts. tion, war, than once. not study the same subject more but students may HIST 382 – Critical Periods and Topics in Africa in and Topics Periods 382 – Critical HIST consent of instructor HIST 101,102 or Prerequisite: Concentration in the History a course requirement Core Fulfills shall of Africa a critical period or topic in the histories is offered, Each semester this course and Nationalism African Competition; Imperial include: Apartheid; may Topics be explored. Southern Africa. and Modern East Africa; Modern Africa; North Modern War; the Cold Warfare; only study a single period or topic but students may for credit, be repeated course may This once. considered separate courses. This is a variable content course and may be repeated for credit, but for credit, be repeated and may content course a variable is This courses. separate considered only once study a single topic may student’s Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 468 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 471 - (3 credits) Industrial Technology Industrial (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) posal and the cost of injury and illness to workers. IT 343 – World Class Manufacturing IT 343 – World factors which con- and the global economy an overview today’s of successful firms in Provides of the value been successful. Stresses not some have Examines why success. tribute to such 100 companies Fortune and focuses on how making, and team-based decision planning strategic to face global competition. order and tactics in strategies objectives, their goals, changed have Regulatory Issues and Health IT 357 Safety – Occupational health that and safety of the historical events in occupational awareness Students will develop an concerns in previous health and safety identify will They regulatory process. led to the current the hazard, will identify proposal situation(s). The the to correct a proposal jobs and present the pro and discuss cost of implementing the risk or hazard, and contain methods to measure Safety Project IT 380 – Construction recognition/ methods of economics of accident prevention, and the control Examines project material and advisory- reference sourc using of unsafe working conditions, avoidance/prevention hazard losses, scheduling to prevent project control, and traffic construction site security es, documentation, and loss prevention safety methods and equipment, selection of safety analysis, laws Act) and Health (Occupational Safety OSHA records, inspection and maintenance safety that apply. and regulations Standards Environmental IT 411 – ISO 14000 Series of International being developed by the International which are of the ISO 14000 series of standards Review 14000 and scope of ISO will include background (ISO). Topics for Standardization Organization and ISO registration benefits, the economic and market business implications, and its subparts, domestic and international implications. auditing standards, Minimization and Waste Prevention IT 412 – Pollution management plan, which emphasizes waste hazardous students to develop a proactive Allows - evalua process include: pollution concepts, Topics strategies. minimization and reduction waste and training. inventory controls, reduction, waste impact assessments, tion and planning, (3 credits) Topics IT 430 – Special Specific Management. and Manufacturing In-depth study of some aspect of Technology Supply include: Lean Manufacturing, semester to semester and may varyfocus may from Change Management, Organizational Ethics in Science and Technology, Chain Management, once for study a single topic only but students may for credit, be repeated etc. May Leadership, credit. Practicum Technology IT 440 – Industrial or activities business or industrial problems significant Designed to allow students to investigate be taken this course may employment. Because the content varies, to students’ related directly times. three Planning IT 455 – Production organization planning and control, such as analysis, Examines the fundamentals of production stock of production, procurement, schedules, and master production forecasting of production, and quantitative methods. scheduling and dispatching, routing, stock control, Management and Health Safety IT 457 – Workplace education, and safety plant inspection, accident investigation, analysis, include: job safety Topics its application and to the OSHA program emphasis is placed on an introduction Special training. to industry. - (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) IT 325 – Methods and Materials of Occupational Safety and Health Education and Health Safety of Occupational and Materials IT 325 – Methods and occupational safety for developing development skills to those responsible program Provides set learner outcome conduct needs assessments, health education. Students will learn how to to in-house topics relative Includes evaluation. and program develop learning objectives, goals, Students will become theory. as adult learning style principles and development as well training resources. and program sources, of consultation, reference familiar with the availability IT 311 – Water Quality Management Quality IT 311 – Water an important play which role regulations a working knowledge of the state and federal Provides water include: properties and the use of water, Topics management of a facility. in the overall source and pollution systems, treatment water assessment and management methods, pollutants, reduction. Management Quality IT 342 – Total methods in U.S. them with traditional management methods and contrasts Examines TQM stud- Case reviewed. are Participatory authoritarian management approaches and industry today. that attempts 3M, Dell) along with TQM FedEx, examined (e.g., ies of successful applications are been unsuccessful. have ity, and bloodborne pathogens. May be repeated for additional credit. (1-3 credits) for additional credit. be repeated May and bloodborne pathogens. ity, IT 328 – Ergonomics cumulative overview complex occupational problems: a comprehensive to solve two Provides and manual materials handling (MMH). Almost (CTD) of the upper extremity disorders trauma some and involves individuals to use their upper extremities every requires occupational setting the and evaluate to teach participants to recognize objectives are The form of materials handling. - and engineering/adminis design, work practices, ergonomics, and then solve it through problem will be on injury focus and design. job evaluation overall control, The controls. trative Standards Quality IT 341 – International and how such com- course exams compliance with ISO and other international standards This will include business Topics within the global economy. role pliance impacts an organization’s and certification requirements, ISO registration benefits, the economic and market implications, and scope of the standards. and background IT 275 – Principles of Industrial Hygiene of Industrial – Principles IT 275 con- and focuses on problems of industrial hygiene the student to the fundamentals Introduces haz- respective of and control sanitation, and the recognition hygiene, cerning industrial health, materials commonly found hazardous of and control evaluation, the recognition, Includes ards. and they will be and radiation, noise, particulates, will include solvents, These in the workplace. subparts G and Z. 1910, to C.F.R. related and Health and Occupational Safety in Environmental Topics IT 310 – Special include may Students participate and health. Topics pertinent in workshops on topics to safety liabil product management, loss control methods, and control noise analysis indoor air quality, IT 265 – Environment and Technology and – Environment IT 265 and pertaining to land, water, environment of the physical the conditions Students examine lead that the practices that contribute to pollution; review analyze the factors air resources; the Environmental the means of improving and investigate impacts; to adverse environmental to pollution of physical related on a problem paper that focuses a research (EQ). Includes Quality or indirectly. that affect us directly resources labor and job training considerations. A corporation is created, industrial positions are role- are industrial positions is created, A corporation considerations. training labor and job is analyzed for production and the enterprise and sold, developed, produced is a product played, overhead, and profit. problems, Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 470 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 473 - Italian Fall ITALIAN (also see 101 – Elementary I Italian ITAL listings Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills under open to native speakers of the language studied. . Not Prerequisite: Languages) Proficiency-based of a two-course first The in the elements of a language and its culture. sequence a and syntax of the language within vocabulary, instruction in fundamental discursive patterns, Establishes the foundation and writing. reading speaking, context. Emphasizes listening, cultural (3 credits) audio and video components. in the language studied. Uses for further facility 102 – Elementary II Italian ITAL Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Elementary Not Language I course. instruction in authentic of ElementaryContinuation proficiency-based Language I, emphasizing (3 credits) Spring contexts. cultural I Italian 201 – Intermediate ITAL Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: open to native speakers of the language studied. Elementary Not Language II course. first course of a two-courseThe sequence which extends fundamental skills developed in the instruction. upon skills leading to Emphasis is placed Proficiency-based elementary courses. and writing, extensive reading, more through of language and culture fluency and integration and review grammar of linguistic skills through depth and range assignments; greater Internet (3 credits) Fall practice. conversational eral cases. (3 credits) cases. eral Union European Corporations: IB 450 Multinational Senior standing Prerequisites: corporations multinational largest world’s of the is the home of many Union European The indus- in the world in different leading corporations distinguished these are (MNCs). Among - environ the operating course explores This and auto. such as pharmaceutical, petroleum tries, - corpora of success for the leading multinational factors and key Union ment of the European of these companies compared competitive advantages addition, the course examines the In tions. (3 credits) MNCs. to the U.S.-based Business IB 469 – COOP: International FNCE 360, 340, MRKT of at least 2 of the following courses: MGMT 340, Completion Prerequisite: ECON 350/360 usually basis in selected positions, to students who work on a part-time academic credit Grants and skills learned concepts, Opportunities apply principles, to without financial remuneration. or government agency in an international organization, not-for-profit with a company, previously business capacity. pacts, North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), European Union (EU) and the World and the World (EU) Union European (NAFTA), Agreement Trade Free American North pacts, lec- The companies. major impacts on multinational that can have (WTO) Organization Trade economic integration major of several and a comparison strategies global trade highlight tures addition, trade In business. expansion of international the potential to enhance pacts that have the between such disputes in addressing Organization Trade of the World the role disputes and examined using sev will be industries involved for the their ramifications and the EU and U.S. (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) IB 250 – International Business: European Union Business: European IB 250 – International of instructor Permission Prerequisite: Break. the semester and a designated trip during Spring throughout lectures involves course This goals membership, its history, (EU) integration, Union on the European concentrate lectures The addition, In political, economic, technological, and socio-culturaland objectives, environments. challenges of the EU. opportunities and the future and issues, the course highlights problems and other countries of the students to France of this course takes component study-abroad The and and visits to companies, on the EU during the trip include additional lectures Activities EU. and historical places. cultural INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Disputes Business and Trade IB 306: International standing At least second semester sophomore Prerequisite: primary to the The objective of this course is to develop an understanding of the issues related and the economic integration global strategies barriers, specifically: Trade international business, IB 303 – EU and the U.S. MNCs in Emerging Markets MNCs in Emerging IB 303 – EU and the U.S. as MGMT 303 Cross-listed standing At least second semester sophomore Prerequisite: of markets emerging of the to the nature topics related of strategic covers a variety course This and Southeast Asian coun- Central Brazil), Mexico, countries (e.g., and South American Central political, economic, The Turkey). China) and Middle Eastern countries (e.g., India, tries (e.g., technological and socio-cultural examined in addition to the in these countries are environments primary of The focus is the presence for MNCs. these countries provide advantages comparative in and their operations and the U.S. Union (MNCs) of the European multinational corporations (CSR) and sustainability social responsibility to corporate issues with regard The these countries. also examined. in these countries are which countries, of field study in one of the studied emerging include a week course may This (3 credits) course is offered. place during the semester in which the will take INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES CAS 330 – INTERDISCIPLINARY WTNGPrerequisite: 200 or WTNGinstructor Standing; or consent of 210 or WTNG 220; Junior STUDIES of a range designed to engage students in Studies are designated as Interdisciplinary Courses semi- readings, disciplinary thematic or issue-based Through as they consider approaches topics. interdisciplinary perspectives on students will develop integrated, and projects, nar discussions, but for credit, be repeated content course and may is a variable intellectual engagement. This (1-3 credits) study a single topic only once. students may IT 458 – Quality Control IT 458 – Quality of statistical theory applications of analytical Stresses range on developing a wide with emphasis in control of quality value of the increasing an understanding is to provide Objective techniques. and industrial community. the business Course Descriptions Course Seminar – Senior IT 472 Senior standing Prerequisite: interest. of current and design projects special topics Students explore and Design Planning – Facilities IT 474 and design, selec- influencing plant layout and the factors of plant layout the types Introduces evaluating flow diagrams, material handling systems, and machines, tion and design of processes layout. and installing the alternative layouts,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 472 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 475 - - Journalism Offered on demand Offered (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fall, ITAL 350 – Advanced Topics 350 – Advanced ITAL Concentration. Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate study outside of language areas content course designed to explore is a variable Topics Advanced literary European criticism, and business. include linguistics, Topics of the scope of literature. - and a high level of proficien otherwise language, target noted, this course is taught in the Unless course may Bulletin. This each semester is listed in the Course topic covered cy is expected. The topic each time this course is offered but students must study a different for credit, be repeated (3 credits) ITAL 339 – Italian Literary Tradition II Literary Tradition 339 – Italian ITAL Concentration Modern Language Core in the a course requirement Fulfills same language or II course in the of Intermediate (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: examination. placement by language from in the respective survey a chronological of literature II provides Literary Tradition drama from ranging works of literature, most significant The to the present. AD 1750 around and will be introduced to the short story century, and the novel, especially in the nineteenth specific to literary placed on the tools of analysis discussed. Emphasis is studies and criticism in under about significant texts affords and writing discussing, Reading, modern language study. language skills (3 credits) of advanced Spring and reinforcement standing of literature Literary Topics 340 – Advanced ITAL Concentration and Core Minor, Major, in the Modern Language a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the appropriate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate trends, students to literary designed to introduce masterpieces, content course is variable This proposed or genre and studying the author language by reading targeted and movements of the expected are language and students in the targeted and materials are lectures All for the course. language. and writers of the targeted speakers to be proficient JOURNALISM I: Basic Journalism JOUR 170 – News COMM 111 Prerequisite: and writ researching reporting, to fundamentals of journalism including interview, Introduction Emphasis is on cam- stories. News and General News learn to write Breaking Students will ing. Fall (3 credits). issues. enforcement education, government and law local business, pus events, & Society JOUR 270 – Journalism COMM 100 or COMM 101 Prerequisites: students to the history introduces course of journalism, along with the tools and skills This disci- needed to assess that knowledge and use it when engaging ethical and social issues in the the history Class discussions and assignments will explore the lens of journalism through pline. and global society. impact the press of how information and communication technologies (ICTs) Fall (3 credits) Writing JOUR 280 – Feature COMM 111 Prerequisite: include Topics stories for newspapers and magazines. Emphasizes techniques for writing feature considers Also entertainment, and opinion pieces. developing story ideas and writing profiles, Spring (3 credits) and non-fiction literaryfree-lance markets devices. - ITAL 220 – Perspectives on Culture: The Italians The on Culture: 220 – Perspectives ITAL students to the history content course is designed to introduce of a variable and culture This course format, students will gain a deeper understanding of the most a survey style nation. In use this infor nation and may aspects of the targeted historical, and cultural significant literary, I Literary Tradition 338 – Italian ITAL Concentration in the Modern Language Core a course requirement Fulfills in the same language or completion (C-or II Course Successful higher) of Intermediate Prerequisite: placement by examination. language from in the respective survey a chronological of literature I provides Literary Tradition early writings from ranging most significant works of literature, The AD. 800 AD to 1750 around and discussed. will be introduced and dramas novels, early epics to lyrical poetry, in medieval specific to literaryEmphasis is placed on the tools of analysis studies and criticism in modern understanding of writing about significant texts affords discussing and Reading, language study. language skills (3 credits) of advanced Fall and reinforcement literature ITAL 210 – Actors, Authors and Audiences Authors 210 – Actors, ITAL Language in the minor of Modern a course requirement Fulfills - produc and cinematic students to the dramatic to introduce topics course designed A variable examination of the material close Through or language group. culture tions of a specific nation, of how the targeted and understanding gain a deeper appreciation for the topic, students proposed in the each semester is listed topic covered it. The others perceive itself and how perceives culture topic but students must study a different for credit, repeated be course may Bulletin. This Course on demand Offered course is taught in English. (3 credits) This offered. each time this course is Conversation 311 – Advanced ITAL Concentration Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate discus- skills for group conversational refine is designed to help students Conversation Advanced topics pertaining to everyday life, on current presentations and individual oral sion, dialogue, (3 credits) and the arts. Spring conditions, social/economic politics, professions, ITAL 202 – Intermediate Italian II Italian 202 – Intermediate ITAL Concentration Modern Language Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of the appropriate (C- or higher) completion or successful by examination Placement Prerequisite: of the language studied. open to native speakers Not I course. Language Intermediate a functional level expected to achieve are Language I. Students of Intermediate Continuation discussion of world use for class extensive Internet for the course include Activities of fluency. (3 credits) Spring of the Language Lab. events and extended use and Composition Grammar 310 – Advanced ITAL Concentration. Minor and Core in the Modern Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate and the composition, written structures, grammatical in advanced and review practice Intensive in structures competence of grammatical course forms a basis for advanced This mastery of style. language and is intended to serve target study. as a foundation for advanced the student’s (3 credits) Fall Course Descriptions Course Spring Fall, course is taught in English. (3 credits) mation to assist in language acquisition. This

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 474 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 477 - - - - Latin Special (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring ian, Latin, Portuguese, and Spanish) duce a thesis suitable for presentation at a student research conference and publication (either conference research at a student duce a thesis suitable for presentation for the course will be deter journal. Topics research in a student-level in print or electronically) of the student and by the exper by the interests mined by the language studied by the student, and major vocabulary of the Latin language, structures, duces the student to basic grammatical (3 credits) Fall knowledge of Latin is required. previous No works of Latin literature. 102 – Elementary Latin II LAT Concentration in the Language Core a course requirement Fulfills completion (C-or Successful higher) of Latin I or placement by examination Prerequisite: second course of a two-courseThe the fundamentals of Latin with sequence intended to provide Elementary Latin II language. the Latin in reading a special emphasis on developing facility of fun- and completes the presentation structures students to complex grammatical introduces addition, students will complete an introductory survey In of damentals of the Latin language. and selected passages of Latin prose to read the opportunity authors and will have major Roman poetry. LANGUAGES (also see listings Research LANG Thesis 420 – Senior under below C- in no grade higher in one language, language 300 courses or Senior status, three Prerequisite: Chinese, course. any Prerequisite French, topic in depth and pro one research Students will explore course for language majors. Required German, Ital- course is open only to language majors (3 credits) This Spring tise of the instructor. LANG Topics 430 – Special the Based upon pre-approval by by their advisor. a special topic approved Students explore fulfill a course requirement of the topic, this course may Department and upon the complexity of a included the creation topics have Past Concentration. or Core Minor, in the Language Major, language study for specialized fields. chosen language, site in the student’s web LATIN (also see 101 – Elementary Latin I LAT listings under Concentration in the Language Core a course requirement Fulfills Languages) course of a two-course first The the fundamentals of Latin with a intended to provide sequence Elementary Latin I intro the Latin language. in reading special emphasis on developing facility JOUR 470 – Journalism Capstone + Portfolio Capstone – Journalism JOUR 470 or consent of instructor 370 and senior standing JOUR Prerequisites: to the course is designed purposes: First, has two course + Portfolio Capstone Journalism The the as they moved through their academic experience seniors to evaluate challenge graduating work, and course class discussions As part will, through of that, students curriculum. Journalism Second, students will both in theory of Journalism and practice. their knowledge demonstrate as Journalism their achievements portfolio which should reflect an electronic to craft be pressed online in a com- students will publish these collected works As part of the final project, majors. their work should reflect That multimedia portfolio that showcases their talents. prehensive Spring (3 credits) Journalism. and competencies in the field of skills, interests, Offering - - - - - JOUR 370 – News II; Advanced Journalism and Lab and Journalism II; Advanced JOUR 370 – News COMM 111 and JOUR 170 Prerequisites: and writing in-depth news stories and interpretive reporting, in planning, practice Advanced include cover Assignments criticism of news-gathering techniques. Examines current articles. II JOUR 455 – Digital Journalism senior standing or consent of instructor JOUR 355, Prerequisites: storytelling and will over longer-form influence is designed to examine the Internet’s course This sophisticated news packages. more I towards the lessons learned in Digitaladvance Journalism multime and crafting reporting researching, weeks Students will select ONE topic and spend 15 in Journalism Topics JOUR 430 – Special COMM 111 and junior standing; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: one or all incorporating of journalism leading to design of projects Emphasizes specialized areas in jour concentrating completion of one of the following sets for majors Requires of these areas. form storytelling; f) Fall video storytelling platform. (3 credits) on an Internet Computerized beats. and special enforcement, law government, courts, community, ing campus, Fall (4 credits) setting. simulates newsroom classroom course will The to tell one complete story. a series of companion media dia packages that layer design web video news packaging; c) Internet skills; b) longer-form research cover: a) Advanced (3 credits) to nonlinear storytelling;and its relationship mapping and graphics. d) interactive Spring nalism: Set A: sports nonfiction; Set B: commentary journalism, photojournalism, and creative journal precision (editorials and personal columns), entertainment reporting and investigative Spring Fall, (3 credits) the alternative set as an elective. also take students may ism. Journalism JOUR 355 – Digital Journalism I JOUR 355 – Digital Journalism COMM 111, or consent of the instructor Prerequisites: news media, and over traditional influence is designed to examine the Internet’s course This Students age. news in the electronic multimedia formulas that effectively deliver to explore media that fuses together traditional in a way will learn to report and write non-fiction stories course will cover: a) a review The music and audio. print, still photography, including broadcast, in existence; c) video already b) multimedia platforms of the Internet; of commercialization of multimedia plat analysis e) texture d) writing for the Internet; for the Internet; programming JOUR 320 – Broadcast News JOUR 320 – Broadcast and 240 COMM 101, 111, Prerequisites: the peculiar demands Addresses in rudimentary skills. Instruction writing and related broadcast work and producing personnel especially as applied to newsroom industry, of the broadcast Spring (3 credits) under deadline. JOUR 315 – Introduction to Photo-Journalism JOUR 315 – Introduction of instructor 261 or COMM 240 or consent VARTS Prerequisites: of photo-journalism the practices to course is an introduction an emphasis on visual with This news photos and general photos, feature sports Assignments include photography, storytelling. Fall (3 credits) developing photo essays. JOUR 299 – Special Topics in Journalism in Topics – Special JOUR 299 100 or COMM 101 COMM Prerequisite: or second year suitable for a first Journalism of content areas the various from Examines topics course, The or timeliness of offering. instructor, of demand, interest by student level. Initiated Offering Special (1-3 credits) for credit. be repeated may not the topic, Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 476 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 479 - - - Fall Leadership Fall, Spring Fall, Offered on demand Offered (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) LAT 350 – Advanced Latin Topics 350 – Advanced LAT Concentration and Core Minor in the Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills or higher) of the Intermediate completion (C- or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: Latin II course of classical philol areas designed to explore content course is a variable Latin Topics Advanced and the history of classical schol paleography, epigraphy, include classical linguistics, Topics ogy. topic The otherwisethis course is in the original language. noted, all material for Unless arship. for credit, be repeated course may This Bulletin. each semester is listed in the Course covered (3 credits) this course is offered. topic each time but students must study a different LEADERSHIP LEAD 501 – Leaders and the Leadership Process principles and foundations for leadership including traits of this course is to provide purpose The their and why how they get results, explaining associated with outstanding leaders, and behaviors students to course is designed to introduce This all expected limits. leadership often exceeds as cognition in organizations social learning and associated with outstanding leadership, behaviors interven as a strategic and leadership development - outstanding leadership, a context to promote (3 credits) and performance. motivation and organizational tion to enhance individual, group Roles Skills for Leadership LEAD 502 – Communication leaders with the development and enhancement of com- assists leaders and future course This matriculation into a graduate for leadership and for successful munications skills required style, audience awareness, communications (e.g. and oral Emphasis is on both written program. writing employing APA and library and database research, presentations, individual and group and format). style Leaders for Organization & Analysis Management LEAD 503 – Data 503 as PA Cross-Listed design, data Emphasis on research and techniques for leaders. of quantitative analysis use The in the use of Instruction of findings. and presentation the interpretation gathering and analysis, will be cov and histograms deviations, standard medians, such as means, descriptive statistics, techniques employed of statistical and appropriateness of the validity includes an analysis It ered. may Students to analyze data is introduced. of computer software Use leaders. by professional (3 credits) Fall 503. in both LEAD 503 and PA not earn credit and the Leadership Role Excellence LEAD 504 – Inclusive a course requirement. Fulfills experiential leadership through the theory course will explore of diversity and practice This and analysis The and class discussions. small group didactic presentations, video and exercises, diverse workforce for managing an increasingly theories and strategies application of models, and customer base will be undertaken. ing about significant texts affords understanding of literature and reinforcement of advanced of advanced and reinforcement of literature understanding texts affords ing about significant (3 credits) Spring language skills. Literary Topics – Advanced 340 LAT Concentration and Core Minor, Language Major, in the a course requirement Fulfills of the Intermediate (C- or higher) completion or successful by examination Placement Prerequisite: Latin II course trends, students to literary designed to introduce masterpieces, content course is variable This proposed or genre and studying the author language by reading targeted and movements of the expected are language and students in the targeted and materials are lectures All for the course. language. of the targeted and writers speakers to be proficient - - Offered on Offered (3 credits) course is taught in English. This LAT 339 – Roman Literary Tradition II Literary 339 – Roman Tradition LAT Concentration in the Language Core a course requirement Fulfills Latin II or placement by examination completion (C- or higher) of Intermediate Successful Prerequisite: to early age” the “silver from a survey II provides of Latin literature Literary Tradition Roman and epic to biography drama from ranging most significant works of literature, The Christianity. and history specific and discussed. Emphasis is placed on the tools of analysis will be introduced and writ discussing, Reading, and criticism in classical philology. translation, to literary studies, LAT 338 – Roman Literary Tradition I Literary 338 – Roman Tradition LAT Concentration in the Language Core a course requirement Fulfills Latin II or placement by examination completion (C- or higher) of Intermediate Successful Prerequisite: to Rome early republican from a survey I provides of Latin literature Literary Tradition Roman and epic to drama from ranging significant works of literature, most The the age of Augustus. lyric poetry and history and discussed. Emphasis is placed on the tools of be introduced will dis- Reading, in classical philology. and criticism translation, specific to literaryanalysis studies, and reinforcement understanding of literature and writing about significant texts affords cussing, (3 credits) Fall language skills. of advanced LAT 311 – Advanced Conversation 311 – Advanced LAT Concentration Minor and Core in the Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate discus- skills for group conversational refine is designed to help students Conversation Advanced topics pertaining to everyday life, on current presentations and individual oral sion, dialogue, (3 credits) and the arts. Spring conditions, social/economic politics, professions, LAT 310 – Advanced Grammar and Composition Grammar 310 – Advanced LAT Concentration. Minor and Core in the Language Major, a course requirement Fulfills completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate or successful Placement by examination Prerequisite: II language course Intermediate and the composition, written structures, grammatical in advanced and review practice Intensive in structures competence of grammatical course forms a basis for advanced This mastery of style. language and is intended to serve target study. as a foundation for advanced the student’s (3 credits) Fall demand LAT 220 – Perspectives on Culture: The Romans The on Culture: 220 – Perspectives LAT students to the history of a designed to introduce content course is variable and culture This of the most students will gain a deeper understanding course format, a survey style nation. In use this infor and may nation aspects of the targeted historical, and cultural significant literary, LAT 202 – Intermediate Latin II Latin 202 – Intermediate LAT Concentration in the Language Core a course requirement Fulfills I or placement by examination Latin completion (C- or higher) of Intermediate Successful Prerequisite: - read intensive through course completes the two-semester to Latin literature introduction This History including Livy’s imperial Rome, Silver Age poetrying of major authors in from and prose (3 credits) Spring and style. to grammar attention Careful Metamorphoses. and Ovid’s of Rome LAT 201 – Intermediate Latin I – Intermediate 201 LAT Concentration Language Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of Elementary (C- or higher) completion Successful Latin II or equivalent Prerequisite: a two-course first course of through The Latin literature to as an introduction sequence designed and Virgil. Cicero including and poetry, Golden Age prose of major authors of intensive reading (3 credits) Fall and style. to grammar will be paid attention Careful Course Descriptions Course acquisition. mation to assist in language

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 478 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 481 - - - - Legal Studies Legal Offered on demand Offered (3 credits) play a role in the decision process and the impact that organizational culture has on the ethical culture that organizational and the impact decision process in the a role play non-consequential consequential and The principles of stake of decision making. dimension theory social contract application to organization and the be examined. Integrated holder will that and ethical dilemmas help explain the social course will The be explored. decisions will globalization. arise from DynamicsLEAD 511 – Organizational 502 as PA Cross-Listed of the prin- leader with an understanding the organizational course is designed to provide This will we the text and case material, and management. Through behavior ciples of organizational commu- leadership, dynamic conflict, power, group rewards, motivation, examine topics such as case discussions, group will include general Our interaction change. nication and organizational or by will focus on issued by the text and case material, Class sessions discussions and lectures. in both not earn credit may Students experiences. organizational to the students’ issues relevant 502 (3 credits) Spring LEAD 511 and PA in Leadership Topics LEAD 530 – Special new subject to integrate course is to allow Leadership students purpose of the special topics The - of emerg course will allow the creation special topics into their learning of the field. The matter course will also examine cur students up to date in the field. The which will keep ing new areas speak to employ the reasoning, students in the field what will require issues and problems rent (3 credit) Leadership courses. ing and writing skills developed in their other in Leadership LEAD 599 – Capstone Emphasis is in leadership. projects guidance to create Students work independently with faculty pre Full and leadership solutions. environments, organization relations, placed on stakeholder Summer Spring, Fall, (3-6 credits) sentation of data finds and solutions is required. LEGAL STUDIES Legal System American LS 101 – The and local legal overview state, of federal, Includes States legal system. to the United Introduction civil and criminal law, overview as an institutions as well of fundamental distinctions between The trial and appellate courts. law, substantive and procedural and statutorycommon law law, legal alternative dispute resolution, law, to constitutional an introduction course also provides Spring Fall, (3 credits) education, and the legal profession. and Society LS 150 – Law political, social, and economic life and how in and our legal system of the law Examines the role shape the question: Do societal norms and values Explores is used to effect social change. the law contemporary course will explore legal issues and The shape morality? or does the law the law, Spring Fall, (3 credits) in everyday the law encounter examples of how we life. and Family LS 207/CJS 207 – Law for both this course and LS 207 credit as CJS 207; A student may not receive Cross-Listed and families in the United the law between of the relationship course examines the nature The - marital and family relation structures of how the law course focuses on an analysis The States. and family impacts definitions and conceptions of marriage in turn, society’s ships and how, boundaries of state intervention course examines the proper The both criminal and civil law. and changes in family law how family law and highlights relationships most private in people’s marital include Topics held social values. most strongly some of society’s both shape and reflect and domestic violence, child support and custody, divorce, relationships, child-parent privacy, (3 credits) Spring crime. intra-family - - - - Fall (3 credits) LEAD 509 – Negotiation Strategies LEAD 509 – Negotiation of and processes structure Students will learn the course covers negotiation as a process. This and skills in nego Knowledge levels. negotiation at both the interpersonal and organizational LEAD 505 – Budgeting and Finance in Complex Organizations in Complex – Budgeting and Finance LEAD 505 505 as PA Cross-Listed bud- the development of with an examination of and budgeting to public finances Introduction and debt manage practices, taxation, accounting sources, revenue the budget process, geting, Leaders. for Organizational Management Resource LEAD 506 – Human 506 as PA Cross-Listed the internal and external environments evaluating (HRM) includes Management Resource Human and develop training acquiring employees, work and work outcomes, assessing of an organization, Organizations High Performance Creative LEAD 508 – Developing view of the world and of organizations. this course students will learn about the changing In Students design. new methods for change and organization the course will address Additionally, and the arts to enhance sciences, the social will be exposed to developments in the sciences, - of organiza Methods high performance organizations. their thinking about developing creative, - topics includ performance are and leadership vision for organization innovation, tional change, - improvisa creativity, and methods for promoting techniques, paradigms, New ed in the course. the leadership perspective will be emphasized. (3 credits) Fall tion and adaptation from Course Descriptions Course topics and principles, base of management Beginning with a broad organizations. ment in public the course this point, From of cost and expenses. areas the student into related the course takes non- payer, party which hospital, clinic, third and information from on the analysis concentrates cen- determined are costs are techniques by which The is done. and government budgeting profit topic of budget control The in the last portion of the course. required to the decision making tral 505 both LEAD 505 and PA in not earn credit Students may course. at the end of the is addressed (3 credits) Fall also HRM in some organizations addition In employees. and compensating ing those employees, managers are All information systems. and human resource relations includes labor management The and for the impact of their HRM activities. organizations in for HRM practices responsible primary and engage in effective on how managers might identify objective of this course is placed - exam are professional of the human resources and practices addition, the roles In HRM practices. 506 (3 credits) and PA in both LEAD 506 not earn credit ined. Students may World Leadership in a Globalized LEAD 507 – Strategic - leadership in organiza for effective strategic and analyzes the requirements explores course This to the Students will be introduced environments. technology-driven in today’s tions operating - context/environ organizational including leadership system, elements of the strategic various and elements influencing leadership, and demographic of biographic life stream ment, leader’s outstanding Students will learn how to display behavior. of the leaders’ perceptions followers’ field based case discussions, through leadership based upon information obtained strategic Emphasis in Discussions will be conducted face-to-face and readings. studies, and virtually. to enhance world” senior managers/administrators “real this course is placed on learning from into a more integrated new knowledge and skills are As the course progresses, the practicality. (3 credits) Fall leadership. for understanding strategic sophisticated framework other people to accomplish objectives. tiating is essential to leaders working with and through government, or business, of any and take” is an important partNegotiation of the normal “give or allo with vendors, contracts arranging including negotiating salaries, organization, nonprofit to a project. cating recourses Organizations in Complex Relations LEAD 510 – Stakeholders with diverse citizens groups, must interact organizations and non-profit government Business, values course examines how personal and organizational This and customers. vendors, patrons,

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 480 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 483 - - - Spring Linguistics Special Offering Spring (3 credits) Special Offering (3 credits) Spring national level. Students will be introduced to the effect of sports agents in negotiating contracts to the effect of sports in negotiating contracts will be introduced agents national level. Students client, how torts the sporting affects player and criminal law of a the interest and protecting in sports the inequities anti-trust of sports and the use of drugs, through world, the regulation sports aspects of the NCAA on intercollegiate and the I, the effect of women and Title towards international sports and the Olympics. Law Ownership and the LS 380 – Property and intellectual prop estate, real the ownership of personal property, governing Study of the law and weekly reading directed involve work may This member. sen by the student and the faculty (3 credits) project. research directed an intensive meetings and/or LS 350 – Law, Commerce, and the Economy and the Commerce, LS 350 – Law, 100 and PLS 221 PLS Prerequisites: with a foundation for students practice law an overview and corporate of business law Provides organizations, include: business covered Topics law. and in contract legal system in the American - govern instruments negotiable baking, and e-commerce, and internet law property, intellectual (3 credits) Spring and business crimes. and business ethics of business, mental regulation LS 355 – Sports Law on the sporting of the law course examines the effect on the national and inter world, both This as the rights and duties as well the acquisition of property regarding Emphasis on the laws erty. an overview concerning the of laws Includes ownership in the U.S. property that accompany (3 credits) Spring and estate law. to another including probate of property conveyance Study LS 410 – Independent member on a topic cho a Legal Studies faculty choose to work independently with Students may in Legal Studies LS 425 – Senior Thesis knowledge of theoretical Students integrate a capstone course for legal studies majors. is This and the legal professionals, writing for methods, application of research concepts and practical seminar discussion, and the com- assigned readings, through in the law areas selected specialty - ethics and the rules emphasis will be placed on of profes Special pletion of assigned projects. As an outcome of the course students will complete for legal professionals. sional responsibility other and the student’s the law between the interaction a senior thesis on a topic demonstrating arts. of study in the liberal major or area LS 430 – Special Topics in Legal Studies Topics LS 430 – Special of determined by student needs and availability Topics Study of special topics in legal studies. instruction. (3 credits) appropriate LING 101 – Introduction to Linguistics LING 101 – Introduction Languages for all students with a dual major in SecondaryRequired and Foreign Education/English majors stu- course introduces The course is an overviewThis foundations of linguistics. of the conceptual - syntax, semantics and prag morphology, within linguistics: phonology, major areas dents to several (3 credits) in language or its use. interested undergraduate for any is appropriate It matics. LING 102 – Language Acquisition in the in the elective category a requirement in the Modern Language major Fulfills second first and between course acquaints students with the similarities and differences This issues and concepts, theoretical language acquisition. Students will examine critical definitions, models. LINGUISTICS (3 credits) Summer (3 credits) (3 credits) Fall LS 301 – The Legal Advocacy Clinic Legal Advocacy LS 301 – The CJS 105 or LS 101 and permission of instructor. Prerequisites: in working with vic- for students interested Clinic is a unique opportunity Advocacy Legal The Clinic experience will begin in the classroom tims of domestic violence in the court The system. students will learn the history where violence and the unique challenges involved of domestic students will and trained, educated Once students are domestic violence cases. with addressing on behalf of clients that wish to apply for to assist and advocate Courthouse work in the Newport advocacy services, providing in the courthouse, Students will work weekly of protecetion. orders of the instructor. under the direction LS 230 – Tort Law and Personal Injury Litigation and Personal Law LS 230 – Tort Includes and of jurisprudential concepts concerning liability. of civil wrongs Study of the nature such as defama- wrongs intentional and relationships; property, the study of injuries to persons, - negligence in personal and profes of privacy, and invasion tion, infliction of emotional distress in tort insurance, reform, Concepts and strict liability. (such as malpractice) sional settings (3 credits) injury” will also be addressed. Fall trial practice and “personal defenses to tort actions, in Legal Advocacy LS 315 – Concepts LS 101 Prerequisite: of evi- law The and procedure. practice students to trial advocacy, will introduce course This of public speaking and the art trial techniques as principles dence as well of persuasion through trial materials and will participate in the trial of a case will be emphasized. Students will prepare students interested course will also prepare opening statement to closing statement. This from Trial Mock by the American sponsored part mock trial competition to take in intercollegiate Association. Legal Systems LS 330 – Comparative or senior standing Junior Prerequisite: is paid While some attention countries. Survey foreign of selected major of the legal systems sociological, and political factors affecting the emphasis is placed on the historical, to case law, made. are States laws with the United Comparisons legal systems. varirious LS 220 – Fundamentals of Contract Law of Contract LS 220 – Fundamentals court including and procedure. structure Study of the history and development of the law, rights of contract, including the basic elements of a valid law, Emphasis on the study of contract of formal and informal “agreements” of the role Analysis for breach. and remedies parties, third (3 credits) Fall in the business setting. in everydayon contracts life with a special emphasis LS 215 – Legal Methods II: Research Strategies II: Research LS 215 – Legal Methods and LS 105 Writing completion (“C-” or higher) of Critical Successful Prerequisites: knowledge with the bibliographic aspects of legal research procedural the “how to” Integrates including includes: use of all primary legal sources, Introduction necessary research. for effective texts and as as well rules and regulations, and administrative constitutions and statutes, cases, electronic use of and other secondary “hands on” sources; journals, law encyclopedias, treatises, of legal analysis and Lexis-Nexis); (Westlaw database searching such as online means of research to determine the applicable law. procedures research of appropriate and formulation problems , (3 credits) Spring LS 209 – Legal Methods I: Legal Reading, Analysis, and Writing and Analysis, I: Legal Reading, Methods LS 209 – Legal of Expository (“C-” or higher) completion Successful Writing Prerequisites: to ability on the student’s focusing study of law course for the undergraduate A foundational syn- of students to the process course will introduce The and reasoning. analysis engage in legal opinion documents such as in common legal analysis legal and incorporating law thesizing the (3 credits) and memoranda. Fall letters Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 482 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 485 - - - Management (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) ly in other cultures, and well as familiarity with the types of situations and issues managers often the types with as familiarity and well ly in other cultures, when working internationally. confront MGMT 330 – Operations Management – Operations MGMT 330 124 or equivalent 200 and MATH MGMT Prerequisites: and improving controlling introductory designing, concepts and tools for course examining An and service product development, qual analysis, process include Topics processes. organizational management, supply chain inventory control, and supply planning, management, demand ity planning. and facility Diversity Workplace MGMT 350 – Managing MGMT 200 Prerequisite: an in-depth of this course is to provide purpose The diverse study of what it means to work in a and ethnic racial than gender, more is now understood to encompass Diversity organization. in the contexts of history Students will be exposed to perspectives of diversity and differences. - and orga identity, levels: individual, group at three course will examine diversity The sociology, nization. Management MGMT 352 – Nonprofit 352 as PA Cross-listed sector in the United students with an overview of the non-profit provides course of the role This elements of managing a non-profit the various to exposure as comprehensive as well States, and service delivery planning, will be examined personnel, finance, Governance, organization. able to face the challenges of the course better from located. Students emerge and best practices Spring (3 credits) organization. working in and managing a non-profit Behavior Organizational MGMT 355 – International MGMT 200 Prerequisite: in the context of understanding mul behavior the study of organizational course involves This A goal of the course is to develop an and international influences on those behaviors. ticultural and to individual biases and assumptions, conditioning, of our cultural self-awareness increased different with people who are on our business interactions understand the implications that have to management effective some basic knowledge and skills needed Students will acquire us. from MGMT 336 – Negotiations Standing Junior MGMT 200 and Prerequisites: workplace, in today’s skills needed for managers to succeed class focuses on the negotiation This to situations aris- of negotiation concepts and techniques the relevance while also highlighting and theories of concepts to the terms, introduced students are Specifically, ing in everyday life. through practice for substantial experiential an opportunity with provided negotiation, and are study. and case play the use of role Management MGMT 340 – International hours earned credit ECON 101 and 45 Prerequisite: environment understanding of the international business create course is developed to This survival,and the issues that could enhance not only the but also the success of an enterprise primary to develop knowledge and The objectives in this course are in the international arena. and to provide business environment to the international understanding of the issues related economic, social- this knowledge by analyzing current to refine students with the opportunity that can influence international companies. technological, ethical, and political issues cultural, critical thinking as a manager of an international enterprise is designed to promote course This articles in the current to cases, material and exposure and mastering lecture reading through and presentations. and participation projects in group business press, - Spring Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) Summer (3 credits) Spring MGMT 315 – Small Business Management MGMT 315 – Small MGMT 200 Prerequisite: Examines small businesses as and challenges of the small business. the special problems Stresses small of the the multiple roles Explores as degree. businesses in kind as well larger from different - approach and practical and management transition; business manager; the challenges of growth problems. es to analyzing performance and solving typical MGMT 310 – Human Resource Management Resource MGMT 310 – Human MGMT 200 Prerequisites: include management. Topics personnel of corporate to the theories and practices Introduction and personnel law, labor relations, systems, and development, reward training staffing, planning, management. (3 credits) Fall international human-resources MGMT 302 – Organizational Behavior MGMT 302 – Organizational MGMT 200 Prerequisite: - in an organiza of human behavior understanding helps students to develop a better course This manage job design, leadership and diversity will include motivation, Topics tional environment. ment. Markets MNCs in Emerging MGMT 303 – EU and the U.S. standing semester sophomore as IB 303: At least second Cross-listed of markets emerging of the to the nature topics related of strategic covers a variety course This and Southeast Asian coun- Central Brazil), Mexico, countries (e.g., and South American Central political, economic, The Turkey). China)) and Middle Eastern countries (e.g., India, tries (e.g., technological and socio-cultural examined in addition to the in these countries are environments primary of The focus is the presence for MNCs. these countries provide advantages comparative in and their operations the U.S. and Union (MNCs) of the European multinational corporations (CSR) and sustainability social responsibility to corporate issues with regard The these countries. also examined. in these countries are which countries, of field study in one of the studied emerging include a week may course This (3 credits) place during the semester in which the course is offered. will take MANAGEMENT Principles MGMT 200 – Management the Emphasizes behavior. organizational and management, organizations, of general Analysis responsibility which includes performance, for efficient and effective accountability manager’s (3 credits) fit for human habitation. more for making work organizations LING 103 – Language and Culture LING 103 – Classics majors. Modern Language and for an elective requirement Fulfills in society it plays the role(s) field of language and basic components of the course presents The settings. social and cultural of speech in individual, role the course will address The and culture. , Fall in English. (3 credits) course is taught The Course Descriptions Course of English LING 301 – Roots ENG 100; or consent of instructor course, A 200 Level Writing Prerequisites: dialects, Saxon in Anglo its roots experienced by English from course will follow the changes The English. American and ending with modern British and stages of development its different through (3 credits) morphological and syntactic changes. content will include phonologicial, The

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 484 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 487 - - - Marketing Spring (3 credits) Spring MRKT 302 – Advertising Campaigns – Advertising MRKT 302 301 MRKT Prerequisite: students create course in which applied marketing An advertising. of creative Builds knowledge of original preparation including the campaigns, communications marketing complete integrated advertisements. Research MRKT 305 – Marketing MRKT 200 Prerequisite: as part problem-solv of the research of fundamental marketing and scope Examines the nature ing and decision-making process of the marketing manager. Includes problem-defining and data- Includes manager. of the marketing process ing and decision-making and utilization. (3 credits) interpretation, Fall data analysis, gathering techniques, Research Marketing MRKT 315 – Qualitative MRKT 200 Prerequisite: acquaint course will The today. by marketers employed techniques Examines qualitative research - interpreta design, data collection and analysis, for qualitative research students with methods differences the philosophical and procedural will also explore course tion and utilization. The (3 credits) Spring research. to marketing qualitative and quantitative approaches between MRKT 320 – Sales Management MRKT 200 Prerequisite: development, and management of the field sales force. organization. on the planning, Focuses Introduces force. an outside sales and training selecting, Emphasizes techniques for recruiting, used. (3 credits) studies are Spring Case salesmanship principles. Management MRKT 330 – Retail MRKT 200 Prerequisite: on Focuses problems. retail that can be applied to analyzing and solving strategies Investigates whether industry, to changes in the retail adapt their strategies understanding how organizations (3 credits) Fall commerce. electronic outlets and/or retail via traditional they operate Behavior MRKT 335 – Consumer MRKT 200 Prerequisite: understanding students with a pragmatic course designed to equip marketing Comprehensive what consumer behavior Investigates of the intricacies of consumer behavior. and appreciation the conceptual findings provide it developed, and how consumer behavior how and why is, Spring Fall (3 credits) practitioners. for marketing direction and strategic framework Marketing MRKT 340 – International MRKT 200 Prerequisite: the approaches students to Introduces context of international marketing. Examines the cultural and develop successful product, markets and understand to identify used by global organizations (3 credits) Fall and distribution strategies. pricing, promotion, as CIS 360) (Cross-listed on the Web MRKT 360 – Marketing MRKT 200 and CIS 206 (CIS 206 may be taken concurrently) Prerequisites: and sell buyers of goods and services is altering the exchange between Examines how the Internet ers. Investigates the role of the Internet as an integral element of marketing strategies, incorporat strategies, element of marketing as an integral of the Internet the role Investigates ers. site(s) their web As students create strategies. commerce of electronic ing a critical evaluation site design, the experiment with, and discover the elements of effective business web they study, communi- and methods of implementing marketing on the web, research principles of marketing in a hands-on Offered (3 credits) computer classroom. via the web. cations strategies - Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering (3 credits) (3 credits) By arrangement (3 credits) (3 credits) MGMT 439 – Management Planning Seminar MGMT 439 – Management senior standing (300-400) Management courses, and upper-level three MGMT 200, Prerequisites: of data through start. Collection students select a business to create/and/or this course, In primary will assist students in the development of a business and secondary sources research - technological, managerial and other envi plan along with an understanding of the sociological, course This in the 21st century. of management that will shape the practice trends ronmental with mem- Contact business environment. spending a significant amount of time in the involves of the class will be a product final The is highly encouraged. bers of the business community business plan and its presentation. professional COOP MGMT 469 –Management standing and consent of instructor Junior Prerequisites: to for a supervised experience in a field related academic credit professional provides course This business management. MGMT 499 – Business Policy courses completed. All Business Core Senior Standing. Prerequisite: This business students. course for graduating integrative is the capstone, Business Policy including the micro- and processes, management course describes and analyzes strategic implementation, and performance evaluation decision-making, strategic macro-environments, (3 explored. are of organizations variety Global challenges and their impact on a components. Spring Fall, credits) MRKT 301 – Advertising Principles MRKT 301 – Advertising MRKT 200 Prerequisite: Offers a non-technical look survey and importance of the role of advertising. Comprehensive Examines a complete integrated and use of advertising. creation, at the management, planning, (3 credits) media selection plans. communications campaign, including marketing lems and practices in marketing management. Develops an understanding and feel for the deci- management. Develops in marketing lems and practices Spring (3 credits) Fall, manager. of the marketing role sion-making and problem-solving MRKT 200 – Marketing Principles MRKT 200 – Marketing Emphasizes basic prob administration. as a dynamic segment of business Examines marketing MARKETING MGMT 430 – Special Topics in Management Topics MGMT 430 – Special of instructor Consent Prerequisite: Provides faculty. chosen by students in consultation with in areas study Selected topics provide in management. work or research level of course an advanced MGMT 360 – Leadership MGMT 360 200 MGMT Prerequisite: This settings. in organizational and application of leadership research, of theory, Examination of the skills, background understanding of the and an the skills, students to acquire course helps is taught with a course The in leadership situations. effective in succeeding the most that are in the popular leadership opinion from concerted leadership research effort the to separate and how it can be applied in leadership research leadership Class time is spent reviewing press. popular maxims on leadership in the of the many understanding and gaining a better situations, and a team project exercises, newspaper articles, current role-playing, Class discussions, press. the material. used to convey are Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 486 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 489 Mathematics Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, (4 credits) (3 credits) Fall MATH 218: Applied Calculus for Life Sciences Calculus 218: Applied MATH 213. completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: 214) for both this course and MATH credit (A student cannot receive and importantnotions of linear algebra calculus, concepts of integral course covers core This include Topics emphasizes their applications to life sciences. strongly It calculus. multivariable and eigenvectors, eigenvalues matrix algebra, equations, differential techniques of integration, Leslie and such as the predator-prey, of equilibrium points and mathematical models stability Spring Fall, (3 credits) models. growth microbial MATH 136 – Precalculus 136 – MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills placement by examination 117 or of MATH (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: Topics importance Calculus. central in of which are course is on functions, focus of this The logarithmic exponential, inverse, applications of algebraic, and properties, include definitions, Spring Fall, (4 credits) functions. and trigonometric Mathematics 141 – Finite MATH mathematics in Requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills skills algebraic for business majors and focuses on building course is primarily designed This business and the social sci- decision-making from and models, while emphasizing applications, of linear equa- systems mathematics of finance, functions, linear equations, include Topics ences. (3 credits) programming. linear inequalities and linear matrices, tions, Business and Social Sciences for Calculus 207 – Applied MATH or placement by examination. Precalculus, 136 completion ( C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: exponen- of algebraic, and integration notions of differentiation course covers fundamental This business situations. principally from from drawn with problems tial and logarithmic functions, and simple applications and methods of integration. rates, include optimization, related Topics and numeri- emphasizes graphical this course also analytic methods, While covering traditional or core minors by mathematics majors, for credit not be taken course may This cal approaches. for MATH credit received previously will be given to students who have credit No concentrators. 213. I and Lab 213 – Calculus MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills or placement by examination 136 completion (C- or better) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: include Topics integration. and introduces calculus of a single variable the differential Covers applications of functions, and transcendental of algebraic differentiation limits and continuity, Theorem. and the Fundamental optimization, and curve sketching, of change, to rates derivatives Spring Fall, (4 credits) software. use of computer algebra laboratory component involves The II and Lab 214 – Calculus MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills 213 completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: and its applications. functions and transcendental calculus of algebraic the integral Covers work and other volumes, computation of areas, include elementary equations, differential Topics laboratory The and infinite series. integrals, improper techniques, integration quantities, physical software use of computer algebra component Involves - - - - Fall, Spring Fall, (Special Topics courses may be courses may Topics (Special Special offering Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, By arrangement Fall, Spring Fall, (1-3 credits) (3 credits) MATH 115 – Mathematics for Elementary 115 – Mathematics Education I MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills Looks at mathematical topics necessary for elementary school teachers and helps students devel concepts in problem to teach. Covers they will have op an adult perspective on the mathematics pro decimals, fractions, integers, number theory, numeration, sets and whole numbers, solving, (3 credits) portional and statistics. reasoning for Elementary 116 – Mathematics Education II MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills 115 or consent of instructor. completion (C- or above) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: topics necessary 115. Looks at mathematical for elementary school teach- of MATH Continuation to on the mathematics that they will have ers and helps students develop an adult perspective geo measurement, geometric figures, reasoning, algebraic concepts in probability, teach. Covers (3 credits) congruence and similarity. metric transformations, relation. MATHEMATICS World in the Modern 110 – Mathematics MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills Topics majoring in non-technical areas. Survey of mathematics designed for students who are - and an introduc methods, to statistical an introduction techniques, include problem-solving may (3 credits) tion to the mathematics of finance. MATH 124 – Basic Statistics MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills 122.) for both this course and MATH credit (A student cannot receive and cor regression testing, estimation, hypothesis probability, Emphasizes descriptive statistics, (3 credits) credit.) for additional academic repeated COOP MRKT 469 – Marketing of instructor standing and consent Junior Prerequisites: to for a supervisedin a field related experience academic credit professional course provides This marketing. Algebra 117 – College MATH in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills Placement by examination Prerequisite: polynomials of linear equations, systems equations and inequalities, linear and quadratic Covers qua- linear, and introduces exponents and radicals, partial fractions, expressions, and rational Spring Fall, (3 credits) exponential and logarithmic functions. rational, dratic, MRKT 430 – Special Topics in Marketing Topics MRKT 430 – Special of instructor Consent Prerequisite: Provides faculty. chosen by students in consultation with in areas study Selected topics provide in marketing. work or research level of course an advanced MRKT 420 – Marketing Seminar – Marketing MRKT 420 standing Senior Prerequisite: on the decision-making emphasis Special A summary all aspects of marketing. course covering in simulation a computerized decision-making Uses manager. marketing a firm’s activities of (3 credits) management. marketing Spring Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 488 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 491 - - - Mathematics Alternate Fall Alternate Fall (3 credits) (4 credits) Alternate Fall (3 credits) Spring Alternate Spring (3 credits) Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) MATH 370 – Advanced Calculus for the Physical Sciences for the Physical Calculus 370 – Advanced MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 214; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: needed of mathematics areas in each of many Designed to develop a basic competence/maturity focal The chemistry and engineering. biology, in junior and senior level courses in mathematics, phenomena in mathematical the students to formulate physical objective of the course is to train and partial differential series, Fourier matrix algebra, include complex variables, Topics language. equations. 371 Analysis – Real MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 231 and 351; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: for calculus a foundation created to Cantor Cauchy mathematicians from the 19th century, In include: Topics of mathematics. as the foundations of the other branches as rigorous which was the Intermediate, and integrability; differentiability, continuity, definitions of convergence, MATH 340 – The History 340 – The of Mathematics MATH Concentration Core in the Mathematics a course requirement Fulfills 214 and 231; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: focusing on the origins and development of alge to the history introduction of mathematics, An asso the study of mathematical problems Includes calculus. and/or trigonometry, geometry, bra, ciated with the historical topics. MATH 342 – Numerical Analysis 342 – Numerical MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 317; or 214 and either CS 111 or MATH completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: consent of instructor numerical solution of linear equations, solution of linear and non-linear Emphasizes iterative - numerical integra numerical differentiation, curve-fitting, interpolation polynomials, systems, estima- of error and consideration equations, tion, numerical solution of ordinary differential tions. Variables of Several 351 – Calculus MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 214; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: line ;multiple integrals, including partial variables differentiation functions of several Introduces and Stokes. Gauss, of Green, and the theorems and surface integrals, MATH 331 – Linear Algebra 331 – MATH Concentration Mathematics Core in the a course requirement Fulfills of instructor or consent 213; of MATH (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: and eigen- eigenvectors linear transformations, vector spaces, determinants, matrices, Presents method, and equations by the Gauss-Jordan of linear solution of systems diagonalization, values, - is recom Reasoning to Mathematical 231 – Introduction MATH of Completion applications. mended. MATH 335 – Topics for Secondary Education Mathematics 335 – Topics MATH Concentration Core in the Mathematics a course requirement Fulfills of instructor 214 and 231; or consent completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: for secondary mathematics education: number of mathematics required areas on two Focuses per congruencies, primes, theory divisibility, Number topics to include: theory and geometry. fect numbers and the Fibonacci numbers. Geometry of Euclidean include a review topics to numbers. fect numbers and the Fibonacci non-Euclidean topics: neutral to several and an introduction geometry, transformation geometry, geometry. and Riemannian geometry, Bolyai-Lobachevskian geometry, - - - Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Alternate Spring Alternate Fall (3 credits) (3 credits) MATH 330 – Engineering Mathematics MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 317; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: to be dis- Topics is a course in mathematical methods for students majoring in engineering. This Fourier series, power Gauss and Stokes, of Green, the theorems cussed include: vector calculus, (3 credits) series and orthogonalFall polynomials. MATH 315 – Probability and Statistics 315 – Probability MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 351; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: and statistical inferences distributions, functions, density probability Emphasizes probability, (3 credits) and regression. estimation, correlation, 317 – Differential Equations MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 214; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: and Studies methods of solution of ordinary equations with applications in science differential (3 credits) transforms. Extensive use is made of the method of Laplace engineering. MATH 231 – Introduction to Mathematical Reasoning to Mathematical 231 – Introduction MATH Concentration Core in the Mathematics a course requirement Fulfills instructor or 221; or consent of 213 completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: the corner where mathematics courses, conceptual upper-level Serves to more as a transition with BIO 250 – Cross-listed to Biostatistics 250 – Introduction MATH/BIO with BIO 250 Cross-listed Marine Biology for the Biology, requirement Science Majors the statistics and Environmental Fulfills of instructor standing or consent BIO 104 and sophomore 136, MATH Prerequisites: is a team-taught introductory course prob course in statistics with applications to biological The MATH 221 – Discrete 221 – Mathematics MATH Concentration Mathematics Core in the a course requirement Fulfills in mathematics requirement Curriculum Core the University Fulfills by examination or placement 136 of MATH (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisite: the study of in a fundamental role play in mathematics that concepts and techniques on Focuses - func by induction, recursive proof algorithms, relations, functions and Sets, computer science. and elementary combinatorytions, theory (3 credits) and graph studied. are Spring 301 – Linear Programming MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 351; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: (diet, work sched- problems linear programming of linear equations, systems matrices, Presents linear the simplex algorithm, and dual transportation, assignment and transshipment), uling, problems. programming Course Descriptions Course - rea Logical proof. and the notions of definition, theorem, exposition are stones of mathematical a substantial involve course may set theory and naïve studied. This are paradigms, proof soning, writing component. details behind those concepts as Students will learn statistical concepts and the technical lems. under class is a mix of theoretical This apply particular as when and how to well procedures. Particular using statistical software. application standing of statistical principles and problem tendency and of dispersion and variability, of the central topics include the following: Measures multiple and polynomial regression. and linear, of Variance Analysis testing, hypothesis Fall (3 credits)

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 490 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 493 Music Fall, Spring Fall, MUSIC of Jazz 121 – Evolution MUSIC and the Music Minor. of a 5th the requirement course for both the Music Concentration Fulfills count for the Music Major. does not It Note: to the swing era through Africa West from in Jazz trends offers a study of stylistic Course This (3 credits) the contemporary styles. MS 102 – Introduction to ROTC and the U.S. Army II Army and the U.S. to ROTC MS 102 – Introduction MS 101 Prerequisite: Leadership Army. the U.S. and Corps Reserve Training Officer to the Army course Introductory (1 credit) in MS 101. skills acquired Expands upon militarySpring and general skills. MS 201 – Military I Skills MS 102 Prerequisite: and the use of military tactical skills, on leadership, Focuses to basic military skills. Introduction skills learned in MS 102. (3 credits) equipment. Expands upon Fall MS 202 – Military Skills II MS 201 Prerequisite: and the use of military tactical skills, on leadership, Focuses to basic military skills. Introduction skills learned in MS 201. (3 credits) equipment. Expands upon Spring I Operations Leadership and Unit MS 301 – Small MS 202 Prerequisite: map advanced small unit tactics, planning, leadership, of Army course: Application Advanced con- is to prepare purpose of this course The fitness. and physical and land navigation, reading as U.S. and commissioning Leadership Camp Advanced National cadets for the Army’s tracted upon skills learned in MS 202. (3 credits) Expands Fall Officers. Army II Leadership and Operations Unit MS 302 – Small MS 301 Prerequisite: map advanced small unit tactics, planning, leadership, of Army course: Application Advanced con- is to prepare purpose of this course The fitness. and physical and land navigation, reading as U.S. and commissioning Leadership Camp Advanced National cadets for the Army’s tracted upon skills learned in MS 301301. (3 credits) Expands Spring Officers. Army II Army and the U.S. to ROTC MS 401 – Introduction MS 302 Prerequisite: an of obligations and responsibilities of arms, the profession course: Military law, Advanced management, national and logistics training administration, staff procedures, Officer, Army course is designed to The to world events. related defense trends and current defense structure, learned Expands upon skills Officers. Army cadets for commissioning as U.S. contracted prepare in MS 302. (3 credits) Fall II and Management Leadership MS 402 – Advanced MS 401 Prerequisite: an of obligations and responsibilities of arms, the profession course: Military law, Advanced management, national and logistics training administration, staff procedures, Officer, Army course is designed to The to world events. related defense trends and current defense structure, learned Expands upon skills Officers. Army cadets for commissioning us U.S. contracted prepare in MS 401. (3 credits) Spring - - Fall, Spring Fall, Special Offering Fall Alternate Spring Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Alternate Spring Alternate Fall (3 credits) (3 credits) MILITARY SCIENCE I Army and the U.S. to ROTC MS 101 – Introduction and mission of Organization Corps. Reserve Officer Training course to the Army Introductory (1 credit) military and general skills. leadership principles, Army, the U.S. Maximum-Minimum, and Mean Value Theorems; Taylor’s Theorem and power series; uniform series; uniform power and Theorem Taylor’s Theorems; Value and Mean Maximum-Minimum, convergence. and pointwise Course Descriptions Course Analysis Complex 381 – MATH Concentration Mathematics Core in the a course requirement Fulfills consent of instructor 351; or of MATH (C- or higher) completion Successful Prerequisites: contour equations, including the Cauchy-Riemann of one complex variable Emphasizes functions and mapping series representation, Theorem, the Residue formulas, integral Cauchy integration, theorems. Algebra 390 – Abstract MATH Concentration Core in the Mathematics a course requirement Fulfills instructor 231; or consent of completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisite: quotient and include subgroups Topics and their homomorphism’s. rings, on groups, Focuses and factor domains, Euclidean and principal ideal quotient rings, ideals, actions, group groups, ization. Seminar 421 – Problem MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 331, 351, and 390; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: to solve specifically chosen as they work mathematical maturity Designed to enhance students’ mathematical problems. Topics 431 – Special MATH Concentration in the Mathematics Core a course requirement Fulfills 231, 351, and 390; or consent of instructor completion (C- or higher) of MATH Successful Prerequisites: among students is sufficient interest periodically when there offered content course, A variable for in-depth mathematics offer is not included among the standard of a topic which coverage (3 credits) or geometry. number theory, topics include topology, Possible ings. Sciences in the Mathematical 450 – Research MATH or permission of the depart- GPA 3.3 proposal, of a research Prior departmental approval Prerequisite: 450 ment, and MATH closely Working serves course This as a capstone experience for outstanding students in the major. culmination The on a topic of choice. engage in research students mentor, with a full time faculty (1-3 credits) presentation thesis and a public oral of the course is a formal written 451 – Senior Thesis MATH or permission of the depart- GPA 3.3 proposal, of a research Prior departmental approval Prerequisite: 450 ment, and MATH and exposition, working in con- Students actively participate investigation in mathematical and literature of relevant Review questions. member on research junction with a math faculty their findings both in to present required Students are methods will be incorporated. research vary Topics of the discipline) and in public presentations. writing (consistent with the standards Spring Fall, (3 credits) by instructor.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 492 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 495 - Music Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, (3 credits) lution into identifiably American styles of music: spirituals, gospel, ragtime, Dixieland jazz, gospel, ragtime, of music: spirituals, styles lution into identifiably American and classical. Examines the questions of how and why rock, country music, blues, musicals, histori- through style developed and what elements constitute American musical styles American and class discussion. Alternate Fall cal research MUSIC 211 – Evolution of Musical Style of Musical 211 – Evolution MUSIC Concentration. and Core Major,,Minor for the Music a requirement Fulfills Ages to the the middle art fine music from of Western examine the evolution course will This changes in with an emphasis on will be discussed periods style historical Major day. present (3 credits) Spring form, instrumentation, style. and performance in Music Personalities 212 – Great MUSIC Concentration Core Minor and for the Music Major, a requirement Fulfills historical an in music through process experience and creative courses examines the human The (3 credits) culture. composers of Western and work of some of the great examination of the lives Spring – Majors Lessons 230 – Applied MUSIC be indicated in course schedule) (instrument or voice will or instrumental voice private lesson instruction (50 minutes). Students perform for a Weekly (1 credit) jury Lab fee required. be repeated. faculty of each semester: may at the end America Music/North Through Culture 310 – World MUSIC colonial times to the present. of music from Study of the development of significant styles populations and its evo immigrant America’s North on the assimilation of music from Focuses MUSIC 231 – Piano Lessons – Majors 231 – Piano Lessons MUSIC jury piano instruction ( 50 minutes) Students perform for a faculty at the end of each Weekly Spring Fall, (1 credit) Lab fee required. be repeated. semester: may 232 – Guitar Lessons – Majors MUSIC jury guitar instruction (50 minutes). Students perform for a faculty at the end of each Weekly Spring Fall, (1 credit) . Lab fee required be repeated semester: may Lessons – Majors 233 – Voice MUSIC jury voice instruction (50 minutes) Students perform for a faculty at the end of each Weekly Spring Fall, (1 credit) Lab fee required. be repeated. semester: may Lessons – Majors 239 – Other Instrument MUSIC instruments of other for a (50 minutes). Students perform instruction private in a variety Weekly (1 credit) jury Lab fee required be repeated. faculty at the end of each semester: may I Theory and Composition 270 – Music MUSIC test out, or consent of instructor Music 170, Prerequisites: techniques in two on the study of the melodic composition and harmonic compositional Focuses and keyboard. ear training skill elements in rhythm, included are parts (counterpoint). Also (3 credits) Fall in Music Topics 299 – Special MUSIC areas Typical course schedule. topics course indicated by the current is a variable course This Classical periods of music within the Western of study might be (but not limited to) selected this course will be more its very By nature, study. of music related or some other areas tradition, (3 credits) focused than other 200 level courses. Fall, Spring Fall, Fall, Spring Fall, Fall Fall MUSIC 161 – The Art of Rock and Roll of Rock Art 161 – The MUSIC Concentration. for the Music Minor and Core a requirement Fulfills This course does not count for the Music Major. the 1940s to from and roll impact of rock cultural music, and the history, explores course This of the fundamental elements the student in critical listening and analysis involves In the present. (3 credits) and roll. of rock styles of music and technology used in the changing MUSIC 151 – Instrumental Ensemble 151 – Instrumental MUSIC and to performing ensemble designed to develop musical skills and appreciation, Instrumental community, the University is open to all students, Band The of styles. perform music a variety an instrument to had experience playing and would like who have at large and the community Students registered into the ensemble is by audition. Admission our rich musical culture. explore Spring Fall, (1 credit) per semester: may be repeated 1 credit and accepted into the Band receive 170 – Basic Musicianship MUSIC Concentration for the Music Minor and Core a requirement Fulfills for the Music Major. This course is also a Prerequisite Note: and ear training, skills, rhythmic scales, the study of notation, intervals, course explores This (3 credits) other fundamentals of music theory. for Elementary 171MUSIC Education and Lab – Basic Musicianship Elementary to This course is restricted majors only Education Concentration Minor and Core for the Music Major, the requirements does not fulfill It skills and ear training. rhythmic scales, the study of notation, intervals, course explores This music into the elementary incorporating classroom. toward directed activities are Additional Spring Fall, (3 credits) MUSIC 141 – ChorusMUSIC the from singing skills and to perform literature choral ensemble designed to develop Performing University to the entire Chorusopen, without auditions, is The to the 20th Century. Renaissance Chorus is also listed as an evening course. at large. the community and to have community (1 credit) be repeated. per semester: may 1 credit and receive register Students may MUSIC 139 – Other Instrument Lessons – Non Majors Lessons – Non 139 – Other Instrument MUSIC the other instruments of be (50 minutes) may lesson instruction private in a variety Weekly Spring Fall, Pass/Fail) (1 credit Lab fee required. repeated. MUSIC 133 – Voice Lessons – Non Majors Lessons – Non 133 – Voice MUSIC Lab fee required. lesson instruction voice repeated. be private ( 50 minutes) may Weekly Spring Fall, Pass/Fail) (1 credit MUSIC 132 – Guitar Lessons – Non Majors – Non 132 – Guitar Lessons MUSIC Lab fee required. lesson instruction guitar repeated. be private (50 minutes) may Weekly Spring Fall, Pass/Fail) (1 credit MUSIC 131 – Piano Lessons – Non Majors Lessons – Non 131 – Piano MUSIC (1 credit Lab fee required. lesson instruction piano repeated. be private (50 minutes) may Weekly Spring Fall, Pass/Fail) MUSIC 130–MUSIC – Non-Majors Lessons Applied in course schedule) or voice will be indicated (instrument Lab fee voice or instrumental private lesson instruction be repeated. may (50 minutes) Weekly Spring Fall, Pass/Fail) (1 credit required. Course Descriptions Course

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 494 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 497 - - Networking and Security and Networking duces fundamental principles of databases; the relational model (entities and attributes, tables model (entities and attributes, relational duces fundamental principles of databases; the strategies data organization conceptual design (primary keys), and relationships), and foreign the focus on building databases, Activities and query. constraints) (normalization and integrity with the web. and critiquing design models and integration tools for presenting design process, Spring (3 credits) and Telecommunications SEC 230 – Networking and ENGR 455 Listed as CIS 375 Cross COMSC 110 or permission of instructor SEC 100, Prerequisite: networks to basic data communications concepts and their application to local area Introduction class focuses on the The and hands-on of case studies, projects. discussions lectures, through and the based networks in packet details involved the various and model of networking TCP/IP Fall of media. (3 credits) information over a variety of electronic exchange SEC 100/CIS 100 – Introduction to Personal Computer Hardware Computer to Personal SEC 100/CIS 100 – Introduction as CIS 100 Cross-Listed hands-on This of personal computer (PC) hardware. the fundamentals course introduces This perspec- a practical course is taught in a laboratory from and exposes the student to technology and operating install networking students will build a personal computer, the course, In tive. addition, students In and testing methodologies. learn basic networking, components, systems testing and in their computer and learn to use various systems operating different will install two Fall (3 credits) applications software. Techniques Security to Computer SEC 200 – Introduction SEC 100 or permission of instructor Prerequisites: compo to techniques used in business for managing the security is an introduction course This is on the development and maintenance of cyber-security, Focus nent of information technology. and tac- Students will study both strategic organization. and the security information assurance, laboratory course includes exercises The development and analysis. to security tical approaches Fall (3 credits) and other hands-on techniques. security analysis, network testing, in penetration SEC 210 – Linux Shell Scripting COMSC 110 Prerequisites: tool. Scripting is commonly used students to scripting as a programming introduces course This and basic skills in environments different in many administration as a mechanism for network and command line systems of both operating knowledge the student’s will strengthen this area to basic data- as an introduction components as well Scripting in bash, ksh, csh are interfaces. Spring (3 credits) base tools in mysql. Design and Implementation SEC 220 – Database intro It database systems. focuses on the design and implementation of relational course The MUSIC 480 – Written Thesis, Composition or Recital Composition Thesis, 480 – Written MUSIC Culture 2 of the World of Music 470 & at least (“C” or higher) completion successful Prerequisites: 313) 311.312. 310, courses (Music 480. 460 or Music will complete Music each student of the senior year, the second semester In a music composition consist of a thesis, which might final project 480 is a substantial Music 460. in length) 30 minutes Music or (approximately in length),(at least 5 min. ½ Recital or a must be approved, final projects All scheduled regularly. tutorials are this process, Throughout Spring (3 credits) year. by the end of the Junior and an advisor selected NETWORKING AND SECURITY - Fall, Fall, Alternate Spring Alternate Spring (3 credits) (3 credits) Alternate Spring Alternate Fall (3 credits) (3 credits) Spring MUSIC 470 – Music Theory & Composition III Theory & Composition 470 – Music MUSIC Music 370 Prerequisite: of other composition- exploring a variety techniques as well the study of contrapuntal Continues (3 credits) Fall and ear training. skill elements in rhythm included are Also al formats. MUSIC 460 – Musical Internship 460 – Musical MUSIC Culture completion (“C” or higher) of Music 470 & at least 2 of the World successful Prerequisites: 311, 312 313) 310, courses (Music. 480. 460 or Music each student will complete Music the second semester of the senior year, In a recording most typically 460 consists of an internship with some outside organization, Music hands-on internship is designed to give practical of the This in some area experience studio. and an internships must be approved, in music. All area music business or other professional (3 credits) Spring year. advisor selected by the end of the Junior MUSIC 370 – Music Theory & Composition II Theory & Composition 370 – Music MUSIC Music 270 Prerequisite: the study of melodic and harmonic 2 part as 3 part compositional techniques as well Continues and key ear training skill elements in rhythm, included are Also and song writing techniques. board. in Music Topics 430 – Special MUSIC or senior standing Junior Prerequisite: personalities and the shaped the which have forces social and cultural the various Investigates music. and non-Western American, music of some of the important of European, composers (3 credits) noted in the section listing. focus is areas; Sections focus on one of these three Spring MUSIC 313 – World Culture Through Music/India & Middle East Music/India Through Culture 313 – World MUSIC and the Middle East with a primary the history focus on the place of India Explores and cultures include art of focus will as the function of music within music as well Areas of music in society. as elements of deal of listening as well will include a great Activities traditions. religious various research. Peoples Music/Indigenous Through Culture 314 – World MUSIC will include the world. These around indigenous cultures the place of music in various Explores of focus will include Areas peoples. American and Native South American, selections of African, will Activities traditions. religious function of music within various as the social music as well as elements of research. deal of listening as well include a great MUSIC 311 – World Culture Through Music/Latin America Music/Latin Through Culture 311 – World MUSIC and and Argentina, Mexico focusing on Brazil, the music of Latin America, course explores This of Peru. music particularly the Indian overviewincluding an peoples, music of indigenous of the as the reciprocal well will be included, as music of the countries music and classical Popular music. and South American North influences between Course Descriptions Course & Japan Music/China Through Culture 312 – World MUSIC with a primary the historyfocus on the place of music in of China & Japan Explores and cultures - of focus will include art reli function of music within various as the music as well Areas society. as elements of research. deal of listening as well will include a great Activities gious traditions. (3 credits)

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 496 Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Catalog University Williams Roger 499 - - Networking and Security and Networking (3 credits) SEC 400 – Advanced OS and Hardware Advanced SEC 400 – 100 or permission of instructor SEC Prerequisite: a platforms from management of networked and on both configuration course focuses This of operating and manage a variety expected to install Students are perspective. troubleshooting designed course was The environment. a production in a working network to simulate systems online. offered course is typically This in mind. professionals and forensics with security Fall (3 credits) and Defense SEC 405 – Firewalling 340 or permission of instructor SEC 330 and SEC Prerequisite: laboratory course is hands on in the of successful firewall and focuses on the development This Linux Based IPTables course uses Cisco IOS, The usage. and internal for both border strategies skills from Students will utilize rule sets. development of firewall as platforms for and Shorewall, in the lab. and test these strategies etc. to model, develop, SEC 210, SEC 330, II SEC 420 – Digital Forensics of instructor; SEC 400 (may be taken simultaneously) SEC 320 or permission Prerequisite: to file stor approach systems understanding of the operating course focuses on complete This age and management for digital forensics recovery. The course solves casework using low level course solves casework The recovery. digital forensics age and management for recovery on the presentation and manual recovery files and continues to concentrate of deleted casework . forensics Students will complete typical and verbal formats. of cases in both written Spring online. offered is typically course The III SEC 421 – Digital Forensics SEC 420 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: and other hand held devices cameras, on the understanding of the cell phones, focuses This special handling due to their require casework but commonly found in forensics which are as special as well on actual cell phones and PDA course includes work The proprietary nature. vary topics may Specific as handling techniques necessary to preserve evidence in these cases. Summer (3 credits) online. offered course is typically The technology changes. and Security Networking Topics: SEC 430 – Special determined by student needs and avail Topics and security. Study of special topics in networking ability of appropriate instruction. Special Offering (3 credits) appropriate of ability Analysis SEC 432 – Network SEC 231 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: is hands-on course This in the laboratory- and focuses on the development of telecommunica tools, course primarily focuses on the development of The in a conceptual sense. tions networks to adequately plan and design both simple budget, and other testing methodology presentation, testing of basic designs and Includes environment. in the production and complex networks simulation. SEC 440 – Cryptography SEC 340 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: prin- modern cryptography classical and this course introduces A continuation of netsec340, of historical based on the appreciation security and its application to network practices, ciples, include symmetrical/ asymmetrical cryptology as DES and AES), mes- (such Topics cyrptology. (RSA). (3 credits) sage authentication and digital signatures Professionals for Forensics SEC 450 – Law SEC 350 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: with both US and and policy in accordance ethics, course specifically focuses on rights, This Discussions of law include areas of digital forensics. in terms of the practice law International other and ethics, 4th Amendment), (e.g. professionals specifically apply to forensics which may - - Course Descriptions Course SEC 350 – Law for Networking and Security Professionals and Security for Networking SEC 350 – Law SEC 200 or permission of instructor Prerequisites: with both US and and policy in accordance ethics, course specifically focuses on rights, This Discussions of include areas technology. and security in terms of networking law International Sarbannes-Oxley) as as well (e.g. specifically apply to technology professionals which may law Fall (3 credits) in technology professionals. ideas which should be inherent general SEC 340 – Codes, Codemakers and Codebreakers – A Beginning Class for Cryptography and Codebreakers Codemakers SEC 340 – Codes, SEC 200 or permission of instructor Prerequisites: audi- intended for a general to the evolution of cryptography is a historical introduction course This is accompanied by story- to technical terms and foundations of cryptography Introduction ence. the enigma of then to cracking cipher, to Vigenere the cipher of Mary Queen of Scots, telling from till the potential Quantum cryptography. during WWII, cipher and Colossus WWI, then to Lorenz military code-breaking follow the development of codes and in ancient Greece espionage from We analysis, Frequency computer ciphers. stone to modern via the Rosetta to deciphering hieroglyphics (3 credits) in this course. will be introduced cryptography and public key one-time-pad security, Spring SEC 330 – Penetration Testing I Testing SEC 330 – Penetration SEC 200 or permission of instructor Prerequisite: course The methods. A technical, hands-on on hacking and counter-hacking course focused (pen environment network in a typical tools using in exploiting weaknesses around revolves social security, include physical Topics of these weaknesses. tests) and the defense and correction securing server hardening, server web hacking, exploits, scanning, reconnaissance, engineering, Spring (3 credits) testing. and vulnerability networks, SEC 231 – Advanced Networking Advanced SEC 231 – and ENGR 465 Listed as CIS 380 Cross 230 or permission of instructor SEC Prerequisites: solu- of networking focuses on the development which applied networking is a course in This develop skills and cabling to switching uses hands-on course This routing, tions in organizations. focuses material and serverthe DMZ. Additional in administration firewalling, in connectivity, net as inter and intra as well technologies and protocols routing various on the development of II Techniques SEC 300 – Security of the instructor SEC 200 or permission Prerequisite: CISA and devel the exams like COBIT methodology used in course focuses on the ISACA This I SEC 320 – Digital Forensics of instructor SEC 200 or permission Prerequisite: litigation and corporate enforcement students to techniques used in law introduces course This course includes the sound fashion. The media in a forensically and examine electronic to recover - of media for presenta of full analysis packages and the development forensics use of commercial Students will learn to or the legal system. enforcement, law officers, security tion to corporate images, forensic analysis images, forensic create maintain chain of custody, examine hardware, online but has offered course is typically The and develop analytical reports for presentation. Fall (3 credits) hands on lab components. (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) work communications. to oversee, be required who may for technology professionals assurance ops the idea of audit and legislation which may or other with Federal or conduct such audits in compliance develop, (3 credits) impact their organization.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 498 Course Descriptions Paralegal Studies

areas which typically emerge having an impact on a digital case. This course is typically offered billing, and docket control. Use of the Internet and computer software packages to perform liti- online. (3 credits) Spring gation support, investigations, and legal research. (3 credits) Fall, Spring

SEC 451 – Intelligence in War, Business, and Law Enforcement PLS 120 – Law in Contemporary Society Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Emphasizes comprehensive understanding of the role of law in today’s world, including an This course familiarizes students with the basics of intelligence as a tool of decision making in overview of American legal institutions, federal, state, and local; the fundamental distinctions three disciplines: national security, business, and law enforcement. Students will learn common between civil and criminal law, common law and statutory law, substantive and procedural law, intelligence principles and practices for each discipline, as well as departures from those com- trial and appellate courts; quasi-judicial agencies and administrative law, current sources of law, monalities and expected outcomes from the use of intelligence. Although this is a survey course, and the U.S. Constitution. (3 credits) Fall, Spring students will be given exposure to practical issues of intelligence where they will learn to judge the effectiveness of practice and development of intelligence. (3 credits) Fall PLS 200 – Environmental Law Analysis and overview of the major federal laws pertaining to environmental protection. Stress SEC 452 – Cyberwarfare full understanding of the reasons and the substance of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor of 1972, the Federal Clean Air Act, and the National Environmental Policy Act. Also provides This course investigates the use of cyber warfare as a tool of national policy and national defense an opportunity for analysis of the functions of the Environmental Protection Agency. (3 credits) using recent events real world conflicts in a case study format. It is meant to place the acts of Alternate Spring cyber attack and defense (denial of service, firewalls, etc.) in the context of an overall campaign of such actions used to defend or advance national or global political goals. Key features of this PLS 210 – Legal Research & Writing course will be learning to dissect choices of targets, plans of attack and defense, indication and Prerequisites: Successful completion (C- or higher) of Expository Writing warning, and lessons learned. This course is suggested as an elective for students in Penetration Integrates the “how to” procedural aspects of legal research with the bibliographic knowledge Testing and Networking. (3 credits) Spring necessary for effective research. Introduction includes: use of all primary legal sources, including cases, constitutions and statutes, and administrative rules and regulations, as well as texts and SEC 469 – Internship treatises, encyclopedias, law journals, and other secondary sources; “hands-on” use of electronic Students in Forensics, Networking & Security and Security Assurance Studies majors are means of research such as CD-ROM and online database searching (Westlaw); analysis of legal required to complete a 3 credit internship in their area of study. Students should register for SEC problems and formulation of appropriate research procedures to determine the applicable law. 469 once they have arranged their internship with the employer. This course requires approval of The writing component stresses basic written communication skills as applied to common legal the internship coordinator. Grading is Pass/Fail. (3 credits) documents such as opinion letters and memoranda. (3 credits) Fall

SEC 499 – Senior Colloquium PLS 211 – Legal Research & Writing II Review of current trends and projections in various focus areas of security, including the role of Prerequisite: PLS 210 professionals in education, training, and risk policy analysis. (3 credits) Builds upon the basic skills taught in Legal Research & Writing I. Involves students in individual- ized projects requiring research in multiple sources and use of various writing modes. Explores PARALEGAL STUDIES “non-library research” through government agencies, court personnel, and peer networking; specialized research tools available in particular subject areas in which paralegals are frequently PLS 100 – Introduction to Law and Legal Studies involved; research into legislative history; techniques for searching and updating complex gov- Introduction to the law and the American legal system. Includes an introduction to legal ernment regulations, both federal and state; and introduction into searching foreign law. research, legal writing and analysis, communication skills, law office administration, and legal (3 credits) Spring (Evenings only) and professional ethics. Basic concepts of substantive and procedural law, legal terminology, the Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 functions of the courts and the role of attorneys, paralegals and other legal professional, will be PLS 221 – Law of Contracts stressed. (3 credits) Fall Study of the history and development of the law, including court structure and procedure. Consideration of criminal justice and tort law followed by a thorough study of contract law, PLS 101 – Criminal Law for the Paralegal including the basic elements of a valid contract, rights of the third parties, and remedies for (Students majoring in Criminal Justice are not permitted to register for this course.) breach. (3 credits) Fall Analysis of substantive criminal law, federal and state, with emphasis on background of the com- mon law. Includes discussion of general principles of criminal law such as the extent to which PLS 222 – Law of Business Organization the law attributes criminality to acts or omissions; criminal intent; conspiracy; infancy; insanity; Considers the basic principles of the law of business associations; includes a study of agency, drunkenness; special defenses; entrapment, mistake, and ignorance; and specific offenses such partnerships, and corporations. Discusses government regulation of business, business ethics, as offenses against the person, habitation, property, public peace, and morality. and sanctions for violations of the law by businesses. (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) Spring (Offered for School of Continuing Studies students only.) PLS 235 – Torts PLS 110 – Emerging Technologies in the Legal Environment Study of the nature of civil wrongs and of jurisprudential concepts concerning liability. Includes Hands-on experience using standard computer software packages to perform operations, includ- the study of injuries to persons, property, and relationships; intentional wrongs; strict liability; ing form letters and legal documents; and spreadsheet applications that will encompass account- negligence; contributory negligence; and causation, deceit, defamation, malicious prosecution, Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 ing principles as experienced in the legal environment. Stresses the importance of timekeeping, and the impact of insurance on tort liability. (3 credits) Fall 500 501 Course Descriptions Philosophy

PLS 236 – Medical and Legal Malpractice recorder of deeds office, together with the preparation for and conducting of a real estate sale Study of the substantive laws with respect to medical and legal malpractice; the legal basis for and closing. (3 credits) Fall same; current trends; insurance coverage; practice and procedure forms; and methods of devel- oping and successfully litigating a medical malpractice case. (3 credits) Alternate Spring PLS 370 – Immigration Law for Paralegals This course is an introduction to the fundamentals of immigration law. This course will teach PLS 240 – Domestic Relations students the various types of visa, legal permanent residence, and United States citizenship. It Study of family law, including divorce, separation, procedure, child support and custody, prop- will examine the principles and processes associated with immigration applications and proce- erty division, legal rights of the parties, paternity, adoption, intra-family crimes, juvenile delin- dures including tourist and student visas, family-based residence applications, employment-based quency. (3 credits) Alternate Fall residence applications and visas asylum, citizenship and naturalization, and removal or deporta- tion cases in Immigration Court. (3 credits) PLS 250 – Workers’ Compensation Examines the historical development, social theory, and operation of workers’ compensation PLS 372 – Intellectual Property statutes, including compensability of injuries caused by accidents arising out of and in the course This course will cover four fields of intellectual property: trademarks, copyrights, patents and of employment, benefits payable, categories of risks, limitation of common-law rights and proce- trade secrets. It covers topics such as duration of rights, protection form infringement and new dures. (3 credits) Alternate Fall international developments in this field of law. Patent reform, patent trolls, copyright pre-regis- tration and investigations will be covered. PLS 260 – Bankruptcy Law (3 credits) In-depth study of federal bankruptcy law, including corporations and individual bankruptcy. PLS 400 – Legal Ethics Emphasizes recent changes in the Bankruptcy Act and its practical applications. Completion of Designed to familiarize students with the various ethical responsibilities in the practice of law. complicated bankruptcy forms is included. (3 credits) Alternate Fall In-depth analysis of the Model Rules of Professional Responsibility and discussion of actual ethi- PLS 310 – Litigation I cal problems. Includes unauthorized practice of law, confidentiality, conflict of interest, advertis- Prerequisite: PLS 210 ing, disciplinary process, and malpractice. (1 credit) (This course, required of all seniors, is offered Study of state and federal courts, and the civil litigation process including:, preparation of case on two consecutive Saturdays in September for the Fall semester and in January for the Spring semes- before trial, interviewing prospective witnesses, interviewing expert witnesses, preparation of ter.) Fall, Spring, Summer pleadings, pretrial discovery, trial proofs, and actual courtroom experience observing trials. (3 credits) Fall PLS 401 – Paralegal Studies Internship (Senior standing and consent of the Director of the Paralegal Studies program) PLS 311 – Litigation II The internship combines practical experience in a legal environment for students to apply theory Prerequisite: PLS 310 and practical skills to legal situations. It is oriented toward the student's career path. This course Building on the principles covered in Litigation I, students develop practical skills in drafting is open to Paralegal Studies majors. (3 credits) Spring, Fall, Summer pleadings, discovery, documents, motions, jury instructions, trial notebooks, and post-trial and appeals memoranda. The role of the paralegal in assisting attorneys during settlement, trial or PLS 420 – Justice Studies Capstone Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) methods is stressed. (3 credits) Spring (Evenings only) Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of the instructor. This is a Capstone course for the justice studies major. Students integrate knowledge of theoreti- PLS 320 – Administrative Law cal concepts and practical application of research methods, writing for the legal and criminal Study of the nature of proceedings and the necessary pleadings involved with cases before justice professions, and selected specialty areas in the law and criminal justice through assigned administrative agencies on the local, state, and federal level. Discusses the right to appeal to the Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 readings, seminar discussion, and the completion of assigned projects. (3 credits) Fall courts after having exhausted the remedies available through such administrative agencies. (3 credits) Spring PLS 436 – Construction Law An introduction to the legal system and the maxims of law as applicable to the management and PLS 340 – Uniform Commercial Code contractual delivery of a construction project. Topics covered include bidding, delays and accel- Discusses the principles of law involved in secured transactions, commercial paper, and sales. eration, differing site conditions, contract interpretation, termination of contract, liability and Security interest in real and personal property are studied under secured transactions. (3 credits) remedies, and dispute resolution mechanisms. (3 credits) Spring Special Offering

PLS 345 – Estates and Trusts PHILOSOPHY Examines laws of descent and distribution; probate administration, proceedings, administration of estates, preparation of petition for probate and other probate matters, estate tax, federal and PHIL 100 – Introduction to Philosophy: The Art of Inquiry state, fiduciary’s account; and estate planning. (3 credits) Alternate Spring Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration Introduction to philosophy as the activity of critical inquiry and reflection by exploring some of PLS 360 – Real Estate Conveyancing/Title Search the questions which have shaped human experience. Focuses on philosophers who have exam- Study of real estate conveyancing, reviewing substantive real property law, deeds, wills, leases, ined and challenged our fundamental beliefs about what is real, whether God exists, how one Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 mortgages, and other security interests. Includes actual on-site title searches and abstracts at a should act, and what we can know about these and other matters. (3 credits) Fall, Spring 502 503 Course Descriptions Philosophy

PHIL 103 – Logic PHIL 254 – Contemporary Philosophy Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration Prerequisite: PHIL 100, 103, or 200 Logic is the study of the principles of sound reasoning. Introduction to the areas of informal Explores the ideas and influence of important philosophical figures of the 19th and 20th centu- logic, deduction, and induction. Focuses on the application of logical distinctions to rational ries, including Hegel, Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, Heidegger, argument, fallacies, definition, and generally to scientific method. (3 credits) Fall, Spring and Sartre. The philosophical views examined include dialectical materialism, existentialism, logical positivism, and contemporary analytic philosophy. (3 credits) Alternate Spring PHIL 200 – Ethics Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration PHIL 258 – American Philosophy Introduction to moral philosophy-the study of right and wrong and good and evil. Focuses on Prerequisite: PHIL 100, 103, or 200 some representative moral theories which try to answer such basic questions as: What is the dif- Examines fundamental philosophical themes in the intellectual history of the United States, ference between right and wrong? Is it merely a matter of opinion or custom, or is there some including the ideas and concerns that animated the American Revolution and the formation of the Constitution, American transcendentalism, social Darwinism, and pragmatism. Includes works by other, more “objective” basis for this distinction? (3 credits) Spring Jefferson, Emerson, Thoreau, Pierce, Royce, James, and Dewey. (3 credits) Special Offering PHIL 203 – Symbolic Logic PHIL 310 – Special Studies in Philosophy Prerequisite: PHIL 103 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: PHIL 251 or above; or consent of instructor Examines the process of deduction from the perspective of modern logic and stresses the value Variable content seminar in which the work of an individual philosopher or a topic of special of symbolic logic as a language. Students will work with traditional symbolic notation to develop interest is explored. Topics include existentialism, philosophy of religion, free will, philosophy strategies for proving the validity or invalidity of arguments from simple syllogisms to more of mind, and advanced moral philosophy. The course, but not the content, may be repeated for complex asyllogistic arguments. The course will begin with propositional logic, move to quan- credit. (3 credits) Fall, Spring tification theory, and introduce problematic issues involving relations and identities. (3 credits) Alternate Spring PHIL 333 – Theory of Knowledge Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration PHIL 209 – Philosophy of Law Prerequisite: PHIL 251 or above; or consent of instructor Introduction to classical and contemporary theories of the nature and function of law. Topics Investigates the nature of knowledge and the difference between knowledge and belief. What can include the definition of law, the nature of a legal system, the analysis of basic legal concepts we know and how can we justify our claims to knowledge? (3 credits) Alternate Fall (e.g., right and duty), and the connection between law and morality. (3 credits) Special Offering PHIL 366 – Metaphysics PHIL 212 – Eastern Philosophy Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration Introduction to the predominant philosophical themes in Indian, Chinese, and Japanese thought. Prerequisite: PHIL 251 or above; or consent of instructor Emphasizes religious, metaphysical, ethical, and aesthetic concepts from the world views of Investigates fundamental philosophical concepts which define the nature of reality such as cau- Confucianism, Taoism, Hinduism, and Buddhism. (3 credits) Special Offering sality, space and time, freedom and determinism, mind and matter. Readings are drawn from widely varying viewpoints. (3 credits) Alternate Spring PHIL 251 – Ancient Philosophy Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration PHIL – 399 – Philosophy Symposium Prerequisite: PHIL 100, 103, or 200 This course does not fulfill a requirement in any major, minor, or core concentration Surveys the history of Greek philosophy from the pre-Socratics to Plato and Aristotle. Also exam- Prerequisite: Senior standing ines the philosophers who developed the principles of critical thinking and established the disci- The philosophy symposium provides the opportunity for graduating seniors to meet and discuss Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 plines of logic, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, ethics, and aesthetics. (3 credits) Alternate Fall topics of philosophic interest with fellow philosophy students and the philosophy faculty. Each student will lead the discussion of one topic of his or her choosing and will participate in the PHIL 252 – Medieval Philosophy discussion by other students. Students will also be responsible for submitting a written critical analysis of one of the symposium topics. (1 credit) Special Offering Prerequisite: PHIL 100, 103, or 200 Covers the development of Western philosophy from the 3rd century A.D. to the rise of the mod- PHIL 401 – Moral Reasoning ern world. Central historical problems are: the relation of philosophy to religion, reason to faith; Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing the nature of universals; and the developments leading to the Copernican revolution. (3 credits) Fosters awareness of the moral dimension of life and develops skills and understanding essential for Special Offering responsible moral action. Stresses clarification, analysis, and evaluation of particular moral beliefs and commitments; tests students’ views through group discussion and cross-examination. Examines PHIL 253 – Modern Philosophy definitions of morality, and analyzes and evaluates moral arguments. (3 credits) Special Offering Fulfills a course requirement in the Philosophy Core Concentration Prerequisite: PHIL 100, 103, or 200 PHIL 480 – Senior Seminar I Traces the philosophical response to the scientific revolution of the 17th century, from Descartes’ Prerequisites: One 300 level philosophy course and senior standing search for an adequate foundation for all knowledge to Kant’s critique of the nature and limits of This is the first semester of Senior Seminar, the philosophy major’s capstone course sequence in knowledge. Explores the conflicts between rationalism and empiricism, and idealism and real- which students examine in depth an important philosophical topic or writer, exercising skills of Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 ism, as well as Kant’s attempt to synthesize the resulting insights. (3 credits) Alternate Spring analysis and critical evaluation. Topics will be determined by the expertise and interests of the 504 505 Course Descriptions Political Science

instructor, in conjunction with the anticipated interests of the students. By the end of the semes- PHYS 450 – Research in Physical Sciences ter students present a written proposal for the thesis required in Senior Seminar II. (3 credits) Fall Prerequisite; Open only to qualified students with the consent of a research advisor Research and directed readings. Project chosen in consultation with the research advisor. May be PHIL 481 – Senior Seminar II repeated for credit. (1-3 credits) Offered on demand Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of PHIL 480 In the second semester of Senior Seminar each student writes a substantial essay of exposition and analysis on some facet of the topic explored in Senior Seminar I. Each student meets regu- POLITICAL SCIENCE larly with the instructor for thesis tutorials. (3 credits) Spring POLSC 100 – American Government and Politics Fulfills a course requirement in the Political Science Core Concentration PHYSICS Provides a practical examination of how things get done politically in the United States, including PHYS 109 – Physics I – Algebra based and Lab analysis and discussion of American attitudes and institutions. Topics include: the actual making Note: PHYS 109 lab is co-listed with PHYS 201 lab of the U.S. Constitution; the relationship between the national government and the states; civil Prerequisite: MATH 136 or higher liberties and civil rights; the role of the President, the Congress and the Supreme Court; elections, An introduction to physics without calculus. Vectors, equilibrium of particles, rectilinear motion, interest groups, the media and public opinion; and various contemporary public policy issues. Newton’s second law, motion in a plane, work and energy, impulse and momentum, torque, rota- Prerequisite for all advanced courses in the American Politics. (3 credits) Fall, Spring tional motion, elasticity, periodic motion. (4 credits) Fall POLSC 110 – The United States in World Affairs PHYS 110 – Physics II – Algebra-Based and Lab Fulfills a course requirement in the Political Science Core Concentration Note: PHYS 110 lab is co-listed with PHYS 202 lab Explores United States involvement in the world since the end of World War II. Focuses on key Prerequisite: PHYS 109 ideas which have shaped this involvement as well as its forms and consequences. Topics include: Fluids, heat and thermodynamics, simple harmonic motion, vibrations and waves, electricity and The general theory of realism; NATO and the US-Japanese security treaty; the Viet Nam War; the magnetism, optics. (4 credits) Spring end of the Cold War; recent developments in the Middle East, Europe, Russia, China and Japan; globalization; terrorism; current hot spots around the world and US policy options. Prerequisite PHYS 201 – Physics I with Calculus and Lab for the International Relations major and for several courses in the International Relations/ Pre- or Co-requisite: MATH 213 Comparative Politics subfield of Political Science. (3 credits) Fall, Spring PHYS 201 and 202 may be used to fulfill the Core Curriculum requirement in laboratory science Introduction to physics using calculus. Covers vectors, Newton’s laws of motion, work and ener- POLSC 120 – Comparative Politics gy, impulse and momentum, torque, rotational motion, elasticity, periodic motion, and gravita- tion. (4 credits) Fall, Spring Fulfills a course requirement in the Political Science Core Concentration Introduction to the comparative method of studying politics and government outside the United PHYS 202 – Physics II with Calculus and Lab States. Focuses on the democratic political systems of Europe and Japan, but also addresses the Prerequisite: PHYS 201; Pre- or Co-requisite: MATH 214 rise and decline of the communist political system in Russia, the current efforts at democratic PHYS 201 and 202 may be used to fulfill the Core Curriculum requirement in laboratory science transition in Eastern Europe, and the development of the European Union. Examines the origin Covers fluids, heat and thermodynamics, vibrations and waves, electricity and magnetism, optics, and development of formal government institutions, political culture, party systems and electoral the atomic nucleus and radioactivity. (4 credits) Fall, Spring behavior, interest group politics, and current issues in comparative perspective. Prerequisite for several courses in the International Relations/Comparative Politics subfield. (3 credits) Fall, Spring PHYS 220 – Introduction to Modern Physics

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Prerequisites: MATH 213 and 214, PHYS 202 POLSC 200 – The Constitution and American Politics Major topics in 20th century physics including special relativity, kinetic theory, wave-particle Prerequisites: POLSC 100 or consent of instructor duality, elementary quantum theory atomic and molecular structure, properties of solids, nuclear Analysis of the nature of civil liberties and civil rights in the United States. Emphasis on judicial physics, and elementary particles. (3 credits) Special Offering interpretation of these areas of constitutional law. (3 credits) Fall

PHYS 240 – Introductory Astronomy POLSC 202 – Congress and the Legislative Process Intended for both the science major and anyone interested in learning more about the nature Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor of the physical universe. Topics include the earth, moon, planets, sun, comets, multiple star Study of the development, organizational structure, and political and personality dynamics of the systems, galaxies, nebulae, and cosmology. Observation and photography of selected celestial phenomena. (3 credits) Spring U.S. Congress, as well as the legislature’s interactions with other actors in the political system. Emphasizes the impact of the legislature on public policy issues. (3 credits) Alternate Fall PHYS 330 – Introduction to Physical Oceanography and Lab Prerequisite: PHYS 201 or consent of instructor POLSC 203 – The American Presidency Motion and distribution of variables in the sea. Topics include early explorations, physical prop- Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor erties of sea water, heat balance, variation of salinity and temperature, equations of motion, cur- Analysis of the development of the modern presidency, its many roles within the political system, rents, waves, tides, sound, light and coastal processes. Students will make observations in local the impact of presidential personalities on the character of the office, and the president’s interac- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 marine waters. (4 credits) Fall tions with Congress, the bureaucracy, the public, and foreign leaders. (3 credits) Alternate Spring 506 507 Course Descriptions Political Science

POLSC 210 – International Relations POLSC 301 – Campaigns and Elections Prerequisite: POLSC 110 Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or consent of instructor Examines the major explanation of why countries and other international actors behave the Examines the American political process through the study of elections, campaign strategies and way they do. Focuses on the thinking behind different conceptions of realism and neo-realism; techniques, the role of the media, and the forces that shape voting behavior. Includes practical neo-liberal idealism and neo-liberal institutionalism; constructivism and its variants; and critical field work in election campaigns and guest speakers from the world of practical politics. theories. Use of theory to analyze such subjects as: The causes and prevention of war and instabil- (3 credits) Alternate Fall ity; European unity; the emergence of China; recent developments in the Middle East; the gover- POLSC 302 – Political Parties and Interest Groups nance of international trade and finance; North-South relations; international efforts to control Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor global warming; human rights and the challenges and opportunities of globalization . Particular Analysis of the creation and nature of mass attitudes and their expression through political party attention is also given to differing cultural worldviews and competing conceptions of the national activity and interest group membership. Assessment of the roles played by public opinion polls, interest in the US and other countries. (3 credits) Fall interest group lobbying and campaign contributions, and party organization in the American political system. (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 212 – Model United Nations Prerequisites: POLSC 110 or consent of instructor POLSC 303 – Politics and the Media Analyzes the development, structure, and function of the United Nations in order to prepare Analysis of the effects of mass communication on public opinion, political institutions, elections students for participation in the annual National Model UN Conferences at various locations.. and the making of public policy. Special emphasis will be placed on how politics influences the Students conduct research and prepare position papers on the foreign policy of the nation being process by which information gets transmitted from sources to audiences and on the role of the press in structuring the definition of political and social problems. represented by Roger Williams University in that year’s conference, and on issues currently being (3 credits) Alternate Spring addressed in the various committees and specialized agencies of the United Nations. Strongly POLSC 304 – Public Opinion recommended for all students participating in the Model UN Conference; open to other students Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor who have completed POLSC 110 or have the consent of the instructor. (3 credits) Fall An examination of public opinion theory and practice. The course will provide students with a review of the public opinion literature, its uses and abuses. Students will design a public opinion POLSC 215 – Strategy and National Security Policy survey questionnaire, conduct an opinion poll, and carry out preliminary analyses. (3 credits) Prerequisites: POLSC 110 Alternate Years Examines U.S. perceptions of strategic interests during the Cold War and especially today, and the allocation of resources to promote these interests. In-depth assessments of several case stud- POLSC 305 – Judicial Process ies involving the use of force or the threat of force, as well as non-military challenges to national Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor security and threats such as terrorism. Special attention also to U.S. alliances, Clausewitz, arms Study of the role of judges and lawyers in the implementation of law and the adjustment of for- control and disarmament, trends in the U.S. defense industry, and the so-called Revolution in mal rules to the operational needs of court systems. Includes lower court compliance with higher court rulings and the techniques of avoidance, delay, and counter-pressure in the federal judi- Military Affairs. (3 credits) Alternate Spring ciary. (3 credits) Spring POLSC 221 – Comparative Politics in the Third World POLSC 306 – Political Attitudes and Behavior Prerequisite: POLSC 120; or consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Examines government and politics in Latin America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East in histori- An examination of the formation of political attitudes and how political attitudes inform political cal and comparative perspective. Utilizing case studies from all four geographic areas, the course behavior. Specific attention will be on the role of socialization, economics, social groups, gender

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 reviews and evaluates various theories of political and economic development, political cultures, and race in the formation of attitudes and the multiple expressions of political behavior (voting, regime types, the role of the military, policy-making, and the potential for democratization. group mobilization, and protest. (3 credits) Alternate Years (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 307 – Gender in American Politics POLSC 240 – Research Methods in Political Science Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Introduces students to the scope of the field of political science, the basic concepts in the field, Race and gender are two important cleavages in American politics. This course will examine the the variety of methodologies used to study political phenomena. Emphasizes research design, impact of race and gender on voting behavior, access to leadership opportunities, the exercise of research methods, and research tools appropriate to the discipline. Must be taken prior to the leadership, and the making of public policies. The course includes a survey of the history of the changing status of women and racial minorities in the United States, an analysis of their gradual senior research seminar. (3 credits) Fall integration in the American political mainstream, and an assessment of public policies targeted at these groups, in particular affirmative action. (3 credits) Spring POLSC 260/PA 201 – Public Administration Cross-Listed as PA 201 POLSC 308 – Race and Ethnicity in American Politics Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Introduces the theory, forms, and practice of public administration at the national, subnational, Race is an important cleavage in American politics. This course will examine the impact of race on and international levels. Emphasizes administrative theories, concepts of bureaucracy, the envi- voting behavior, access to leadership opportunities, the exercise of leadership, and the making of Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 ronment of public service, and the role of administrators in government. (3 credits) public policies. The course includes a survey of the history of the changing status of racial minori- 508 509 Course Descriptions Political Science

ties in the United States, an analysis of the gradual integration in the American political main- refinement of these principles through application in case studies drawn from contemporary stream, and an assessment of the public policies targeted at these groups (3 credits) Fall, Spring international relations. Special attention given to the negotiations leading up to the Good Friday agreement in Northern Ireland; the Dayton Peace Accords in Bosnia; and Arab-Israeli peace POLSC 309 – Film and Politics negotiations since the Six Day War. Students are expected to demonstrate mastery of negotiating Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor techniques through role-playing and related assignments. (3 credits) Spring An examination of the way politics is portrayed in film. The course focuses on how politics is con- veyed through the symbolism, iconography, and cultural references in film. The content of each POLSC 340 – International Political Economy film will be discussed in terms of its political and historical context. (3 credits) Alternate Years Prerequisite: POLSC 120; or consent of instructor Examines the nature of international economic relations in an era of global interdependence. POLSC 321 – Politics and Ethnic Conflict Emphasizes how nation-states and market forces interact in the global economy. Topics include Prerequisite: POLSC 120; or consent of instructor theories of mercantilism, liberalism, and Marxism; roles of international institutions, regional Using case studies from both developed and less developed political systems, this course exam- associations and multinational corporations; changing patterns of interaction among the world’s ines the different ways that political systems attempt to manage conflict in societies divided most powerful nation-states and developing countries; and prospects for coordination and devel- among ethnic, racial, religious, and linguistic subcultures. The course addresses the global per- opment of global governing institutions. (3 credits) Spring sistence and reemergence of ethnic and national identities, movements for “self-determination,” separatism, regional autonomy, and the rise of religious fundamentalism. The origins and POLSC 344 – United States and the Middle East development of communal conflicts in Northern Ireland, Lebanon, India, Malaysia, Nigeria, and Prerequisites; POLSC 110 and POLSC 210 South Africa will be studied in historical and comparative perspective. (3 credits) Alternate Spring Examines the development of United States Middle East policy since the early 1900s including the region’s importance in the Cold War; the evolution of regional conflicts in Iran, Iraq, and POLSC 325 – Modern European Politics Israel-Palestine; and issues of resources and economic development in the Middle East. (3 credits) Prerequisites: Either POLSC 120 or POLSC 210; or consent of instructor Fall, Spring Explores government institutions and political culture in Europe since the end of the Second World War. Topics include the postwar rebuilding and strengthening of the rule of law in west- POLSC 346 – Foreign Policies of Russia and China ern Europe; the formation and evolution of the European Union, the end of the Cold War; transi- Prerequisite: POLSC 110; or consent of instructor tions to democracy in central and eastern Europe; the resilience of nationalism; the resurgence Study of the ideas and processes underlying the foreign policies of Russia and China. Focuses of extremist political parties; and the foreign policy behavior of key states and the European on their respective power potential; leadership perceptions and character; domestic politics Union. (3 credits) Fall and trends; and the international setting for each country’s attempt to exercise power and influ- ence. Through application of these variables, the source seeks to equip students with a general POLSC 326 – Post-Communist World model of foreign policy behavior. Particular attention given to possible sources of conflict and Prerequisite: POLSC 110 or consent of instructor Examines the collapse of the Soviet Union and the prospects for reform in Russia, the Peoples’ to the elements of a stable 21st Century international system. Requirements include student Republic of China, Poland, Serbia, North Korea, Cuba and other selected states. Emphasis is role-playing as a Russian or Chinese participant in an end-of-the- semester simulation. (3 credits) given to domestic politics and political thinking in each, as well as major economic and social Alternate Fall developments. Students will be asked to role-play as citizens of one or more of these countries, analyzing developments. (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 348 – Rogue States, Allies, Regional Powers Prerequisite: POLSC 110 POLSC 327 – Politics of the Middle East Study of the ideas and processes underlying the foreign policies of selected states not covered Prerequisite: POLSC 120 or POLSC 210 in POSLC 325 or POLSC 346. Countries will be selected based on importance to the current international relations and the student interest. Recently selected states have included: Pakistan, Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Analyzes the governmental institutions and political culture of the Middle East beginning in the 20th Century including studies of political elites, traditional cultures, modern political ideology India, Iran, Syria, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Rwanda, North Korea, Japan. Particular atten- and institutions, conflict management, and social reform in selected states of the region. tion given to possible sources of conflict and to the prospects for harmony between these states, (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer their neighbors and the U.S. (3 credits) Alternate Spring

POLSC 330 – Revolution and Social Change POLSC 350 – Political Theory Prerequisite: POLSC 120; or consent of instructor Prerequisites: POLSC 100 or consent of instructor Examines modern revolutionary movements and regimes in historical and comparative perspec- Study of selections from both classical and contemporary social philosophers who explore such tive. Utilizing case studies of the French, Russian, Mexican, Chinese, Cuban, Nicaraguan, and concepts as natural law, rights, justice, the role of government, the role of law, political obliga- Iranian revolutions, the course will review and evaluate various theories of revolution, strate- tion, and liberty. Required of all majors. (3 credits) Alternate Spring gies and tactics of revolutionary change, and the social, economic, and political impact of these movements and regimes on their respective societies. (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 361/PA 361 – State and Local Government Cross-Listed as PA 305; POLSC 335 – International Negotiation Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 110 Analysis of state and local governments with emphasis on the distribution of political power and Examines international negotiating behavior from theoretical, historical and policy oriented administrative responsibility in selected public programs and areas of public policy. (3 credits) Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 perspectives. Identification of a set of principles associated with successful negotiations and Alternate Spring 510 511 Course Descriptions Portuguese

POLSC 362 – Urban Politics Relations: Toward the New Millennium; Reel DC-Film as Art; and Washington DC: The Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor Ungovernable City? (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Study of political structures and processes of major American cities with emphasis on urban social problems, budgetary politics and policies, political culture, and the role of cities in nation- POLSC 402 – Washington Independent Research Project al politics. (3 credits) Alternate Spring Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing; POLSC 100; completion of the interdisciplinary core and writ- ing requirements; approval by the RWU Washington semester advisor. POLSC 380/PA 340 – Public Policy This project is undertaken while students are participating in the Roger Williams University Cross-Listed as PA 340 Washington semester program. The project is developed before the student leaves the Bristol Prerequisite: POLSC 100; or consent of instructor campus, in consultation with faculty in the department of political science. It is supervised dur- Systematic analysis of critical domestic issues and areas: poverty, race relations, crime, educa- ing the student’s time in Washington by a member of the IEL faculty. The project, based on the tion, health care, etc. Consideration of the entire public policy cycle: recognition and definition student’s internship work, requires academic research of the agency, policy area, or organization of potential “problems”; formulation and implementation of governmental policy “solutions”; for which the student is working while in Washington, D.C. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer and assessment and evaluation of the impact of policies. (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 428 – Mexican Politics POLSC 383 – Environmental Politics and Policy Prerequisites: POLSC 120 and consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or SUST 101 or consent of instructor This course combines daily seminars with meetings with political, civic, professional, and com- The course will provide students with an in-depth analysis of the actors, processes and outcomes munity leaders in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Students will examine the unique political system which in the area of environmental policy. The institutional arrangements, systemic parameters, tech- emerged after the Mexican Revolution of 1910, as well as the political and economic transitions nological constraints and conflicting interests that shape environmental policy will be examined. which Mexico is currently experiencing. (3 credits) Winter Intersession Only Students will study contemporary policy challenges such as global warming, deforestation, water shortages, chemical contamination and agricultural practices. (3 credits) Alternate Fall POLSC 429 – Cultures in Contact: Mexico Today Prerequisites: POLSC 120 and consent of instructor POLSC 386 – International Law and Organization This course combines daily seminars with visits to various historical and cultural sites in Prerequisite: POLSC 110; or consent of instructor Cuernavaca, Mexico. Students will study the blend of cultures which comprise contemporary Study of the international rules and principles binding on states and non-state actors such as Mexican society, with special focus on the relationship between culture and politics. (3 credits) multinational corporations, businessmen and investors, diplomats, broadcasters, polluters, inter- Winter Intersession Only national travelers and terrorists. Examines the development and significance of international law, including its evolving role in facilitating diplomacy, the protection of human rights and POLSC 430 – Special Topics orderly international relations. Particular attention of human rights and orderly international Prerequisite: To be determined by instructor relations. Particular attention given to the rules, principles and procedures which apply to inter- In-depth study of some aspect of American, international, or comparative politics. Specific focus national trade and finance, the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, international com- varies from semester to semester and may include: politics and film; Rhode Island politics; munications, world health, the environment and other international regimes designed to manage polling; foreign aid and development; defense expenditures; arms control; crisis management; or govern globalization. (3 credits) Spring emerging democracies; etc. May be repeated for credit, but students may study a single topic only once. (3 credits) Special Offering POLSC 400 – Washington Internship and Experiential Learning Seminar Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing; POLSC 100; completion of the interdisciplinary core and writ- POLSC 440 – Independent Research Project ing requirements; approval by the RWU Washington semester advisor. Students may choose to work independently with a member of the Political Science faculty on Participants in the Roger Williams University Semester in Washington, D.C. program work four a topic chosen by the student and faculty member. This work may involve directed reading and

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 days a week for the entire semester as interns at placements arranged-after extensive consulta- weekly meetings and/or an intensive, directed research project. (3 credits) Fall, Spring tions with students-by the Institute for Experiential Learning (IEL) in Washington, D.C. Interns perform such work as research, attending meetings, writing reports, preparing briefings, and so POLSC 442 – Senior Research Seminar on. The seminar, which meets weekly, provides an academic context in which students discuss, Prerequisites: POLSC 100, 110, 120, and 240 reflect upon and analyze their internship experiences, and relate those experiences to their Required course for senior political science majors. Students will explore one research topic in major and other college courses. Interns design a learning plan, do an organizational analysis, depth and produce a research project suitable for presentation at a student research conference write a reflective journal, and compile a “portfolio of learning” that is presented at the end of the and publication in a student-level research journal. Topics will be determined by the expertise of term. The journal is reviewed regularly by the IEL instructor. All materials are evaluated at the the instructor and the interests of the students. end of the term by an RWU faculty member. (9 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer (3 credits) Spring

POLSC 401 – Washington Public Policy Seminar PORTUGUESE (also see listings under Languages) Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing; POLSC 100; completion of the interdisciplinary core and writ- ing requirements; approval by the RWU Washington semester advisor. POR 101 – Elementary Portuguese I Offered by faculty at the Institute for Experiential Learning (IEL) as part of the Roger Williams Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration University Semester in Washington, D.C. program. Seminar topics vary from semester to semes- Prerequisite: Not open to native speakers of the language studied. ter, and are chosen in consultation with the IEL Academic Advisory Board. Among the topics The first of a two-course sequence in the elements of a language and its culture. Proficiency-based Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 offered in recent semesters are: Inside Washington: Players, Politics and Policy; International instruction in fundamental discursive patterns, vocabulary, and syntax of the language within a 512 513 Course Descriptions Psychology

cultural context. Emphasizes listening, speaking, reading and writing. Establishes the foundation POR 311 – Advanced Conversation for further facility in the language studied. Uses audio and video components. (3 credits) Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate POR 102 – Elementary Portuguese II Intermediate II language course Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Advanced Conversation is designed to help students refine conversational skills for group discus- Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate sion, dialogue, and individual oral presentations on current topics pertaining to everyday life, Elementary Language I course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. professions, politics, social/economic conditions, and the arts. (3 credits) Spring Continuation of Elementary Language I, emphasizing proficiency-based instruction in authentic cultural contexts. (3 credits) Spring POR 340 – Advanced Literary Topics Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor, and Core Concentration POR 201 – Intermediate Portuguese I Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Intermediate II language course Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate This variable content course is designed to introduce students to literary masterpieces, trends, Elementary Language II course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. and movements of the targeted language by reading and studying the author or genre proposed The first course of a two-course sequence which extends fundamental skills developed in the for the course. All lectures and materials are in the targeted language and students are expected elementary courses. Proficiency-based instruction. Emphasis is placed upon skills leading to to be proficient speakers and writers of the targeted language. (3 credits) Offered on demand fluency and integration of language and culture through more extensive reading, writing, and Internet assignments; greater depth and range of linguistic skills through grammar review and POR 350 – Advanced Topics conversational practice. (3 credits) Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration. Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate POR 202 – Intermediate Portuguese II Intermediate II language course Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Advanced Topics is a variable content course designed to explore areas of language study outside Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate of the scope of literature. Topics include linguistics, European literary criticism, and business. Intermediate Language I course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. Unless otherwise noted, this course is taught in the target language, and a high level of proficien- Continuation of Intermediate Language I. Students are expected to achieve a functional level cy is expected. The topic covered each semester is listed in the Course Bulletin. This course may of fluency. Activities for the course include extensive Internet use for class discussion of world be repeated for credit, but students must study a different topic each time this course is offered events and extended use of the Modern Language Lab. (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) Fall, Spring POR 210 – Actors, Authors and Audiences Fulfills a course requirement in the minor of Modern Language PSYCHOLOGY A variable topics course designed to introduce students to the dramatic and cinematic produc- tions of a specific nation, culture or language group. Through close examination of the mate- PSYCH 100 – Introduction to Psychology rial proposed for the topic, students gain a deeper appreciation and understanding of how the Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration targeted culture perceives itself and how others perceive it. The topic covered each semester is Introduction to the basic conceptual approaches through which psychology derives its intel- listed in the Course Bulletin. This course may be repeated for credit, but students must study a lectual form. Emphasis is placed upon the nature of scientific inquiry and its role in obtaining different topic each time this course is offered. This course is taught in English. (3 credits) Offered an understanding of human behavior. Exposure to various psychological theories, including

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 on demand Freudianism, behaviorism, social learning, and humanism. (3 credits) Fall, Spring

POR 220 – Perspectives on Culture: The Portuguese PSYCH 201 – Psychology of Learning This variable content course is designed to introduce students to the history and culture of a Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration nation. In a survey style course format, students will gain a deeper understanding of the most Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 significant literary, historical, and cultural aspects of the targeted nation and may use this infor- Basic principles of learning are stressed in the analysis of behavior. Focus of attention is on mation to assist in language acquisition. This course is taught in English. (3 credits) Fall Spring psychology as a science. Behavioral measurement and objectivity in behavioral observation are stressed. (3 credits) Spring POR 310 – Advanced Grammar and Composition Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration. PSYCH 205 – Psychology and Work: An Introduction to Industrial/Organization Psychology Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Intermediate II language course Prerequisites: PSYCH 100 Intensive practice and review in advanced grammatical structures, written composition, and the Students will learn how psychology is applied in industry and business settings. In particular, we mastery of style. This course forms a basis for advanced competence of grammatical structures will examine the psychological assessments used in hiring, evaluating and training employees; in the student’s target language and is intended to serve as a foundation for advanced study. issues involving harassment at work, organizational attitudes and behavior; and employee satis- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 (3 credits) Fall faction, stress and well-being; work motivation, and leadership. (3 credits) Fall, Spring 514 515 Course Descriptions Psychology

PSYCH 206 – Psychology of Loss PSYCH 240 – Quantitative Analysis Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, MATH 124 or higher and Sophomore standing Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or consent of instructor Discussion of inferential and descriptive statistics. Provides some computer experience with Presents the theory and research related to loss. Readings and discussions focus on death, dying, statistical packages and a comprehensive study of methodological models, and presentation of the grieving process and social support, loss and intimate relationships, and growth through loss. outcomes in the professional journals. (3 credits) Fall, Spring In addition, through the completion of a group presentation and research paper, students exam- ine other types of loss such as loss of memory, loss of friendships, loss of dreams or loss of health. PSYCH 250 – Introduction to Theories of Personality (3 credits) Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 PSYCH 211 – Child Development An introduction to a variety of personality theories, including those of Freud, Rogers, Ellis, Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Mischel and Bandura, and Skinner, Gestalt Theory, and other important approaches to the Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 understanding of personality. (3 credits) Spring Human development from the prenatal period through middle childhood with emphasis on the PSYCH 255 – Social Psychology interacting influences of genetic, environmental, and psychosocial factors. Theories of Piaget and Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration others. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 Examines experimental treatment of the social structure as it affects the individual. Emphasizes PSYCH 214 – Group Dynamics cognitive dissonance, attraction, social comparison, attribution theory, cohesion, group process, Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration risk-taking and altruism. Replication of classic social psychological experiments. (3 credits) Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 Alternate Spring Examines theory and research associated with the utilization of group designs in treatment set- tings, business organizations, and other large institutions. Surveys a variety of designs through PSYCH 280 – Introduction to Abnormal Psychology discussion and reading assignments. (3 credits) Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 PSYCH 215 – Human Sexuality Introduction to Abnormal Psychology is a foundation course for Advanced Abnormal Psychology, Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration providing the student with an introductory-level examination of the concept of abnormal behav- Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 iors and the methods by which they are classified in psychology and psychiatry. Students will Biological and psychological aspects of human sexuality. An examination of the development become familiar with the DSM-IV classification system and the relevant criteria for a number of of male and female gender identity; the nature of sexual relationships; problems and conflicts the most salient forms of mental illness. (3 credits) Fall, Spring inherent in the changing sociocultural norms for sex role behavior. (3 credits) Fall PSYCH 295 - Intro to Cross-Cultural Psychology PSYCH 216 – Educational Psychology Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, SOC 100, or ANTH 100 Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Critical review of cultural differences and similarities across various psychological constructs, Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 such as emotions, cognition, intelligence, mental illness, among others, are explored. (3 credits) Major contributions from psychology for educational practice, focusing on the learner in the Fall learning situation, and how the learner is changed by changes in the learning situation; growth, development, and teacher-child relationships. (3 credits) Fall, Spring PSYCH 299 – Special Topics in Psychology Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 PSYCH 220 – Psychology of Women Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Examines topics from the content areas. Initiated by student demand, interest of instructor, or timeliness of offering. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or consent of instructor (3 credits) Special Offering The “feminine experience,” its bio-cultural-historical origins, with examination of data concern- PSYCH 303 – Cognitive Psychology ing characteristic sensory, motivational, and performance behaviors of the sexes. Existing and Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration alternative sex roles, implications for family structure, child rearing, education, and self-image of Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 and at least Junior standing both male and female. (3 credits) Spring Examination of the methods used to study human thought processes, including attention, mem- ory, decision-making, acquisition, retrieval, forgetting and related issues in cognition. Students PSYCH 230 – Psychology of Men learn to explore and analyze basic and applied models of cognition. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 PSYCH 305 – Humanistic Psychology Survey perspectives (historical, biological, anthropological, sociological and psychological) used Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration to understand the behavior of men in contemporary Western society. Particular emphasis given Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 to contemporary issues such as feminism, the men’s movements, legal/social implications of Study of humanistic thought, past and contemporary. Examines philosophical differences between sexual preference, and the unique problems of men of color. Students conduct naturalistic obser- this perspective and other schools of thought in psychology. Major theoreticians might include Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 vations, interviews, phenomenological descriptions and experiments. (3 credits) Freud, Reich, Fromm, Rogers, Maslow, May, Laing, Grof, and others. (3 credits) Alternate Fall 516 517 Course Descriptions Psychology

PSYCH 310 – Applied Social Psychology dangerousness, psychological autopsies, Legal Insanity vs. Mental Illness, consultation for jury Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration selection and malingering. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Prerequisites: PSYCH 100 The application of methods, theories, principles or research findings from the scientific study PSYCH 323 – Psychology of Leadership: Theory & Practice of interpersonal behavior to the understanding and solution of social problems. Topics covered Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or consent of instructor include: risky health behavior; ageism; stress and social support; children as witnesses; jury bias; Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration family and work interface; and consequences of gender bias. (3 credits) Fall This course explores the psychological perspective of leadership and work. Within the course we will examine the major elements of the various leadership theories, how to distinguish between PSYCH 312 – Psychology of Adolescence leader traits and behaviors, contingencies affecting leadership processes, team building, interper- Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration sonal communication and perception, decision-making, power, creativity, and the role of gender Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 and culture in leadership. (3 credits) Fall Adolescence and youth in Western culture is compared with youth of other cultures in terms of identity, alienation, activism, religion, and education. Roles in family, peer groups, and society. PSYCH 335 – Social and Emotional Development (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 211 or EDU 202 and at least junior standing. PSYCH 313 – Psychology of Infancy This course is designed to provide a detailed examination of social and emotional development Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration from birth through adolescence. Emphasis will be placed on the methods developmental psy- Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 211 chologists use and the major theoretical issues, questions, and implications of both normative Study of theory and research in infant development: prenatal and perinatal influences; sensory development and individual differences in development. Topics include developmental perspec- and learning capabilities of the neonate; perceptual, cognitive, and social development during tives on emotions, attachment, the family, peer relationships, the self, aggression, altruism and the first year; sex differences. Field work at an infant care center. (3 credits) Alternate Fall moral development, and gender roles. (3 credits) Alternate Spring

PSYCH 314 – Psychology of Adulthood PSYCH 336 – Cognitive Development Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisite: PSYCH 211 or EDU 202 and at least junior standing. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 or consent of instructor This course is designed to provide a detailed examination of cognitive development from birth Considers basic perspectives on adult development. Using the concept of continuing maturation through adolescence. Emphasis will be placed on the methods developmental psychologists use throughout the lifespan, it focuses on the latter portion of human life. Discussions center on and the major theoretical issues, questions, and implications of both normative development changes in intelligence, motivation, learning, and memory which are supposed to accompany and individual differences in development. Topics will include the major theoretical perspectives aging, as well as the psychology of dying and bereavement, and the psychosocial aspects of grow- on cognitive development (Piaget’s theory, Neo-Piagetian theories, and information processing ing old. Field work in a retirement center. (3 credits) Fall, Spring theories) as well as developmental perspectives on memory, social cognition, language, and the relation between cognitive development and the social context. (3 credits) Alternate Spring PSYCH 315 – Introduction to Clinical Psychology Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration PSYCH 338 – Personnel Psychology Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, 250, or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 and at least junior standing Focuses on the clinical orientation and emphasizes the integration of psychological theory Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration with clinical research. Readings and class discussions center on a broad array of clinical topics This course is designed for students interested in an in-depth examination of the role of psy- designed to provide the student a better understanding of clinical psychology as a profession. chology in understanding various aspects of the personnel process. Methods of psychology are (3 credits) Special Offering Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 applied to issues such as the theoretical perspectives of motivation and fairness, counterproduc- tive work behaviors, honesty testing, job analysis, ethics in personnel procedures, and the con- PSYCH 318 – Psychological Testing text, culture and climate of interpersonal work relationships. (3 credits) Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 240, and at least junior standing. PSYCH 340 – Research Methods General introduction and orientation to the area of psychometrics and evaluation, with emphasis Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 240, and junior standing on understanding of fundamental concepts of test construction and utilization. Laboratory experi- Required of all students majoring in Psychology. Students will be exposed to the wide range ence requires familiarity with statistical packages such as SPSS which are used to assess reliability of research methods and designs used in Psychology, including observational methods, survey of tests. Final project entails reliability analysis of a selected test. (3 credits) Alternate Spring research, as well as correlational and experimental designs. Students will learn to prepare psy- chological research reports using the style required by the American Psychological Association. PSYCH 320 – Forensic Psychology (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisites: PSYCH 100 PSYCH 342 – Legal Psychology Forensic Psychology focuses on the interface of academic and clinical psychology and the law. Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Students will acquire knowledge pertaining to the application of psychology to such legal issues Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 and at least junior standing. as competency to stand trial, competency for execution, child custody determinations, expert The application of social science research methods and psychological knowledge to contempo- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 testimony, civil and criminal commitment to mental institutions, criminal profiling, predicting rary issues in the criminal justice system. Topics include: eyewitness memory, scientific jury 518 519 Course Descriptions Psychology

selection, police identification procedures, jury decision making, credibility of witness testimony, PSYCH 366 – Advanced Psychology the social scientist as an expert witness, and research methods used by legal psychologists. Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration (3 credits) Fall Spring Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 240, and junior or senior standing Intensive work in psychological fields of study. Emphasizes the historical, conceptual, and theo- PSYCH 353 – Community Psychology retical aspects of current issues in the discipline. A broad range of topics prepares students for Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration graduate training or psychology-based careers. (3 credits) Special Offering Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, An overview of community psychology as a new development in the delivery of psychological PSYCH 367 – Evolutionary Psychology services focusing on the role of the clinical psychologist and paraprofessional in a community Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration setting. Includes a critical analysis of state institutionalization in comparison to more recent Prerequisites: PSYCH 100 or BIO 103 developments of community mental health services. (3 credits) Special Offering This course examines the evolutionary development of behavioral, cognitive, and affective ten- dencies in humans. Special attention will be paid to possible sex differences in behavioral ten- PSYCH 356 – Counseling: Theory and Skills dencies. Care will be taken to address the controversies involved in the nature/nurture debate. Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Dichotomization of the genetic factors from experiential factors will be evaluated in terms of Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 250 or 280 and at least junior standing. what has come to be known as Galton’s Error (attempts to explain human traits as either inher- A brief theoretical overview of counseling is discussed in conjunction with the application of ited or due to environmental factors). The course represents an attempt to identify the various practical skill development. Skills included are listening, interviewing, presentation of self, aspects of “human nature”. (3 credits) Alternate Spring rapport development, and empathy. The laboratory experiences focus on the development and sharpening of the skills requisite for success in graduate studies and enhanced employment PSYCH 369 – Advanced Legal Psychology opportunities. (3 credits) Alternate Fall Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 240, 340 PSYCH 360 – Multicultural Psychology Students will learn to delineate and critically think about the interdependence and interrelation- Prerequisite: PSYCH 100 and junior standing or consent of instructor ships between psychology and the legal system. Students will be responsible for reading and syn- Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration thesizing the methodologies from empirical studies related to how psychologists interface with This course examines multicultural issues within psychology, focusing on racial, cultural, and the law. A variety of topics will be discussed including psychological testimony, the psychology ethnic characteristics and identities, as well as other domains of difference, such as gender, age, of the courtroom, and legal rules and regulations governing the practice of psychology. (3 credits) sexual orientation, religion, ability, and their intersections. The course seeks to define multicul- Alternate Fall turalism and its role within psychological research and theory, exploring such topics as prejudice PSYCH 371 – History of Modern Psychology and stereotyping, communication styles, cultural values and identities, immigration and accul- Prerequisites: PSYCH 100,, and at least junior standing turation, and mental and physical health among diverse cultural groups. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Presents the development of the major schools and systems of psychology from their philosophi- cal antecedents to contemporary forms. (3 credits) Fall, Spring PSYCH 361 – Physiological Psychology Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration PSYCH 380 – Psychology of Consciousness Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, or BIO 103, 104 and at least junior standing. Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Examines the biological bases of behavior, thought, and emotion. Focuses on the methods used Prerequisites: PSYCH 100 and at least junior standing to determine the correlation between physiological and behavioral variables and on the data Examines the various modes of consciousness experienced by humans. Through a variety of read- obtained by these methods. (3 credits) Spring ings and exercises, students become better able to articulate their own experience and better

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 able to appreciate that of others. Addresses the following topics: sleep and waking, dreaming, PSYCH 362/BIO 362 – Animal Behavior meditation, psychoactive drugs, exercise, intuition, analytical functioning, and others. (3 credits) Cross-listed as BIO 362; Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Alternate Fall Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, BIO 103, and BIO 104, or NATSC 103, and at least junior standing. or con- sent of instructor PSYCH 390 – Substance Abuse Proseminar course. Emphasizes common challenges that various species face. The mechanisms Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration responsible for behavior, including sensory receptors, filters, neurobiology and the endocrine Prerequisites: PSYCH 340 or consent of instructor system are discussed. The development of behavior, as well as behavior genetics and evolution are The course provides a comprehensive review of psychoactive substances. Major classes of drugs examined. Students then focus on communication and adaptations for survival, and social organi- are covered in class, including their history, modes of intake, effects, and consequences of use. zation in animal groups. Students present the results of a literature search. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Distinctions are made between substance use, misuse, abuse, and dependence. Types of educa- tion, prevention measures, and treatment approaches are also presented. (3 credits) Fall, Spring PSYCH 365 – Sensation and Perception Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration PSYCH 395 – Themes in Cultural Psychology Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, 240 and at least junior standing. Prerequisite: Pre-requisites: Psych 295 or consent of the instructor Emphasizes the construction of reality from sensations arising from stimulation by changes in The course examines psychology from a cultural perspective. Students are exposed to psychologi- environmental energy. Some consideration is given to biofeedback, meditation, yoga, and other cal theories, research, and therapeutic approaches from various non-European regions of the Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 factors that modulate perceptual process. (3 credits) Spring world. Particular attention is paid to unique cultural influences on development, intelligence, 520 521 Course Descriptions Psychology

conceptualization and treatment of mental illness, and other influences, such as religion and PSYCH 450 – Research in Psychology political climate. The course will rotate among the following regions: East Asia, North Africa/ This course is open to students pursuing research on a specific topic in psychology. Research Middle East, Africa, and Latin America. The course may be repeated but not the topic. (3 credits) must be an original idea in psychology, and agreed upon by student and psychology faculty Spring research advisor. This course may be repeated for credit. Students who intend to register for PSYCH 451 must first complete PSYCH 450. (1-3 credits) Offered on demand. PSYCH 421 – Instruction with Practicum Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration PSYCH 451 – Senior Thesis Prerequisite: Invitation by instructor; junior or senior standing Prerequisites: Prior Departmental approval of a research proposal, 3.3 GPA overall and a 3.5 Psychology Student and instructor determine responsibilities which may include: assisting in preparation of GPA, or permission of the department, and PSYCH 450 course syllabus, assignments, and tests; leading discussions; delivering lectures; or planning in- This course will serve as a capstone experience for outstanding students majoring in psychology. class activities. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Students will work closely with a psychology advisor; engage in original research on a topic of their choice. The thesis should be empirical in nature and should demonstrate their ability to PSYCH 425 – Advanced Theories of Personality evaluate and subsequently add to an important area of psychological study. Students will synthe- Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration size knowledge gained in coursework throughout their program. The course will conclude with a Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, PSYCH 250 and at least junior standing formal written thesis and oral presentation. With permission of the Psychology Department, this This course has been designed to provide the student with an in-depth examination of the most course may serve as a substitute for PSYCH 498 or 499. (3 credits) Offered on demand relevant and popular theories in the area of personality psychology. Students will examine selected theories through reading the seminal publications, the examination of up-to-date research asso- PSYCH 498 – Research Practicum in Psychology ciated with each theory, and class discussions of assigned readings. The specific content of the Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, PSYCH 340 and consent from instructor Students register for this course in conjunction with a 135 hour research practicum experience course and theories covered will be determined on a semester-by-semester basis. (3 credits) Spring in psychology. Students must have an on-campus faculty sponsor. Enrollment is by permission of PSYCH 426 – Seminar in Developmental Psychopathology instructor. (3-6 credits) Offered on demand Prerequisites: PSYCH 100,, PSYCH 211, PSYCH 280, PSYCH 340, and at least junior standing PSYCH 499 – Applied Practicum in Psychology Developmental psychopathology is a subfield of psychology that integrates principles of clinical Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, PSYCH 340 and consent from instructor and developmental psychology. Developmental psychopathology provides a unique perspective Students register for this course in conjunction with a 120 hour applied practicum experience In that facilitates the assessment, treatment, and research of traditional clinical problems. This psychology, students attend a weekly 1 hour classroom seminar designed to integrate their practi- course will examine the origins and course of psychopathology across childhood and adolescence cum experiences with theoretical and empirical concepts in psychology. Enrollment is by permis- and will focus on several of the most common clinical problems in children (i.e., depression, sion of instructor. (3-6 credits) Offered on demand conduct problems, peer rejection, etc.). For each problem domain, discussion will focus on the continuity /discontinuity of the disorder across development and the challenges presented by each clinical PSYCH issue (3 credits) Alternate Fall, Spring GRADUATE COURSE LISTINGS PSYCH 501 – Research Design PSYCH 435 – Advanced Abnormal Psychology This course will teach students how to utilize research methodological strategies and designs Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration to empirically investigate observations, theories, and hypothesis. Students will be introduced Prerequisite: PSYCH 100, PSYCH 280 or PSYCH 330, and at least junior standing to advanced experimental design, sources of variability, effect size, and higher order factorial Advanced Abnormal Psychology is an advanced study of all mental illness. Students will exam- experiments. This course will also introduce students to the role of statistical analysis in psychol- ine the research in support of data for the classification of mental illness into specific groups.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 ogy relative to the specific methodologies utilized by psychologists. This course should enable Attention will be paid to the underlying causes and treatment of illnesses such as, but not lim- students to critically evaluate the claims of “experts” in forensic and applied psychology as well ited to: schizophrenia, major depressive disorders, bipolar disorders, dissociative disorders, and as in the scientific literature (3 credits) Fall character disorders. (3 credits) Fall PSYCH 502 – Quantitative Methods I PSYCH 440 – Experimental Psychology with Laboratory Students will study advanced statistical methods including Analysis of Variance through Analysis Prerequisites: PSYCH 100, 240, 340, and senior standing of Covariance including the investigation of their utility in psychological research and experi- Required of all students majoring in Psychology. Students will gain an in-depth understanding of mentation. Students will also become familiar with the most prominent statistical software experimental design. This course will help students gain experience surveying literature, creat- including but not limited to SPSS. (3 credits) Spring ing hypotheses, designing methodology, analyzing and interpreting data, and reporting research using the style required by the American Psychological Association. (4 credits) Fall, Spring PSYCH 503 – Forensic Psychology Forensic Psychology is the intersection of Psychology and Law. Students will study the most PSYCH 430 – Special Topics in Psychology cogent areas where Psychology and Law intersect. Students will exam such topics as: The Fulfills a course requirement in the Psychology Core Concentration Historical Development of Forensic Psychology; Child Custody; Insanity Issues; Competency Prerequisite: At least junior standing evaluation; Police Psychology; Civil Proceedings and the Forensic Psychologists role; Criminal Study of special topics in psychology. Topics determined by student needs and the availability of Proceedings; Assessment Issues, Civil and Criminal; Expert Testimony and Interventions with Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 appropriate instruction. (3 credits) Special Offering Forensic Populations. (3 credits) Fall 522 523 Course Descriptions Psychology

PSYCH 504 – Psychology and the Law competency, insanity, injury assessment, disability assessment, mental status examinations, dan- This course provides the student with knowledge pertaining to the application of social science gerousness, suicidal intent, and homicidal ideation. (3 credits) Spring methods and psychological knowledge to contemporary issues in the criminal justice system. Topics for this course will include: lineup procedures, eyewitness memory, scientific jury selec- PSYCH 509 – Methods in Psychotherapy I tion, pretrial publicity, repressed memories, interviewing eyewitnesses, children suggestibility Methods of Psychotherapy is designed to introduce students to the prevalent methods of psycho- and research methods used by legal psychologists. This course will introduce students to con- therapy, theories of change and treatment outcome research. Through readings in each of the temporary psychological knowledge pertinent to the legal system and is appropriate for graduate dominant schools of psychotherapy, students will become familiar with a number of treatment students interested in law, psychology, and criminal justice. (3 credits) Spring approaches and philosophies through assigned readings and mock therapy sessions in a labora- tory setting. (3 credits) Spring PSYCH 505 – Introduction to Clinical Assessment: Objective Tests This course focuses on the fundamentals of clinical assessment with adults. This will include a PSYCH 510 – Quantitative Methods II review of relevant psychometrics and statistical properties (i.e., reliability and validity) as well Prerequisites: Psych 501; Psych 502 as the basics of clinical assessment (i.e., ethical guidelines and report writing). We will focus on Quantitative Psychology II provides the graduate student with the necessary skills to understand, three areas of psychological assessment: intelligence, achievement, and personality assessment. interpret, and design research projects that require complex multiple independent variable Within each area, we will review the conceptual and theoretical issues relevant to conducting designs. Students will study Multivariate methods in Quantitative Psychology including, Multiple psychological assessments and become familiar with the most common tools used in assessments Regression, Discriminate Analysis, Principle Components Factor Analysis, Cluster Analysis, and with adults. The course also includes an applied component in which students will have an oppor- Manova designs (3 credits) Spring tunity to learn the fundamentals of administration, scoring, and interpretation of a select battery of assessment tools. These practical experiences will provide a context for further discussion of PSYCH 511 – Children, Adolescents, and the Law In both the Criminal and the Civil Courts, issues with regard to children and adolescents present the various technical and ethical issues related to psychological assessment. (3 credits) Spring unique challenges for the forensic psychologist. Students will learn issues that are specific in this PSYCH 506 – Assessment in Criminal Law area such as: assessment of children in terms of custody; parental fitness; allegations of sexual Prerequisites: Psych 501; Psych 502; Psych 503; Psych 505 abuse; children in need of the service services; incorrigible children; parens patrie; delinquency; The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to various areas that require psychological adjudication issues with regard to children; educational assessments within the Court system; advocacy programs related to children; placement of children in the foster care system; adop- assessment in the Criminal Court system. Students will become familiar with: the general ten- tion; termination of parental rights; commitment of children to juvenile facilities; and transfer- ants of the Criminal law and why psychological issues become pertinent in this area; the wide ence of children from the minor status to adult status with regard to criminal laws; assessment variety of issues that are related to criminal proceedings, criminal defendants where input from issues and ethical issues that are unique to this area as well as the wide variety of placements the mental-health specialist is most frequently requested; pertinent Case Law that directs the that are results of legal intervention in the role of the psychologist in this context; about issues input of the psychologist; the various psychological instruments and procedures that are typically that are specific to the rights of juveniles within the Criminal Court system. Students will be used by Mental Health practitioners in the Criminal Justice system; the pertinent research that given an opportunity for in-depth exploration of a particular area of interest through literary justifies and supports the use of very psychological instruments for the purpose of giving expert research. (3 credits) testimony and providing evaluations with in the crumble justice system. Students will learn: how to become informed of current Case law and how to evaluate and apply Court findings; about PSYCH 512 – Child Assessment various organizations designed to keep mental health professionals abreast of issues in the crimi- Prerequisites: Psych: 505 or Consent of the Instructor nal justice system: and how the role of the mental-health professional has developed historically This course provides an overview of the basic methods of psychological assessment of children. within the context of the Criminal law. (3 credits) Fall As we review these methods, we will focus on their strengths and limitations, both in terms of their psychometric and practical characteristics. Knowledge of principles of psychometric theory, PSYCH 507 – Assessment Issues in Civil Law Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 test construction, and statistical properties (i.e., reliability and validity) is therefore assumed and Prerequisites: Psych: 505 or consent of the Instructor will not be a primary focus of this course. The course also includes an applied component. You The purpose of this course is to familiarize the students with various areas of the Civil Law in will have an opportunity to practice the administration and scoring of a select battery of assess- which mental-health professionals evaluate and make assessments. Students will become famil- ment instruments with your peers and with practice test subjects. These practice assessments iar with the research in this area and its application to the process of evaluation in answering will provide a context for discussing various technical and ethical issues related to the assess- legal questions that are peculiar to areas in the civil courts. Students will learn: about the ques- ment of children within a psychological framework. (3 credits) tions that the Court expect the psychologist to address; the types instruments and evaluative pro- cedures that are used in the civil context in terms of expert testimony, report writing and input PSYCH 513 – Vocational Counseling into the legal system; how the pertinent case law is applied and frames the input of the mental- Students will be introduced to counseling theory as it applies to vocational choice, individual health professional in this context; how the role of the mental-health professional has developed interests, vocational placement, and methods of vocational assessments. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, historically within the context of non-criminal areas of law; and how to keep abreast of current Summer issues that are dictated by the Case law. (3 credits) Spring PSYCH 515 – Introduction to Group Counseling PSYCH 508 – Forensic Report Writing Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Prerequisites: Psych: 505 or Psych 506 or Psych 507 or Consent of the Instructor This course will provide advanced study in the theory, process and practice of Group Counseling Forensic report writing will focus the students in all aspects of the construction of a competently and Psychotherapy. Students will study the application of group designs in the treatment of indi- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 written forensic report. The students will learn how to construct forensic reports in the areas of viduals in a group setting. Multicultural applications of different approaches will be considered, 524 525 Course Descriptions Psychology

as well as applications of group counseling on specific special populations. Particular attention PSYCH 532 – Cross Cultural Psychology will be paid to the utility and research supporting the effectiveness and efficacy of this form of This course examines the diversity of North American society with a focus on analysis of cultural treatment. (3 credits) Spring, Summer and Winter Intersession ethnicity, race, disability, and sexual orientation; includes integration with clinical and research issues. It is designed to introduce students to psychological issues concerning gender, cultural PSYCH 519 – Methods of Psychotherapy II values, religion, race/ethnicity, individualism-collectivism self-identity, group identity and group Prerequisite: Psych 509 conflict, culture and development, sexual orientation, psychological and physical disorders and Methods of Psychotherapy II is designed as a continuation of Methods of Psychotherapy I disabilities, culture and communication. (3 credits) (PSYCH 509) and as such to familiarize students with a number of methods of psychotherapy, theories of change and treatment outcome research. Through readings, in each of the methods PSYCH 533 – Law and Mental Health of psychotherapy covered, demonstrations, DVD demonstration videos, and classroom experi- Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor ences, students will become familiar with treatment approaches such as the cognitive behavioral, The purpose of this course is to give the students an understanding of the American legal sys- rational emotive, humanistic, brief psychodynamic and dialectic behavioral therapy methods of tem. Students will learn how it operates, the defining principles, and the role of the psycholo- psychology. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer gist and others with mental health expertise in this context. Students will become familiar with the laws pertinent to applied forensic psychology in both Civil and Criminal Courts. Students PSYCH 520 – Developmental Psychopathology will learn how various Regulations, Penal Codes, Statutes and the Constitution frame and limit, Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor the input of the mental health professional within the legal system. Students will learn the What does it mean to be a “developmental psychopathologist”? Developmental psychopathology ways in which the current Case Law structures the everyday practice of forensic psychology. integrates principles of clinical and developmental psychology. The distinguishing features of Students will learn how the pertinent Case Law exemplifies and delineates and clarifies the use developmental psychopathology provide the clinical psychologist with a unique perspective that of Psychology in the Courtroom by Judges and in other settings as defined and determined by facilitates the assessment, treatment, and research of traditional clinical problems. This course the Courts. Students will learn about the historical development of the use of the mental-health is designed to introduce you to the field of developmental psychopathology. We will focus on expert within the Court system and the ramifications of those realities currently. Students will the origins and course of psychopathology across childhood and adolescence. For each problem develop an appreciation for the differences between the perspectives and goals the disciplines domain, we will review research regarding the continuity/discontinuity of clinical problems of law and psychology. (3 credits) across development. In addition, we will highlight the challenges presented by each problem domain, and how it can be better understood from a developmental psychopathology perspec- PSYCH 534 – Advanced Developmental Psychology tive. Thus, upon completion of the course you will have acquired a foundation of principles of Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor developmental psychopathology that may be applied to your own future research and practice. This course is designed to provide advanced study in the field of child development, with a (3 credits) Fall consideration of prenatal through adolescent development. Emphasis will be placed on both the major theories as well as contemporary research findings in developmental psychology. PSYCH 521 – Adult Psychopathology (3 credits) Fall Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor This course is designed to investigate the field of adult psychopathology. Students will exam- PSYCH 535 – Group Dynamics: Methods and Design ine the latest research related to DSM IV TR criteria for such disorders as (but not limited to) Prerequisites: Psych 515 schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, major depression, anxiety disorders, somatoform disorders; and This course will provide advanced study in the process and design of Groups and their use in personality disorders. (3 credits) Fall Forensic settings. Students will study the application of group designs in the treatment of indi- viduals involved in the justice system: mentally ill offenders, substance dependent offenders, PSYCH 525 – Psychology of Criminal Behavior and sexual offenders. Moreover, the course will describe the various approaches utilized in such Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor treatment, such as group counseling, paychoeducational approaches, and behavioral treatment.

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 This course will provide the student with the opportunity to explore and examine detail promi- Particular attention will be paid to the utility and research supporting the effectiveness and effi- nent psychological theory as it is applied to criminal behaviors. Particular attention will be paid cacy of this form of treatment in correctional settings. (3 credits) Spring, Fall, Summer to separating the difference between pathology as a cause and other forms of psychological expla- nations for criminal behaviors. (3 credits) Fall PSYCH 540 – Advanced Personality Psychology Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor PSYCH 530 – Special Topics in Forensic Psychology This course is designed to provide advanced study in the field of personality psychology with Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor a specific focus on seminal works in personality theory. Students will investigate the original Course content will rotate across a variety of specialty areas in forensic psychology. Areas of works of Freud, Jung, Horney, Michel, Bandura, Kelly, Cattell, and Allport in addition to other study may include psychobiology, children’s suggestibility, victimology, neurological assessment, important personologists. Students will critique a number of the theories in terms of their util- psychotherapy, history and systems, or other methodological content areas derived to help stu- ity in modern psychology and their historic importance in the development of modern theory in dents understand contemporary Issues In the criminal justice system (3 credits) Fall, Spring personality psychology. (3 credits) Spring

PSYCH 531 – Family Violence PSYCH 550 – Professional Ethics in Psychology This course is a seminar based course which examines the recent research and theoretical foun- Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor dations of the issues associated with family violence. Students will investigate seminal research This course is designed to provide a pragmatic understanding of the ethical principles guiding and theory associated with the psychological aspects of violence as it occurs in families as well as psychologists in their roles as clinicians, researchers, supervisors, and teachers. We will focus Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 the impact such violence may have on both perpetrators and victims. (3 credits) on the APA Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Codes of Conduct. This will include a review 526 527 Course Descriptions Public Administration

of the rules and procedures of the licensing boards and the consequences of code violations. course explores key subject areas related to housing and development, including housing theory, A second major objective of this course is to help you to formulate your own “code” of ethical planning, data analysis, assessment of housing needs, community participation, stakeholders, decision-making as a psychologist in-training. We will discuss common personal and profession- roles, negotiation, codes, construction procurement, homelessness, financing, foreclosures, ten- al circumstances that place psychologists in challenging ethical situations. In addition, you will ant and management issues, sustainable design, regionalism and other issues. (3 credits) each have the opportunity to explore the ways in which your own personal “ethos” is consistent (or inconsistent) with your legal and ethical responsibilities as a psychologist. We will pursue PA 351 – Sustainable Economic and Community Development this goal by reviewing case studies, role-playing ethical dilemmas, and sharing our own personal Explores key subject areas related to sustainable economic development, including business cre- experiences as researchers, clinicians, teachers, and students. These exercises will allow you ation and retention, microenterprises, co-ops, job creation, asset development, sector analysis, to define your own process of ethical decision-making that you can return to throughout your the connection between economic development and social health. Examines the role that com- career in psychology. (3 credits) munity development professionals can and should play in ensuring that economic development occurs in a sustainable manner. (3 credits) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PA 352/MGMT 352 – Non-Profit Management Cross-listed as MGMT 352 PA 201 – Public Administration The course provides students with an overview of the role of the non-profit sector in the United Co-listed as POLSC 260 States, as well as comprehensive exposure to the various elements of managing a non-profit Introduces the theory, forms, and practice of public administration at the national, subnational, organization. Governance, personnel, finance, planning and service delivery will be examined and international levels. Emphasizes administrative theories, concepts of bureaucracy, the envi- and best practices located. Students emerge from this course better able to face the challenges of ronment of public service, and the role of administrators in government. (3 credits) working in and managing a non-profit organizations. (3 credits) Spring PA 202 – Studies in Public Administration PA 360 – Communication in Organizations Examines the relationship between theory and practice of Public Administration through a Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor review and analysis of selected problems, issues, and case studies at the national, subnational, A study of the nature and importance of communications in complex organizations such as cor- and international levels. Administrative theories, concepts of bureaucracy, the environment of porations and agencies. Topics include communication theory, theory of organizations, manag- public service, and the roles of administrators in government. (3 credits) ing communications in organizations, and effects of communication on behavior and attitudes. (3 credits) PA 220 – Elements and Issues in Community Development Overview of the concepts, theories and applications in the field of community development. This PA 362 – Public Personnel Administration is the foundation course for the Community Development program, but it is appropriate for all Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor students interested in a comprehensive look at the elements required to understand what makes Focuses on the primary personnel functions including job evaluation and compensation; staffing; for successful communities, from housing to education, to social services and infrastructure. employee training and development; employee relations; collective bargaining; and other issues (3 credits) Fall, Summer and concerns of public sector personnel management. (3 credits)

PA 305/POLSC 361 – State and Local Government PA 363 – Public Financial Administration Cross-listed as POLSC 361 Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor Analysis of state and local governments with emphasis on the distribution of political power and This course explores administrative, political, and institutional aspects of the budgetary and administrative responsibility in selected public programs and areas of public policy. (3 credits) financial management processes within the public sector. A review of federal, state, and local financial, budget, and revenue systems. (3 credits) PA 306 – City Management

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor PA 364 – Organizational Theory and Management Study of municipal administration, including organization, financial management, personnel Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor and labor relations, municipal services, and political and public relations; analysis of city govern- Study of the historical evolution of organizational thought and theories. An analysis of the basic ments and the role of city and local government managers; examination of the planning, policy, concepts of organizations within both a contemporary and future view of the public sector. management, evaluation, and financial dimensions of cities. (3 credits) (3 credits)

PA 340/POLSC 380 – Public Policy PA 370 – Comparative Public Administration Cross-Listed as POLSC 380 Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor An overview of the administrative structures, functions, and processes of selected governments Systematic analysis of critical domestic issues and areas: poverty, race relations, crime, etc. in a variety of nations. Comparisons of alternative administrative systems with the United States Consideration of the entire public policy cycle: recognition and definition of potential “prob- experience will be included. (3 credits) lems”; formulation and implementation of governmental policy solutions; and assessment of the impact of policies. (3 credits) PA 411/S&SH 411 – Grant Writing (Cross-Listed as S&HS 411) PA 350 – Housing and Development Skills Provides a working knowledge of the various sources of funds available to the grant writer as well Blends the academic framework of theory and analysis of housing policy with skills-oriented as the terminology and the components (problem statements, objectives, methodology, evalua- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 instruction. Using readings, class discussions, guest speakers, lectures, and class journals, the tion, budget) of various funding applications and instruments. At the conclusion of the course 528 529 Course Descriptions Public Administration

the student will have the skills to do basic research for a grant proposal and to write a proposal. PA 512 – Intergovernmental Relations (3 credits) Examines the historical and contemporary relationships between federal, state and local levels of government in the United States. Focuses on issues created by our federalist system of govern- PA 430 – Special Topics in Public Administration ment including: centralization, power sharing, and locus of control. (3 credits) Study of special topics in public administration. Topics determined by program, student needs, and availability of appropriate instruction. (3 credits) PA 513 – Public Administration and Public Law Examination and understanding of the constraints of constitutional law on administrative behav- PA 440 – Public Administration Practicum ior and decisions. Attention paid to the legal environment in which public managers must oper- Prerequisite: POLSC 100 or PA 201 or PA 202 or consent of instructor ate. (3 credits) An internship experience within a public agency or nonprofit organization designed to acquire, apply, or utilize administrative knowledge and skills. (3 credits) PA 514 – Urban Administration and Management An introduction to the literature of urban administration and an examination of the problems confronting public managers including: service delivery, fiscal solvency, centralization, collective MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION bargaining, and accountability. (3 credits)

PA 501 – Foundations of Public Administration: Legal and Institutional PA 515 – Ethics in Public Administration The political and institutional context of contemporary public administration. Examination of Emphasis placed on accountability and responsibility of public officials for appropriate behavior the political and legal constraints on public administrators, legislative-executive relations, and and ethical decision-making. Offers the student an understanding of how one’s ethics relate to the role of administration in the policy making process. (3 credits) Fall public affairs. (3 credits)

PA 502 – Organizational Dynamics PA 516 – Grant Writing and Management Cross-Listed as LEAD 511 Teaches students how to locate funding opportunities and write effective proposals. Additional Examination of the literature on organizations, organizational dynamics, group dynamics, team- emphasis on the management of government grants and contracts. (3 credits) building, and introduction to leadership in dynamic organizations. Attention will be given to the effects of organizational structure on organizational behavior. Organizational design principles PA 517 – Computer Applications for Public Managers are also presented. Students may not earn credit in both PA 502 and LEAD 506 3 credits.) Spring Introduction to the selection and use of computer hardware and software for public managers. Provides practical experience with spreadsheets, word processors, database management, presen- PA 503 – Data Management and Analysis tation programs and geographic information systems. (3 credits) Cross-Listed as LEAD 503 The use of quantitative analysis and techniques for public administrators. Emphasis on research PA 518 – Program Evaluation design, data gathering, analysis, interpretation and the presentation of findings. Instruction in Program Evaluation is a research and analysis based course in management, programming and the use of descriptive statistics, such as means, medians, standard deviations, and histograms will administration. It is intended to equip the student with the knowledge and skill to create, imple- be covered. It includes an analysis of the validity and appropriateness of statistical techniques ment and manage a public or health program using modern information systems, and research principles. Program design is featured as an important aspect of evaluation along with matching employed by managers in the professional fields of public, nonprofit, and health administration. program effects and the statistical analysis required for understanding the effects. Emphasis is Use of computer software to analyze data is introduced. Students may not earn credit in both PA placed on program evaluation being part of the standard MIS/EDP operation of an organiza- 503 and LEAD 503 (3 credits) Spring tion. At the conclusion of the course, the student should be able to create a program and see it Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 through to its programmatic conclusion. (3 credits) PA 504 – Public Policy and Program Evaluation Study of the policy making process and implementation, the role of public administration in that PA 530 – Special Topics in Public Administration process, and methods of determining the effectiveness of public policy. (3 credits) Spring This is a course for each specialization required of Public Administration Masters Students. Students integrate knowledge in selected specialty areas in the public management, health care PA 505 – Public Budgeting and Finance administration, leadership, nonprofit executive management, and related public management Cross-Listed as LEAD 505 and service topics. Students will complete assigned readings, conduct seminar discussions, and Introduction to public finance and budgeting with an examination of the development of public research, organize, and complete assigned course projects. (3 credits) budgeting, the budget process, revenue sources, taxation, accounting practices, and debt manage- ment in public organizations. Students may not earn credit in both PA 505 and LEAD 505 PA 550 – Health Care Administration (3 credits) Fall Prerequisite: PA 501 & PA 502 or consent of instructor Components of the health care system in the United States, with emphasis on the relationships PA 506 – Public Personnel Management among public (local, state and federal), private, voluntary and nonprofit entities. Topics include Cross-Listed as LEAD 506 points of access for recipients of health care; relationships with other human services and profes- Study of the functions of public personnel management, current practice, issues, and problems. sions involved in providing health care; and the regulatory environment governing these relation- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Students may not earn credit in both PA 506 and LEAD 506 (3 credits) Fall ships. Critical review of major ideological influences that have shaped health policy. (3 credits) 530 531 Course Descriptions Social and Health Services

PA 551 – Public Policy and Politics in Health Care Administration health promotion and education, health management, health policy and maternal & child health. Prerequisite. PA 504 & PA 550 or consent of instructor (3 credits) Spring Examination of the formulation, adoption and implementation of public policy for health care through federal, state and local political processes. The role of research in the program process PH 430 – Special Topics in Public Health is tied to effective administration. Techniques of effective evaluation and report presentation are Prerequisites: BIO 103 or ANTH 100 or consent of instructor also covered. (3 credits) Fulfills a course requirement for the Public Health Minor Advanced-level topics of importance in public health, determined by the interest of students in PA 552 – Trends and Issues in Health Administration consultation with faculty. Prerequisite: PA 551 or consent of instructor This course may be repeated for credit, but students may study a single topic only once. Examination of current issues confronting health care managers. An assessment of current pro- (1-3 credits) Special offering grams and management responses to emerging trends in the health care field, including delivery systems, marketing/competition, strategic planning, financial management and/or epidemiologi- SOCIAL AND HEALTH SERVICES cal changes. (3 credits) S&HS 400 – Foundations of Social and Health Services PA 553 – Economics of Health and Medical Care Examines the historical, philosophical, and theoretical frameworks of professional social and Prerequisite: PA 505 & PA 551or consent of instructor health services in the United States. Emphasis will be placed on the theoretical bases of develop- This course analyzes health care problems from an economic perspective. Effective manage- mental psychology, including structural theory, ego psychology and adaptation, object relations, ment of limited resources, including financial issues involving differing managed care structures and life cycle development. (3 credits) Fall, Spring (HMOs, PPOs, and IPAs) are examined. (3 credits) S&HS 402 – Group Process PA 580 – Internship in Public Administration For students who wish to enhance their ability to work with groups; involves actual involvement in an ongoing group experience. The varied dynamics of the group will be examined in regard to Designed for pre-service students. (3 credits) Fall/Spring/Summer both interpersonal and intrapersonal issues. (3 credits) Spring PA 590 – Research in Public Administration S&HS 403 – Adult Development Designed for working professionals in the field. (3 credits) Fall /Spring/Summer Promotes a knowledge of adult developmental issues encountered across different fields of practice. Students will learn to 1) deepen assessment skills, particularly as regards possible “nor- PA 599 – Directed Study in Public Administration mative” psycho-social stressors which may underlie or aggravate presenting client/patient com- (PA 599 required of all students) plaints, and 2) be sensitive to how these “normative” stressors impact their own lives as learners This capstone in public administration is devoted to topics in public management involving and professionals in an ongoing adaptive process. (3 credits) Fall problem identification and solution. Students work independently with faculty guidance to cre- ate projects in public administration. In-person presentation of data findings and solutions is S&HS 405 – Introduction to Public Health required. Internship/Research Requirement and Directed Study Requirement. (3 credits) Fall, Introduces students who are currently practicing in health care fields to an overview of public Spring/Summer health on a state and national level. Students will learn about the public health system, including infectious disease, chronic disease, occupational health, injury control, maternal and child health, PUBLIC HEALTH regulation, behavioral health issues, surveillance, quality assurance, and policy. (3 credits) Fall

PH 201 – Public Health Essentials S&HS 408 – Counseling: Theory and Skills Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Prerequisite: BIO 103 or ANTH 100 or consent of instructor Co-listed as PSYCH 356 Fulfills a course requirement for the Public Health Minor A brief theoretical overview of counseling is discussed in conjunction with the application of This course addresses the question: What is public health? with an introduction to the concepts, practical skill development. Skills included are listening, observation, presentation of self, rap- port development, interviewing, and empathy. , principles and practices of public health. Students will examine the historical and current role of (3 credits) Fall Summer public health institutions and the biological, social, behavioral, environmental and cultural deter- S&HS 409 – Methods and Procedures of School Nursing minants of health. An overview of tools used to assess, control and prevent disease will be put Explores the issues and current practice of nursing within the elementary and secondary school into the context of current public health threats and the future of public health. (3 credits) Fall setting for Registered Nurses who are interested in the specialty of School Nurse Teaching. A school-based clinical component will be utilized to provide a professional understanding of the PH 350 – Applied Practicum in Public Health specialized knowledge and skills necessary to contribute to and support the goals of education. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: PH 201 and consent of instructor Particular attention will be paid to the educational process, special needs students, rules and Fulfills a course requirement for the Public Health Minor regulations of Rhode Island, Federal regulations, screening, and the development and utilization Taken in conjunction with a 35hr public health-related experience, students read and discuss of information and referral sources (3 credits) Fall, Spring recent primary literature to actively integrate the practicum experience with concepts and practices in public health. This practicum course combines a field experience with an academic S&HS 410 – Methods and Materials in Health Education seminar course that meets for 3 hours per week. Potential discussion topics include, but are not Examines the latest methods, procedures, and techniques for presenting the information, prin- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 limited to, biostatistics, community health, epidemiology, environmental health, global health, ciples, and concepts outlined in school health curricula. Preparation and presentation of lesson 532 533 Course Descriptions Social and Health Services

plans will prepare the School Nurse Teacher for his/her role as a health educator. Evaluating cur- S&HS 423 – Treatment of Children and Adolescents rently used health curricula, books and teaching aids will familiarize the Registered Nurse with Examines child and adolescent developmental issues in the context of the social environment. the scope of today’s health education. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Examines social and health service systems and programs which address social and develop- mental needs, including child protective services, foster care and adoption. Also addresses basic S&HS 411 – Grant Writing issues involved in the psycho-social treatment of children and adolescents, individually and in Cross-listed with PA 411 the context of the family. (3 credits) Fall Provides a working knowledge of the various sources of funds available to the grant writer as well as the terminology and the components (problem statements, objectives, methodology, evalua- S&HS 426 – Health and Nutrition tion, budget) of various funding applications and instruments. At the conclusion of the course Introduces the concept of orthobiotic living. Students will learn how proper nutrition contrib- the student will have the skills to do basic research for a grant proposal and to write a proposal. utes to the level of wellness at all stages of the life cycle. The multiple factors affecting purchase (3 credits) Spring and consumption of food are included, as well as the functions of specific nutrients and their S&HS 413 – Moral and Ethical Issues in Health Care complex interrelationships. Students will distinguish reliable from unreliable sources of health Introduces students, currently employed (or intending to be employed) in the health care field, and nutrition information currently available. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer to the moral/ethical issues and dilemmas facing the healthcare industry/employee(s) today and into the future. A sampling of selected topics that will be discussed and researched include: S&HS 427 – End of Life Care informed consent, euthanasia, rationing of health care services, advance directives, biomedical Designed for personal growth related to issues of death and dying for professionals working in research, heroic measures, the uninsured and underinsured. (3 credits) Spring, Summer the field, as well as non-professionals. A developmental, life cycle perspective is used, examining such concepts as bereavement theories, cultural differences, clinical intervention with various S&HS 415 – Health Care Administration I types of mourning, and coping with caregiver stress and grief. Students will have an opportu- Provides the foundation for health care management in an era of health care reform. The issues nity to examine their own beliefs and attitudes, expand their understanding of the grief process relate to the overview of emerging trends in the health systems, human resources, leadership, within families, examine traditional and non-traditional closure rituals, and learn new caregiver communication, decision making, marketing, quality assurance and financial management. This skills to prevent burnout. (3 credits) Fall course is intended for the individual currently employed or interested in the health care field and functioning in the management system. (3 credits) Spring, Summer S&HS 428 – Crisis Intervention Provides a theoretical framework for the understanding of crises and emergencies in mental S&HS 416 – Health Care Administration II health and health care practice; intended for students who will be practicing in health/mental Builds upon the foundation provided in the Health Care Administration I course. Through dis- cussion, readings, and two assigned written projects, the students cover topics inclusive of: an health/law enforcement, or will be acting as administrators in these human service agencies. A overview of the healthcare delivery system in the U.S., economics of health care, labor relations, variety of crisis experiences is examined, including developmental and transitional crisis. Related legal issues, health planning, healthcare reform, and ethical issues in health care. (3 credits) Fall strategies for intervention, legal guidelines, and treatment are examined. A basic approach to clinical assessment is presented, and then applied to various types of crises, including family vio- S&HS 417 – Human Resource Development lence and abuse, life-threatening illness, and suicidality. (3 credits) Fall, Summer Provides a framework for understanding, assessing, and designing organized learning experiences within the workplace which will improve job performance. It addresses specific issues of adult S&HS 431 – Women’s Issues and Mental Health learning, and develops the particular skills required for effective communication and training in Addresses women’s mental health issues from a feminist perspective. Students will learn about the workplace. Topics covered include theories of adult learning and motivation, problems assess- the impact of socialization on women’s development as it relates to functioning within important ment, training design, facilitating learning, and team development. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer relationships throughout the life cycle. The meaning and value of “connection” is explored, with

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 particular emphasis on how helping professionals can develop a supportive therapeutic alliance S&HS 418 – Mental Health Issues and the Law with women in health and mental health care settings. Women’s particular treatment needs are Explores the jurisprudence of mental health law and the social policy upon which it is built. It is examined within the context of a supportive, self-empowerment practice model which utilizes intended to provide a foundation in the law as it relates to persons with mental illness or other concepts from leading theorists in feminist and relational ways of thinking. (3 credits) Fall disabilities. Topics covered include civil commitment, patients’ rights, the right to treatment, the right to refuse treatment, competency, guardianship, confidentiality, and malpractice. Students S&HS 434 – Principles of Program Design: Health Education learn legal skills such as reading and interpreting statutes and legal opinions. Relevant legal and Focuses on techniques, processes, and models of developing health education programs in ethical issues confronting providers are addressed throughout the course. (3 credits) Fall, Spring schools, communities and work sites; the principles of grant writing/development are also stud- S&HS 421 – Social Gerontology ied. The school nurse-teacher will learn how to identify a health education need, plan a program Provides a broad base of knowledge about the process of the aging experience and the diversi- to address that need, and write a grant to fund the program. (3 credits) Fall, Spring ties in the older population. The impact of the changes in life expectancy and the consequent increase in the number of elderly will be addressed. Through a combination of reading, videos, S&HS 435 – Organization and Administration of School Health Programs presentations, and discussions, older Americans will be studied in a multi-disciplinary manner. Intended for nurses in the field of School Nurse Teaching, emphasis is placed on policies within Students will distinguish the realities of usual and successful aging from the societal stereotypes Rhode Island, including health education regulations, health programs, and curriculum develop- surrounding this phenomenon and consider how such attitudes affect social policies and ser- ment. Students are introduced to the processes of budgeting, assessment skills, and program Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 vices. (3 credits) Fall, Spring evaluation. (3 credits) Fall, Spring 534 535 Course Descriptions Sociology

S&HS 436 – Introduction to Education of the Exceptional Child S&HS 459 – Seminar in Managed Care Intended for nurses in the field of School Nurse Teaching, emphasis is placed on the state and Investigates the evolution of managed care in the United States health care system, particularly federal legal requirements/responsibilities of school nurse teachers in the mainstreaming of stu- focusing on efficiency and effectiveness in this approach to contemporary medical and mental dents with special needs, a critical examination of existing services and programs, and a review health care practice. Students will be required to critically examine issues of cost containment, of case studies. Guest lectures and the demonstration of adaptive equipment are included in the quality management, and the political context of current debates regarding the future of man- course. (3 credits) Spring, Summer aged care in social and health services. (3 credits) Spring S&HS 438 – Introduction to Biostatistics SOCIOLOGY Presents the principles of biostatistics, including the research process, frequency measures, tests of significance, correlation, linear and multiple regression analysis. Students will be able SOC 100 – Introduction to Sociology to understand basic statistical procedures and will be able to critically analyze social and health Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration services empirical literature. (3 credits) Fall The study of individuals in society, and an introduction to the basic concepts through which soci- ology derives its intellectual form, such as socialization, social groups, institutions, stratification, S&HS 450 – Introduction to Epidemiology and social change. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Designed to familiarize students with the basic principles of epidemiology, enables critical reading of the medical literature and understanding of the epidemiologic terminology therein. SOC 201 – Social Stratification Various contemporary health care issues are examined, including pharmacoepidemiology, chron- Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration ic disease epidemiology and social epidemiology. (3 credits) Spring Prerequisite: SOC 100 Offers a comprehensive foundation in both the classic and contemporary approaches to strati- S&HS 452 – Social and Health Services Policy fication from a global perspective. Social stratification is the division of a large group or society Provides a theoretical framework for the critical analysis of current social welfare and health care into ranked categories of people, each of which enjoys different levels of access to scarce and policies and their effects on the provision of services. Emphasis is placed on the political/ideolog- valued resources. This class will address economic, racial, and gender stratification. (3 credits) ical forces that shape these policies and on the effectiveness, efficiency, and accountability sys- Alternate Fall tems of various approaches to the allocation of resources and the provision of social and health care services. Students will learn how to engage in this critical analysis, including identification SOC 220 – Sociological Perspectives on Race of how to personally participate in these systems, and how outcomes of policy directly impact Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration individuals, particularly those in society who are among the more powerless and vulnerable. Prerequisite: SOC 100 (3 credits) Fall, Spring W.E.B. DuBois serves as the starting point for discussing race in sociological terms. The class then moves chronologically towards the 21st century, where sociologists still struggle to elucidate S&HS 454 – Social and Health Services Research Methods race as a social construction. A special focus on the progress and challenges of the post-civil Introduces principles of research methodology pertinent to health care and social service fields rights era in the United States will be included. Topics include race theory, race stratification, of practice in which Social and Health Services students are currently or will be employed. As race identity and representation, trends in racial attitudes, race and power, the intersection of race with class and gender, and the social construction of whiteness. (3 credits) Alternate Spring such, the course focuses on the formulation and design of an independent research project relat- ed to practice. (3 credits) Fall, Spring SOC 230 – Population and Society Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration S&HS 455 – Advanced Counseling Techniques Prerequisite: SOC 100 Prerequisites: S&HS 400, 408

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Analyzes global population characteristics and trends, and their effect on such social processes Examines phenomena which relate to enhancing the clinician’s rapport-building, communication and institutions as employment, marriage and family patterns, religion, and government and patterns, and repertoire of psychotherapeutic change strategies. This course is for the student their impact on society (3 credits) Spring currently working in a clinical setting. (3 credits) Spring, Summer SOC 234 – The Family S&HS 457 – Seminar in Case Management Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration Adhering to requirements for certification for Certified Case Managers (CCM), focuses on Prerequisite: SOC 100 the role of case managers in assessment, planning, coordination, monitoring and evaluation. An analysis of the family as a social institution and intimate group. Topics include the impact of Particular emphasis is placed on benefit systems, cost benefit analysis, legal and ethical issues industrialization, marriage and divorce, gender roles, parenthood, the influence of social class, pertaining to confidentiality, and legislation which impacts case management approaches. and variations in lifestyle and family structure. The focus is on the contemporary U.S. society, (3 credits) Fall with some cross-cultural comparative material. (3 credits) Alternate Spring

S&HS 458 – Social and Health Services and Family Systems SOC 250 – Sociological Perspectives on Social Problems Provides an understanding of the therapeutic models used to assess and work with families. Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration Content of discussions will center on assigned readings, videotapes, role plays, and special areas Prerequisite: SOC 100 of interest brought into class. This course will benefit students who have contact with families in An overview of the sub-field of social problems focusing on literature of local and global social Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 the social and/or health services field. (3 credits) Fall, Spring problems with an effort made to address possible solutions. (3 credits) Alternate Fall 536 537 Course Descriptions Spanish

SOC 260 – The Sociological Imagination them to test the ideas from the course’s readings. This course is research and writing intensive. Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration (3 credits) Spring Prerequisites: SOC 100 The sociological imagination was first coined by sociologist C. Wright Mills to explain how one SOC 350 – Comparative Social Movements and Social Change moves from casual observation to scientific sociological observation. Examines usefulness of ana- Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration lyzing sociological patterns. The course will illustrate the many uses and contexts of the lens of Prerequisite: SOC 100 the sociologist. Content will alternate based on instructor. (3 credits) Spring A specialized course on the literature in sociology from a global perspective. Students will review theories and empirical cases on social movements and social change. Topics could include, but SOC 299 – Special Topics in Sociology are not limited to: labor movements, lesbian and gay activism and environmental activism. Prerequisites: SOC 100 (3 credits) Alternate Spring This course examines topics from the subfields of sociology that are not typically offered in the sociology curriculum. The course topic is initiated by interest and expertise of the instructor and SOC 430 – Special Topics student demand. (3 credits) Special Offering Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration Prerequisites: SOC 100 SOC 300 – Social Theory Study of special topics in sociology. Topics determined by student needs and the availability of Prerequisites: SOC 100, SOC 260. and ANTH 100, ANTH 260; open to Anthropology + Sociology appropriate instruction. (3 credits) Special Offering Majors only with at least Junior standing, or consent of instructor An analysis of the classical origins of contemporary social thought. This course pays special SOC 460/ANTH 460 – Senior Seminar attention to contemporary anthropological and social theory. Perspectives such as symbolic inter- Cross listed as ANTH 460 action, critical theory, and contemporary feminist theories are also considered. (3 credits) Spring Prerequisite: ANTH 454 (C- or higher) SOC 316 – Sociology of Gender This course is designed to foster a deeper understanding of anthropology and sociology. Students Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration will be required to produce research suitable for presentation at a student-research conference Prerequisite: SOC 100 and/or publication in either anthropology or sociology student-level research journals. Topics will An analysis of the behaviors and social processes underlying the femininity and masculinity of per- be determined by the student (3 credits) Spring sons. The course examines how gender has been socially constructed in different times and places. Competing theoretical explanations of gender inequality are presented. (3 credits) Alternate Fall SPANISH (also see listings under Languages)

SOC 330 – Globalization and Identity SPN 101 – Elementary Spanish I Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Prerequisite: SOC 100 Prerequisite: Not open to native speakers of the language studied. This course examines the consuming trend of globalization from a sociological point of view. The first of a two-course sequence in the elements of a language and its culture. Proficiency- Explores relationships between individuals, groups, and institutions in an age of globalization, based instruction in fundamental discursive patterns, vocabulary, and syntax of the language with emphasis on national identity and global identity. Special attention will be given to socio- within a cultural context. Emphasizes listening, speaking, reading and writing. Establishes the logical commentary on the political, economic, and cultural benefits and limitations to globaliza- foundation for further facility in the language studied. Uses audio and video components. tion worldwide, Students will explore the competing stories about globalization as it continues (3 credits) Fall to unfold. (3 credits) Alternate Spring

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 SPN 102 – Elementary Spanish II SOC 340 – Comparative Immigration Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Prerequisite: SOC 100 Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate This course will focus primarily on the sociological process of immigration from a comparative perspective. Attention will be given to the consistencies of immigration, despite population, Elementary Language I course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. destination, and time period, as well as emphasize the differences of the immigrant experience, Continuation of Elementary Language I, emphasizing proficiency-based instruction in authentic which help highlight how politics, the economy, and culture shape this dynamic process. Issues cultural contexts. (3 credits) Spring such as the construction of race, nationalism, globalization, and technology and how they in turn shape the immigrant’s experience will be covered, with emphasis on how laws and social norms SPN 201 – Intermediate Spanish I shape our common discourse on immigration. (3 credits) Alternate Years Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate SOC 348 – Urban Sociology Elementary Language II course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. Fulfills a course requirement in the Anthropology + Sociology Core Concentration The first course of a two-course sequence which extends fundamental skills developed in the Prerequisite: SOC 100 elementary courses. Proficiency-based instruction. Emphasis is placed upon skills leading to Students who have taken SOC 238 may not take SOC 348 for credit fluency and integration of language and culture through more extensive reading, writing, and This course introduces the field of urban sociology. The course covers the main topics and Internet assignments; greater depth and range of linguistic skills through grammar review and Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 vocabulary associated with urban research. Students will engage in original research will allows conversational practice. (3 credits) Fall 538 539 Course Descriptions Spanish

SPN 202 – Intermediate Spanish II SPN 339 – Spanish Literary Tradition II Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of Intermediate II course in the same language or Intermediate Language I course. Not open to native speakers of the language studied. placement by examination. Continuation of Intermediate Language I. Students are expected to achieve a functional level Literary Tradition II provides a chronological survey of literature in the respective language from of fluency. Activities for the course include extensive Internet use for class discussion of world around 1750 AD to the present. The most significant works of literature, ranging from drama events and extended use of the Modern Language Lab. (3 credits) Spring to the short story and the novel, especially in the nineteenth century, will be introduced and discussed. Emphasis is placed on the tools of analysis specific to literary studies and criticism in SPN 210 – Actors, Authors and Audiences modern language study. Reading, discussing, and writing about significant texts affords under- Fulfills a course requirement in the minor of Modern Language standing of literature and reinforcement of advanced language skills (3 credits) Spring A variable topics course designed to introduce students to the dramatic and cinematic produc- tions of a specific nation, culture or language group. Through close examination of the mate- SPN 340 – Advanced Literary Topics rial proposed for the topic, students gain a deeper appreciation and understanding of how the Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor, and Core Concentration targeted culture perceives itself and how others perceive it. The topic covered each semester is Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate listed in the Course Bulletin. This course may be repeated for credit, but students must study a Intermediate II language course different topic each time this course is offered. This course is taught in English. (3 credits) Offered This variable content course is designed to introduce students to literary masterpieces, trends, on demand and movements of the targeted language by reading and studying the author or genre proposed for the course. All lectures and materials are in the targeted language and students are expected SPN 220 – Perspectives on Culture: The Spanish to be proficient speakers and writers of the targeted language. (3 credits) Offered on demand This variable content course is designed to introduce students to the history and culture of a SPN 350 – Advanced Topics nation. In a survey style course format, students will gain a deeper understanding of the most Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration. significant literary, historical, and cultural aspects of the targeted nation and may use this infor- Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate mation to assist in language acquisition. This course is taught in English. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Intermediate II language course SPN 310 – Advanced Grammar and Composition Advanced Topics is a variable content course designed to explore areas of language study outside of the scope of literature. Topics include linguistics, European literary criticism, and business. Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration. Unless otherwise noted, this course is taught in the target language, and a high level of proficien- Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate cy is expected. The topic covered each semester is listed in the Course Bulletin. This course may Intermediate II language course be repeated for credit, but students must study a different topic each time this course is offered Intensive practice and review in advanced grammatical structures, written composition, and the (3 credits) Fall, Spring mastery of style. This course forms a basis for advanced competence of grammatical structures in the student’s target language and is intended to serve as a foundation for advanced study. SPN 351 – El Siglo de Oro (The Golden Century) (3 credits) Fall Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Intermediate Language II course. As is the rule of most 300 and above courses, this course will be SPN 311 – Advanced Conversation taught mainly in the target language. Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Major, Minor and Core Concentration The “El Siglo de Oro” is considered the apex of Spain’s literary and artistic history. This is the Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 period between the Spanish Renaissance and the Baroque Era ( XVI-XXVII centuries). That era Intermediate II language course is framed by the works of the Italianist, Garcilazo de la Vega, and the Neo-baroque dramatist, Advanced Conversation is designed to help students refine conversational skills for group discus- Pedro Calderon de la Varca. Emphasis will be placed on the literary study and criticism of promi- sion, dialogue, and individual oral presentations on current topics pertaining to everyday life, nent works and authors through reading, discussions, and writing in the target language. professions, politics, social/economic conditions, and the arts. (3 credits) Spring (3 credits) Fall

SPN 338 – Spanish Literary Tradition I SPN 352 – La generacion del 98 (The Generation of 98) Fulfills a course requirement in the Modern Language Core Concentration Prerequisite: Placement by examination or successful completion (C- or higher) of the appropriate Prerequisite: Successful completion (C-or higher) of Intermediate II Course in the same language or Intermediate Language II course. As is the rule of most 300 and above courses, this course will be placement by examination. taught mainly in the target language Literary Tradition I provides a chronological survey of literature in the respective language from As a result of the Spanish – American War Era of 1898, Spain lost its last overseas Colonies. That around 800 AD to 1750 AD. The most significant works of literature, ranging from early writings embarrassing defeat gave rise to a multitude of discussions by Spain’s intellectuals who saw the in medieval epics to lyrical poetry, early novels, and dramas will be introduced and discussed. “Spanish Problem” as extremely serious. They turned within themselves to try to rediscover and Emphasis is placed on the tools of analysis specific to literary studies and criticism in modern revive the spirit that had made Spain great. The result was a new movement that became known language study. Reading, discussing and writing about significant texts affords understanding of as the Generation 98. The course will emphasize the works of the major philosophers, poets, nov- Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 literature and reinforcement of advanced language skills (3 credits) Fall elists, and briefly touch on other architectural, musical, and artistic expressions. (3 credits) Spring 540 541 Course Descriptions Theatre

SUSTAINABILITY THEAT 121 – Design for the Theatre II Fulfills a requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration SUST 101 – Introduction to Sustainability Studies This course is a study of lighting design, sound design, and stage management. The course will Sustainability Studies is an interdisciplinary field that examines the interrelated environmental, include discussion of design elements and an introduction to the practical skills of drafting, economic and social problems facing humans at local, regional and global scales. This course electricity, applied optics, and the use of sound and sound equipment. In addition, there will be a provides an introductory survey of the concepts, principles and tools from diverse fields that study of stage management techniques and responsibilities. (3 credits) Spring contribute to understanding and responding to problems such as climate change, environmental degradation, and unequal distribution of limited resources. The course introduces perspec- THEAT 130 – The Art of the Theatre tives from the natural and social sciences, arts and humanities, and professional disciplines Fulfills a requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration A broad examination into the whole theatre craft. The course will focus on script analysis from and explores how valuing their interconnection increases the prospects for achieving a more the point of view of the various theatre professions. Plays chosen will be from differing theatrical sustainable future. Specific topics to be explored may include: quantitative systems thinking and periods and reflect the department’s production season. An introduction to theat re vocabulary analysis, principles of ecology, consumption patterns of energy and natural resources, the role of will also be included. (3 credits) Fall, Spring media in sustainability literacy, cultural sustainability, environmental politics, social justice, sus- tainable architecture and engineering, and the roles of the arts. (3 credits) Fall, Spring THEAT 140, 141 – Musical Theatre Workshop Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration SUST 301 – Analysis and Decision-Making for Sustainability This course studies the American musical theatre. It may include weekly private lessons for the Prerequisite: SUST 101, MATH 117 or higher or consent of instructor development of the singing voice and acting styles for use in the musical theatre. Concentration This course focuses on understanding and applying various quantitative and qualitative research is on the conveyance of image and dramatic meaning. (2 credits for 140, may be repeated for credit; methodologies to issues within sustainability studies such as life-cycle analysis, analytical induc- 1 credit for 141, may be repeated for credit) Fall, Spring tion, and optimization. The goal of the course is for students to develop analytical skills to guide decisions that lead to more sustainable outcomes in a variety of systems. During the semester, THEAT 200 – Theatre Practicum students will be given opportunities to work with others in different disciplines to understand Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration the interdisciplinary aspects related to technical, social, environmental, and economical issues in This course offers production experience directly related to other theatre courses. Students sustainability. (3 credits) Fall receive credit for supervised work in all areas of the department production program. These include all technical areas, running crews, design, directing, performance, and house manage- SUST 401 – Working Toward Sustainability ment and publicity. One credit may be obtained for each semester in residence as a theatre Prerequisite - SUST 301 major. (1 credit) Fall, Spring This course is the capstone in the SUST sequence for the sustainability studies minor. During the first portion of the class, students will critically analyze a system or process which purports THEAT 210 – Acting II to be sustainable from environmental, economic and social science perspectives. The second half Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration of the course focuses on working in groups to identify and propose interdisciplinary solutions to Prerequisite: THEAT 110 or consent of the instructor issues related to sustainability. (3 credits) Spring This course lays the foundation for a sound methodology and technique for approaching a role. Its practical work builds upon the character and scene analysis and presentations begun in SUST 430 – Special Topics in Sustainability Studies Acting I. (3 credits) Spring Prerequisite: SUST 101 An advanced interdisciplinary course focused on a topic related to sustainability studies. (3 cred- THEAT 220 – Intermediate Design its) Special Offering Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration

Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 Prerequisite: THEAT 120 or consent of the instructor A detailed examination of technical theatre, the design process, and methods for lighting, THEATRE scenery, and costuming. Sound design and technology will also be introduced. Discussions will include play analysis, period style, and the application of historical research to design projects. THEAT 110 – Acting I Students will be expected to narrow their focus to one or more design areas. The class will cul- Fulfills a requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration minate in a portfolio review. (3 credits) Spring The course focuses on elements which form the basis for the art and craft of acting. Its emphasis is on the actor’s instrument: body, voice, intellect and emotion and the resources needed in creat- THEAT 230 – Theatre History I ing a role. These are explored through a series of acting exercises involving concentration, energy, Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration sensory awareness, rhythm and imagination. The class includes discussions of theory and practice, This course surveys the history of theatre and drama in Europe and Asia from the ancient Greeks and an introduction to physical and vocal warm-ups and scene work. (3 credits) Fall, Spring through the Elizabethan period. (3 credits) Fall

THEAT 120 – Design for the Theatre I THEAT 231 – Theatre History II Fulfills a requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration A study of scenery and costume design for the theatre. The course will include discussions of This course surveys the history of theatre and drama in Europe, Asia, and the Americas from the design elements and an introduction to the practical skills of rendering, drafting, and scenic and French neo-classic period through the development of modernism in the twentieth century. Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 costume construction. (3 credits) Fall, Spring (3 credits) Spring 542 543 Course Descriptions Theatre

THEAT 300, 301 – Drama in Production THEAT 332 – British Theatre and Performing Arts Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration An intensive course in the theory and practice of the theatrical arts. Each semester the course A study of the contemporary performing arts in England through exposure to a broad range of will focus on a particular playwright, period, or style. Study in the classroom will parallel the theatre, dance, and musical events. The course emphasizes the historic development of various practical application of the material in the studio. The course will culminate in a workshop pro- performance traditions. Theatre tours, classroom discussions, guest speakers, reading and writing duction. (3 credits for 300, may be repeated for credit; 1 credit for 301301, may be repeated for credit) assignments provide historic context and critical perspective. (3 credits) Fall (London) Fall, Spring THEAT 333 – Asian Drama and Dance THEAT 310, 311 – Acting Studio Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Study of major traditional dance-drama forms in India, China, and Japan. The course will deal Prerequisite: THEAT 210 or consent of the instructor with traditions, texts, and performance practices for Kathakali, Peking Opera, Noh, Kabuki, and An advanced acting course that will examine particular acting problems and styles through anal- Bunraku in their traditional and modern manifestations demonstrating parallels and interactions ysis and presentation of dramatic writing selected from a variety of periods and cultures across between Eastern and European performance traditions. (3 credits) Alternate Spring time. Subject matter will vary each term (3 credits for 310, may be repeated for credit; 1 credit for 311, may be repeated for credit) Spring THEAT 334 – Contemporary Drama Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration THEAT 312 – Acting Workshop Concentrated study of major trends in the contemporary theatre. Each semester the class will Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration focus on the work of one playwright or one aspect of the current theatre. Students are expected Prerequisite: Two semesters of introductory acting courses or their equivalent and a serious commit- to do extensive research and analysis for seminar presentations. (3 credits) Alternate Spring ment to acting as a profession. THEAT 340 – Directing Advanced study of experimental theatre techniques. The aim of the work is to extend the cre- Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration ative range of the actor by developing his or her physical and vocal equipment, releasing the The fundamentals of play direction, including script analysis, interpretation, blocking, focus and imagination so that the actor is able to bring a new freedom and a new depth to his or her work, methods used to maintain directorial image. This course will include a study of the director’s role whether in the experimental or the traditional theatre. (3 credits) Fall (London) in the modern theatre and will include student direction of short scenes. (3 credits) Spring THEAT 320, 321 – Design Studio THEAT 341 – Seminar in Directing Problems Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Prerequisite: THEAT 220 or consent of the instructor Prerequisite: Successful completion of a directing class, directing experience, or consent of instructor A focused examination of design processes and techniques. Much of the work will be through Study of specific problems of play direction as seen in the current productions in the London individual design projects. Students will engage in readings and research in their area of spe- theatres. Analyzes each production to identify directing problems and possible solutions. Class cialty. The class will culminate in a portfolio review. (3 credits for 320, may be repeated for credit; 1 attendance at the productions and guest lectures by British directors, whenever possible, supple- credit for 321, may be repeated for credit) ments the study. (3 credits) Fall (London)

THEAT 322 – Theatre Design Workshop THEAT 431 – Drama Theory and Criticism Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Prerequisites: THEAT 120, 220 A study of selected ideas of theater from Aristotle to the present. Readings include Aristotle, Advanced design project in scenery, costume, or lighting. Each student submits a plan for his or Brecht, Artaud, Stanislavski, Craig, and Grotowski. A seminar course for upperclassmen in Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 her own course of study, augmented by museum visits and research checklists, using the various theatre and others by permission. Includes discussion, research papers, and classroom presenta- resources available in London. Ordinarily, the goal of this study is a major design project of port- tions. Greatest emphasis is placed on theorists and practitioners of the 20th century. (3 credits) folio quality. (3 credits) Fall (London) Alternate Spring

THEAT 330 – Theatre of Shakespeare THEAT 441 – Theatre for Young Audiences Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration Critical analysis of selected comedies, tragedies, and histories, including a study of the Globe The study of techniques of creating theatrical productions and using theatre as a learning tool for Theatre and of contemporary production techniques. Plays chosen reflect the announced seasons children of various ages. Dramatic literature for children will also be surveyed. Students will test of local and nearby London theatre production companies. (3 credits) Fall (London) their theories and the range of their skills by creating productions for outreach in community schools. (3 credits) Special Offering THEAT 331 – Modern Theatre and Drama Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration THEAT 443 – Special Topics in Theatre Examines the ideas and practices of the modern theatre. Beginning in the late nineteenth Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration century with realism and the anti-realistic rebellion, the course follows the major theories, The course will focus on one aspect of theatre production such as vocal training, stage manage- plays, and practitioners that shaped our contemporary theatre. (3 credits) Alternate Spring ment, or playwriting. Work in the course will include both the theoretical basis and the practical Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 (Also taught in London) application of the subject matter. (3 credits) Special Offering 544 545 Course Descriptions Visual Arts Studies

THEAT 490 – Cultures in Contact: British Heritage and Its Impact on Modern Man VARTS 190, 290, 390 – Intersections Fulfills a course requirement in the Theatre Core Concentration The Intersections program is a series of seminars mandatory to all Visual Arts Majors throughout Accompanied by lectures in English history, art, and mores, the bulk of the course is an on- their tenure at Roger Williams University. Held weekly each semester, the program is intended the-street workshop exploring British culture. Includes individual visits to many important to create a forum for discussion amongst students and faculty. Round-table conversations or pre- museums and galleries, and tours of London, Greenwich, Windsor, Hampton Court, St. Albans sentations by students, faculty and guest artists generate active and lively discussions surround- (Verulamium), Shaw’s Corner, Canterbury, and Stratford-upon-Avon. Required of all participat- ing issues in the arts. A student mentor program, intended to build a sense of community among ing students. (3 credits) Fall(3 credits) Fall (London) the visual arts students is a vital component of this program. Required readings or screenings and topics covered will vary semester to semester. (1 credit earned annually) Fall, Spring ALTERNATIVES TO CLASSROOM STUDY (Open only to seniors majoring in theatre.) VARTS 201 – Drawing The Figure Prerequisite: VARTS 101 or permission of instructor THEAT 475 – Senior Topics Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking Core Senior majors, in consultation with the theatre faculty, may select one course of special study Concentration. best suited to their learning needs and demonstrated abilities. This course continues to investigate the visual possibilities introduced in Foundations of Drawing. The student explores the visual impact and significance of the figure as a central sub- Theatre Management, Promotion, and Publicity ject of drawing. Inherent in this exploration is an understanding of its anatomical and expressive Prerequisite: THEAT 130; or consent of instructor complexities. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Principles and methods involved in commercial and educational theatre operation, which include organization, choice of a season of plays, creation of an audience, box office routines, VARTS 231 – Foundations of Sculpture house management, and touring. Includes actual practice in ticket, program, poster, and flyer Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Sculpture Core Concentration. design. (3 credits) Spring This course is an introduction to sculptural materials and processes. Using simple hand tools to manipulate a wide variety of materials including plaster, wax, and clay; essential sculptural ele- Professional Theatre Internship ments will be applied through an exploration of basic sculptural methods such as subtraction, This alternative involves an intern semester with a professional theatre company under the tute- addition, manipulation, and substitution, while placing emphasis on the individual’s creative lage of a qualified professional approved by the department coordinator. Apply for Variable Credit development. More complex methods such as construction, assemblage, and relationships through the Cooperative Education Office. (3 credits) Fall, Spring between materials, as well as more sophisticated processes like casting will also be studied via Project in Acting, Design, Directing, or Stage Management related/interrelated exercises. Experimentation and exploration are paramount. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Acting: Students, working with a faculty director, contribute to every aspect of the decision-making process and bear a major responsibility for character and script analysis. (3 credits) Fall, Spring VARTS 232 – Intermediate Concepts in Sculpture Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Sculpture Core Concentration Design: Students execute a project in scenery, costume, or lighting under the tutorial guidance Prerequisite: VARTS 231 of faculty. (3 credits) Fall, Spring This course is a continuation of principles and techniques presented in Foundations of Sculpture. Directing: Students are responsible for the selection, analysis, and direction of a one-act play Intermediate sculptural methods will be explored with a particular emphasis on the relationship and assume complete supervision of the production under the tutorial guidance of faculty. of sculptural media to conceptual issues and the individual’s creative development. Complex Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 (3 credits) Fall, Spring methods of construction, assemblage and mold making will be introduced. (3 credits) Annually Stage Management: Students are responsible for the complete supervision of a Main Season VARTS 241 – Introduction to Printmaking production under the guidance of the faculty director. (3 credits) Fall, Spring Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking Core Concentration Research Project: The student undertakes a project of research and theory, which may have Prerequisite: VARTS 101 practical production application, under the tutorial guidance of faculty. (3 credits) Fall, Spring This course is an introduction to print media. Each semester will offer instruction in one of the following areas of printmaking: relief, intaglio, silkscreen, lithography, or monoprint. (3 credits) VISUAL ARTS STUDIES Annually

VARTS 101 – Foundations of Drawing VARTS 261 – Foundations of Photography Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking, or Sculpture This studio course will introduce students to the fundamentals of traditional light (film) based Core Concentration photo and extend into digital media applications. This foundation course will form the basis of Using various drawing materials, basic drawing methods will be introduced including composi- further studies within photography, while emphasizing the rich vocabulary associated with this tion, the effective use of positive and negative space, the relationship of image to page, methods of time and narrative based medium. Students must have an adjustable 35mm camera. (3 credits) Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 controlling spatial illusion, and various means to creating images. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer Fall, Spring, Summer 546 547 Course Descriptions Visual Arts Studies

VARTS 281 – Foundations of Painting VARTS 352 – Advanced Photography: Process and Content Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking Core Prerequisite: VARTS 261, 351 or permission of instructor Concentration This course investigates advanced darkroom skills, techniques and various non-silver processes Using water-based materials, students will explore color mixing and color theory as it relates to in order to extend understanding of the unique aspects of the medium. Portfolios focus on con- spatial and compositional problems in painting. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer tent, process and innovation in the photographic image leading to articulate visual thinking and expressive picture making. (3 credits) Annually VARTS 282 – Oil Painting Prerequisite: VARTS 281 VARTS 361 – Introduction to Digital Media Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/Drawing/Printmaking Core Concentration Prerequisite: VARTS 261 This course builds on the theories and methods introduced in the Foundation of Painting course Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies Photography/Digital Media Core using oil-based materials. This course develops a student’s knowledge of the uses of color, includ- This studio course introduces digital media processes including digital photography, videography ing its psychological and expressive properties. Requires solution of more complex compositional and web design. Emphasis is placed on locating student interests and developing creative strate- and spatial problems. All aspects of making a painting from stretching a canvas to understanding gies. Projects include digital images, web designs and videos. (3 credits) Fall, Spring the use of oil mediums will be investigated. (3 credits) Annually VARTS 362 – Film, Animation and Video VARTS 301– Advanced Drawing : Process and Content Prerequisite: VARTS 361 or permission of instructor Prerequisites: VARTS 101, 201 Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies Photography/Digital Media Core Concentration Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking Core Concentration This studio course introduces animation and video art processes and tools including stop-frame Using skills developed in Foundations of Drawing and Drawing the Figure, students concentrate analog animation, digital animation, digital videography, sound design, editing and DVD/web pub- on personal exploration and individual expression through drawing as an independent art form. lishing. Emphasis is placed on locating student interests, developing creative strategies and hon- The course emphasizes the development of critical awareness and judgment. As students experi- ing professional methods. Projects include animation, sound and video creation. Students in this ment with their own choice of imagery they will gain mastery of skills and techniques in various course organize and direct the annual Roger Williams University Film Festival. (3 credits) Annually media. (3 credits) Annually VARTS 363 – Intermediate Concepts in Digital Media VARTS 330 – Special Topics in Visual Art Prerequisite: VARTS 361 or 362 Prerequisites: Completion of at least 1 Foundations Studio Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies Film, Animation and Video; and Photography / Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/ Drawing/ Printmaking, Photo Digital Digital Media Core Concentrations Media, Film Animation Video and Sculpture Core Concentrations This intermediate studio course focuses on advanced digital photography, advanced web design, This course is designed to introduce the Visual Art student to a variety of media experiences and interactive installations. Students propose projects based on their own interests in digital based on faculty members expertise and interests. The topics include a wide range of possible media. Emphasis is placed on portfolio development and interdisciplinary investigation that con- media explorations in 2 and 3-dimensional art making. The history, craft and context of the nects digital media to other medias and disciplines. (3 credits) Annually medium will be discussed. Technical demonstrations and discussion of how the aesthetic choices associated with the medium affect the content of the students work will be a focus of this class. VARTS 364 – Intermediate Concepts in Film, Animation and Video (3 credits) Special Offering Prerequisites: VARTS 362 This studio course focuses on film, animation and video direction and production. Emphasis is VARTS 333 – Advanced Sculpture: Process and Content placed on interdisciplinary experimentation, choreography, production management and the Prerequisite: VARTS 231 history and theory of film, animation and video. Projects can be collaborative or individually pro- Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Sculpture Core Concentration posed based on experience and interests. (3 credits) Annually

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 This course integrates students' understanding of materials and techniques developed in Foundations and Intermediate Sculpture to create work that investigates a personal direction in VARTS 381 – Painting The Figure Sculpture. Emphasis is placed on the students' conceptual and thematic intentions and how they Prerequisites: VARTS 201, 281 take place in 3-Dimensional form. Innovation, an expanded vocabulary of traditions and new Fulfills a course requirement in the Visual Arts Studies: Painting/Drawing/Printmaking Core Concentration directions in Sculpture, and depth of engagement with process, idea and form are expected. The The figure has been a subject of painting since prehistory. This course explores the insights and relationship of site to space and inquiry into the nature of contemporary sculptural issues and objectives artists have held in the past with regard to the figure. Furthermore, consideration of forms will be examined through making, field trips, and through readings about the history and the figure’s role in the context of contemporary art and the student’s personal investigation are theory of sculpture. (3 credits) Spring fostered in this course. (3 credits) Annually

VARTS 351 – Intermediate Concepts in Photography VARTS 392 – Mixed Media Prerequisite: VARTS 261 Prerequisite: VARTS 361 Fulfills a course requirement in the Photography/ Digital Media Core Concentration. This class investigates a variety of art making genres and technical applications that challenge This course builds on the ideas introduced in Foundations of Photography, strengthening the form and content. Multi-media applications may range from mixed media assemblage and digi- student’s aesthetic strategies, technical skills and historical knowledge of the medium. Ideas of tal processes to alternative modes such as Collaboration, Performance Art or Installation Art. representation and presentation, emphasizing solutions to visual, social and theoretical concerns Students as individuals will adopt these ideas and methods for their own work, continuing the are explored. Film and lab-based, digital imaging, and technical photographic applications with development of formal and technical skills in relation to a personal evolution. Historical and Roger Williams University Catalog 2011-2012 media crossovers will be explored. (3 credits) Annually 548 549 Course Descriptions Writing Studies

contemporary precedents will be introduced. Possibilities for collaboration with other disciplines VARTS 481 – Topics in Painting / Drawing / Printmaking will be encouraged throughout the course. (3 credits) Annually Prerequisite: VARTS 281 This course provides an opportunity for students and faculty to examine special issues in VARTS 430 – Topics in Visual Arts Painting/Printmaking/Drawing. The course will vary in emphasis based on a particular faculty Prerequisite: Completion of at least 1 Foundations Studio member’s expertise. (3 credits) Special Offering This course focuses provides an opportunity for students and faculty to examine special issues in Visual Arts Studies. This course will vary in emphasis based on a particular faculty member’s VARTS 491 – Inter Media Workshop expertise. (3 credits) Annually Prerequisites: completion of VARTS Foundation courses, VARTS 361, 392 and two intermediate VARTS studio courses VARTS 431 – Topics in Sculpture Inter Media offers a cross-disciplinary approach to making art through a range of topics, assign- Prerequisites: VARTS 231, and one of the following VARTS 232, 331, 332 Students develop proposals for a major sculpture with the instructor’s permission. Students pre- ments and discussions. Historical and contemporary precedents will be introduced. It is expect- pare exploratory drawing, models, and sculptures that investigate all aspects of this major proj- ed that the Inter Media Workshop will provide a seque to the intensely focused Senior Studio the ect. Emphasizes planning, careful production, and finishing. Students at this level are expected following semester, with students developing a personal vision, means and aims for their work. to be able to refine their skill in at least one sculpture medium and to critically analyze their (4 credits) Fall work. (3 credits) Special Offering VARTS 492 – Senior Studio VARTS 451 – Topics in Photography / Digital Media Prerequisite: VARTS 491 Prerequisite: VARTS 261 and 361 or permission of instructor This advanced course requires a student to explore in depth a chosen direction for their artwork, Rotating content in these special studies in photography and digital media includes The constituting the final stage of the four-year Visual Arts Studies program. Three years of research Photograph as Social Document, Portrait Photography, Commercial Applications of Photography, and experimentation with different media and processes will culminate in a written statement Architectural Photography, and Advanced Digital Media Applications. (3 credits) Special Offering and exhibition of a body of work produced for this class. (4 credits) Spring

VARTS 469 – VARTS COOP VARTS 530 – Special Topics in Visual Arts Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing in VARTS and consent of instructor Prerequisite, Graduate standing, or Senior Standing with permission of the instructor This course is designed to prepare students for the transition from academia to working experi- Variable content course dealing with significant themes, periods and individuals in the Visual ences that may form the basis of a career in disciplines in and related to the creative and visual Arts. The course is offered in a graduate seminar format, with graduate academic and scholarly arts. Prior to starting their internship, students are guided through the experience of preparing a expectations as well as support for faculty and student pursuits. The course may be taken more resume, conducting a job search and applying for a position. Students may select from a variety than once depending on topical content. (3 credits) Special Offering of positions at galleries, museums, non-profit organizations or as assistants to photographers and artists. During the semester students perform 135 hours of work, usually without financial remu- neration for their services. Students write a paper about their experience and receive feedback WRITING STUDIES, RHETORIC, AND COMPOSITION from their employers, their RWU Career Services advisor, and their faculty sponsor. (3 credits) Fall, Spring, Summer WTNG 100 – Introduction to Academic Writing Required of all students who are assigned to it on the basis of SAT scores and a writing sample. VARTS 471 – Visual Arts Professional Practices This course does not fulfill University Core Curriculum writing requirements. (3 credits) Fall, Prerequisite: VARTS Spring This class serves as a forum to prepare for the challenges of the professional art career. Emphasis

Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 is on the professional presentation of the work of an artist through the completion of a portfolio, RATIONALE for a WTNG 100 Placement an artist’s statement, and a resume. The students will be introduced to the workings of gallery The protocol for placing students into a Writing course now involves both the SAT-CR and SAT- representation; location and applying for grants, residencies and internships, and applications to Writing Scores. If either is 520 or above, the student is initially placed into WTNG 102. If the professional graduate degree programs in the arts. Regular visits with local professionals in the score is 510 or below on both tests, the student’s initial placement is WTNG 100. An in-class arts such as working artists, gallery directors, curators and educators will be an important com- diagnostic conducted during the first week of classes confirms or challenges the placement. ponent of the course. (3 credits) Fall (3 credits) Fall, Spring VARTS 472 – Visual Arts Thesis WTNG 102 – Expository Writing Prerequisite: VARTS 471 In this course, Visual Arts students will produce a written thesis complementary to their artwork Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of Introduction to Academic Writing or placement by produced during their senior year. Investigating the layers of meaning and reflecting upon con- SAT score and a writing sample. Required of all students. tent within their work through the process of writing is the primary aim of the thesis. Taking Fulfills one of the two University Core Curriculum requirements in the University Writing Program. the form of an extended artists statement, the thesis should illuminate the ideas and motives This course covers the rhetorical elements of sound argumentation. Students learn how to write students bring to their visual work and the worldly and art historical contexts that inform it. The well-structured, well-developed essays that demonstrate proficiency in standard written English. thesis forms conclusions about the work: its intent, sources, influences, implications and sug- Assignments include close textural analysis of persuasive essays, rebuttal arguments, and posi- gested content. Statements are to be prepared for submission with accompanying high quality tion papers. Students must pass a common grammar exam, submit a portfolio, and earn a C- or Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 documentation of the visual work and research. (3 credits) Spring higher in the course in order to enroll in Critical Writing. (3 credits) Fall, Spring 550 551 Course Descriptions Writing Studies

WTNG 200 – Critical Writing for the Humanities and the Social Sciences WTNG 300 – Rhetoric in a Global Context Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of WTNG 102. Prerequisites: A 200-level writing course Fulfills one of the two University Core Curriculum requirements in the University Writing Program. At the heart of this course is the problem of rhetoric: the famous rhetoric and philosophy split This theme-based course focuses on the production of such scholarly texts as the annotated bib- whereby the nature of representation is called into question. The history and theory of travel liography, the literature review, the research proposal, and the extended research essay. Students writing provides the means by which students investigate the implications of the split for com- learn how to develop a research problem, critically investigate that problem, and advance a well- municators in the global era. Studying the rhetorical evolution of travel writing, students con- sider the relationships among situation, audience, purpose and text across time and place. The defined argument to address the problem. (3 credits) Fall, Spring course emphasizes the interaction between close reading and critical writing. (3 credits) Fall

WTNG 210 – Critical Writing for the Sciences WTNG 301 – The Rhetoric of Narrative Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of WTNG 102. Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Fulfills one of the two University Core Curriculum requirements in the University Writing Program. Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) A research-based course, Critical Writing for the Sciences focuses on the production of reports This course explores storytelling as a rhetorical act that functions to persuade others, build expected of science professionals, namely, a research (lab) report in the IMRD format, a review of knowledge, fashion identities, and create audiences. Students learn to use rhetorical concepts literature paper based upon a current argument, and an article for a popular journal. Students learn like ethos and identification to interpret a variety of narratives – such as fables, fairy tales, and how to assess an experiment, negotiate professional sources, defend an argument, create an anno- parables; white papers, constitutions, and other claims to political autonomy; testimony taken tated bibliography and an oral presentation, and write for various audiences. (3 credits) Fall, Spring from war crimes trials, tribunals, and truth commissions; literacy narratives; and their own fam- ily stories. Throughout this course of study, students have opportunities to critically reflect upon WTNG 220 – Critical Writing for the Professions and write about narratives that have shaped their own identities and/or moved them to action. Prerequisite: Successful completion (C- or higher) of WTNG 102. (3 credits) Alternate Spring Fulfills one of the two University Core Curriculum requirements in the University Writing Program. WTNG 302 – Art of Writing: Forms of the Essay A research-based course, Critical Writing for the Professions focuses on the guidelines for per- Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration suasive writing commonly used in business and industry: how to write for specific audiences, Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) choose the appropriate style, design effective document formats, and use visuals to help achieve This course broadens students’ understanding of the essay as a genre, with emphasis on analyz- a documents purpose. The course emphasizes the composition of such professional documents as ing and writing the personal essay. Through a socio-cultural perspective, students investigate letters, proposals, and analytical reports. (3 credits) Fall Spring why the personal essay is persuasive discourse that parallels pathos in argument. Readings pro- ceed from the historical to the contemporary in the arts and sciences. (3 credits) Fall WTNG 230 – Rhetoric of Film: Writing about Film Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration WTNG 310 – Advanced Writing (Sciences) Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration This theme-based course focuses on critical analyses of films that explore issues of social justice Prerequisite: WTNG 200; 210; or 220 and ethics. Students will be introduced to contemporary rhetorical problems filmic text pose, This course moves beyond the introduction to scholarly communications offered in Critical Writing for the Sciences (WTNG 210). In the course, students analyze and produce professional such as identification, signification and representation, and will write essays centered on these communications in the sciences. Students are expected to initiate new research projects for this problems to gain further knowledge about persuasion and greater experience with the conven- course and practice careful revision and editing of their work. Students condense substantial tions of scholarly communication. (3 credits) Fall research for a grant proposal, configure texts, present work orally in a public venue, and compile a professional portfolio. (3 credits) Alternate Years WTNG 250 – Advanced Composition Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration WTNG 320 – Writing for Business Organizations Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration This course provides writers with advanced practice in drafting, revising, and editing non-fiction Prerequisite: WTNG 220 prose, with particular emphasis placed on questions of voice and style. Students will experiment This course explores the causes of the success or failure of business communications. The course with invention strategies and editing techniques as they plan, draft, and revise essays for a vari- takes a case-based approach. Students will study the theory and practice of business communica- ety of purposes and audiences. In addition, they will read and respond to their own and their tions as a pragmatic enterprise to accomplish actual change in the world. The course includes classmates’ writing in order to propose ideas for revision and editing. (3 credits) Spring the study of the nature of domestic and global business communication, the causes and effects of communication failures, the social, legal, and ethical nature of professional communication, and WTNG 299 – Special Topics in Writing the problems in determining the professional interests of readers. (3 credits) Spring Alternate Years Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration WTNG 400 – Writing for Social Change Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Special topics are initiated by student demand, interest of the instructor, or timeliness of offer- Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220)and at least Junior Standing ing. Readings and written assignments are appropriate to the Special Topic designation. This After forming a partnership with a local, non-profit social service agency, participants in this course may be repeated for credit, but students may study a single topic only once. (3 credits) course will determine which of the agency’s goals can be met by collaborating on research and Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Special Offering writing projects. The writing projects will vary, depending on the objectives of the agency and 552 553 Course Descriptions Writing Studies

the needs of the people it serves. The purpose of the texts produced will range from raising pub- the field. Students must have completed at least 3 of the 5 writing courses required for a Writing lic awareness of agency-specific problems and issues to securing resources for the organization. Studies Core Concentration and have maintained a 3.0 GPA in those courses. (3 credits) Fall, Spring On-going reading and class discussions will center on the potency of texts, the role of the writer in bringing about social change, and the value of civic engagement (3 credits) Spring Alternate Years

WTNG 402 – Advanced Argument Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220) and at least Junior Standing This course covers the classical, rationalist models of argument generated by Aristotle, and the contemporary models generated by Stephen Toulmin and Carl Rogers that focus on cultural fields of interpretation and on the interpersonal relationship between writer and audience. Within these frameworks, students will analyze and produce different types of written arguments. Special emphasis will be accorded to arguments across several academic disciplines, including the human- ities, law, the science, and the social sciences. Additionally, the course will consider linguistic and political challenges to rationalist modes of discourse. (3 credits) Spring Alternate Years

WTNG 430 – Special Topics Prerequisite: Successful completion of a 200 – level Writing Class with the grade of a C- or better This course offers an in-depth study of an aspect of writing theory or practice. The specific focus varies from semester to semester and may include such topics as composition pedagogy; advanced argument; rhetorical analysis of modern culture; civil discourse; community-based writing; and argument in advanced writing for the sciences or for the professions. As topics vary, the course may be repeated for credit. (3 credits) Fall, Spring

WTNG 439 – Rhetorical Theory Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200, 210, or 220) and at least Junior Standing This course traces the rhetorical tradition from the pre-modern period to the present, surveying representational, epistemic, performative, and constitutive theories of language while high- lighting ways that verbal rhetorical theory may be used to interpret and craft rhetorical perfor- mances. Students explore a variety of theoretical concepts—such as the five canons of rhetoric, the stases, copia, kairos, sprezzatura, deduction and induction, dissociation, the Burkian pentad, ideographs, and interpellation—and learn to employ these concepts as tools for understanding how texts function persuasively and for composing persuasive texts of their own. Course read- ings are organized around a common theme, and, at the end of the semester, students work col- laboratively to develop a colloquium on the course theme. (3 credits) Alternate Fall

WTNG 450 – Composition Theory Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220)and at least Junior Standing This course familiarizes writing students with the history of Composition as an academic disci- pline, conveys the major theoretical approaches that have helped to shape the field, and exam- ines connections between composition theory and practice. Likely topics include criticisms of current-traditionalist approached, tensions between expressivist and social constructionist theo- ries, and the emergence of critical pedagogies influenced by postmodernists, cultural studies, and feminist theorists. (3 credits) Spring Alternate Years

WTNG 460 – Writing Studies Internship Fulfills a course requirement in the Writing Studies Core Concentration Prerequisite: Critical Writing (WTNG 200,210 or 220)and at least Junior Standing and consent of instructor This internship will grant academic credit to students who work on a part-time basis with the Writing Studies Department on specially prepared projects. Projects may include professional, disciplinary, or technical writing situations; advanced or capstone projects, courses, or work expe- riences; or a deeper understanding of college-level composition and the research required for Roger Williams University Catalog 2012-2013 554 555